cvs.texinfo revision 1.1
1\input texinfo  @c -*-texinfo-*-
2@comment Documentation for CVS.
3@setfilename cvs.info
4@macro copyleftnotice
5@noindent
6Copyright @copyright{} 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
7                       2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005
8                       Free Software Foundation, Inc.
9
10@multitable @columnfractions .12 .88
11@item Portions
12@item @tab Copyright @copyright{} 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005
13                                  Derek R. Price,
14@item @tab Copyright @copyright{} 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005
15                                  Ximbiot @url{http://ximbiot.com},
16@item @tab Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1993, 1999 Signum Support AB,
17@item @tab and Copyright @copyright{} others.
18@end multitable
19
20@ignore
21Permission is granted to process this file through Tex and print the
22results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
23notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
24(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
25
26@end ignore
27Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
28this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
29are preserved on all copies.
30
31Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
32manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the
33entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
34permission notice identical to this one.
35
36Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
37into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
38except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation
39approved by the Free Software Foundation.
40@end macro
41
42@comment This file is part of the CVS distribution.
43
44@comment CVS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
45@comment it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
46@comment the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
47@comment any later version.
48
49@comment CVS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
50@comment but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
51@comment MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
52@comment GNU General Public License for more details.
53
54@c See ../README for A4 vs. US letter size.
55@c When we provided A4 postscript, and people tried to
56@c print it on US letter, the usual complaint was that the
57@c page numbers would get cut off.
58@c If one prints US letter on A4, reportedly there is
59@c some extra space at the top and/or bottom, and the side
60@c margins are a bit narrow, but no text is lost.
61@c
62@c See
63@c http://www.ft.uni-erlangen.de/~mskuhn/iso-paper.html
64@c for more on paper sizes.  Insuring that margins are
65@c big enough to print on either A4 or US letter does
66@c indeed seem to be the usual approach (RFC2346).
67
68@c This document seems to get overfull hboxes with some
69@c frequency (probably because the tendency is to
70@c sanity-check it with "make info" and run TeX less
71@c often).  The big ugly boxes just seem to add insult
72@c to injury, and I'm not aware of them helping to fix
73@c the overfull hboxes at all.
74@finalout
75
76@include version.texi
77@settitle CVS---Concurrent Versions System v@value{VERSION}
78@setchapternewpage odd
79
80@c -- TODO list:
81@c -- Fix all lines that match "^@c -- "
82@c -- Also places marked with FIXME should be manual
83@c problems (as opposed to FIXCVS for CVS problems).
84
85@c @splitrcskeyword{} is used to avoid keyword expansion.  It is replaced by
86@c @asis when generating info and dvi, and by <i></i> in the generated html,
87@c such that keywords are not expanded in the generated html. 
88@ifnothtml
89@macro splitrcskeyword {arg}
90@asis{}\arg\
91@end macro
92@end ifnothtml
93
94@ifhtml
95@macro splitrcskeyword {arg}
96@i{}\arg\
97@end macro
98@end ifhtml
99
100@dircategory GNU Packages
101@direntry
102* CVS: (cvs).                   Concurrent Versions System
103@end direntry
104@dircategory Individual utilities
105@direntry
106* cvs: (cvs)CVS commands.       Concurrent Versions System
107@end direntry
108
109@comment The titlepage section does not appear in the Info file.
110@titlepage
111@sp 4
112@comment The title is printed in a large font.
113@center @titlefont{Version Management}
114@sp
115@center @titlefont{with}
116@sp
117@center @titlefont{CVS}
118@sp 2
119@center for @sc{cvs} @value{VERSION}
120@comment -release-
121@sp 3
122@center Per Cederqvist et al
123
124@comment  The following two commands start the copyright page
125@comment  for the printed manual.  This will not appear in the Info file.
126@page
127@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
128@copyleftnotice
129@end titlepage
130
131@summarycontents
132
133@contents
134
135@comment ================================================================
136@comment                   The real text starts here
137@comment ================================================================
138
139@ifnottex
140@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
141@node    Top
142@top
143
144This info manual describes how to use and administer
145@sc{cvs} version @value{VERSION}.
146@end ifnottex
147
148@ifinfo
149@copyleftnotice
150@end ifinfo
151
152@c This menu is pretty long.  Not sure how easily that
153@c can be fixed (no brilliant ideas right away)...
154@menu
155* Overview::                    An introduction to CVS
156* Repository::                  Where all your sources are stored
157* Starting a new project::      Starting a project with CVS
158* Revisions::                   Numeric and symbolic names for revisions
159* Branching and merging::       Diverging/rejoining branches of development
160* Recursive behavior::          CVS descends directories
161* Adding and removing::         Adding/removing/renaming files/directories
162* History browsing::            Viewing the history of files in various ways
163
164CVS and the Real World.
165-----------------------
166* Binary files::                CVS can handle binary files
167* Multiple developers::         How CVS helps a group of developers
168* Revision management::         Policy questions for revision management
169* Keyword substitution::        CVS can include the revision inside the file
170* Tracking sources::            Tracking third-party sources
171* Builds::                      Issues related to CVS and builds
172* Special Files::		Devices, links and other non-regular files
173
174References.
175-----------
176* CVS commands::                CVS commands share some things
177* Invoking CVS::                Quick reference to CVS commands
178* Administrative files::        Reference manual for the Administrative files
179* Environment variables::       All environment variables which affect CVS
180* Compatibility::               Upgrading CVS versions
181* Troubleshooting::             Some tips when nothing works
182* Credits::                     Some of the contributors to this manual
183* BUGS::                        Dealing with bugs in CVS or this manual
184* Index::                       Index
185@end menu
186
187@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
188@node Overview
189@chapter Overview
190@cindex Overview
191
192This chapter is for people who have never used
193@sc{cvs}, and perhaps have never used version control
194software before.
195
196If you are already familiar with @sc{cvs} and are just
197trying to learn a particular feature or remember a
198certain command, you can probably skip everything here.
199
200@menu
201* What is CVS?::                What you can do with @sc{cvs}
202* What is CVS not?::            Problems @sc{cvs} doesn't try to solve
203* A sample session::            A tour of basic @sc{cvs} usage
204@end menu
205
206@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
207@node What is CVS?
208@section What is CVS?
209@cindex What is CVS?
210@cindex Introduction to CVS
211@cindex CVS, introduction to
212
213@sc{cvs} is a version control system.  Using it, you can
214record the history of your source files.
215
216@c -- ///
217@c -- ///Those who cannot remember the past are condemned to repeat it.
218@c -- ///               -- George Santayana
219@c -- //////
220
221@c -- Insert history  quote here!
222For example, bugs sometimes creep in when
223software is modified, and you might not detect the bug
224until a long time after you make the modification.
225With @sc{cvs}, you can easily retrieve old versions to see
226exactly which change caused the bug.  This can
227sometimes be a big help.
228
229You could of course save every version of every file
230you have ever created.  This would
231however waste an enormous amount of disk space.  @sc{cvs}
232stores all the versions of a file in a single file in a
233clever way that only stores the differences between
234versions.
235
236@sc{cvs} also helps you if you are part of a group of people working
237on the same project.  It is all too easy to overwrite
238each others' changes unless you are extremely careful.
239Some editors, like @sc{gnu} Emacs, try to make sure that
240two people never modify the same file at the
241same time.  Unfortunately, if someone is using another
242editor, that safeguard will not work.  @sc{cvs} solves this problem
243by insulating the different developers from each other.  Every
244developer works in his own directory, and @sc{cvs} merges
245the work when each developer is done.
246
247@cindex History of CVS
248@cindex CVS, history of
249@cindex Credits (CVS program)
250@cindex Contributors (CVS program)
251@sc{cvs} started out as a bunch of shell scripts written by
252Dick Grune, posted to the newsgroup
253@code{comp.sources.unix} in the volume 6
254release of July, 1986.  While no actual code from
255these shell scripts is present in the current version
256of @sc{cvs} much of the @sc{cvs} conflict resolution algorithms
257come from them.
258
259In April, 1989, Brian Berliner designed and coded @sc{cvs}.
260Jeff Polk later helped Brian with the design of the @sc{cvs}
261module and vendor branch support.
262
263@cindex Source, getting CVS source
264You can get @sc{cvs} in a variety of ways, including
265free download from the Internet.  For more information
266on downloading @sc{cvs} and other @sc{cvs} topics, see:
267
268@example
269@url{http://cvs.nongnu.org/}
270@end example
271
272@cindex Mailing list
273@cindex List, mailing list
274@cindex Newsgroups
275There is a mailing list, known as @email{info-cvs@@nongnu.org},
276devoted to @sc{cvs}.  To subscribe or
277unsubscribe
278write to
279@email{info-cvs-request@@nongnu.org}.
280If you prefer a Usenet group, there is a one-way mirror (posts to the email
281list are usually sent to the news group, but not visa versa) of
282@email{info-cvs@@nongnu.org} at @url{news:gnu.cvs.help}.  The right
283Usenet group for posts is @url{news:comp.software.config-mgmt} which is for
284@sc{cvs} discussions (along with other configuration
285management systems).  In the future, it might be
286possible to create a
287@code{comp.software.config-mgmt.cvs}, but probably only
288if there is sufficient @sc{cvs} traffic on
289@url{news:comp.software.config-mgmt}.
290@c Other random data is that the tale was very
291@c skeptical of comp.software.config-mgmt.cvs when the
292@c subject came up around 1995 or so (for one
293@c thing, because creating it would be a "reorg" which
294@c would need to take a more comprehensive look at the
295@c whole comp.software.config-mgmt.* hierarchy).
296
297You can also subscribe to the @email{bug-cvs@@nongnu.org} mailing list,
298described in more detail in @ref{BUGS}.  To subscribe
299send mail to @email{bug-cvs-request@@nongnu.org}.  There is a two-way
300Usenet mirror (posts to the Usenet group are usually sent to the email list and
301visa versa) of @email{bug-cvs@@nongnu.org} named @url{news:gnu.cvs.bug}.
302
303@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
304@node What is CVS not?
305@section What is CVS not?
306@cindex What is CVS not?
307
308@sc{cvs} can do a lot of things for you, but it does
309not try to be everything for everyone.
310
311@table @asis
312@item @sc{cvs} is not a build system.
313
314Though the structure of your repository and modules
315file interact with your build system
316(e.g. @file{Makefile}s), they are essentially
317independent.
318
319@sc{cvs} does not dictate how you build anything.  It
320merely stores files for retrieval in a tree structure
321you devise.
322
323@sc{cvs} does not dictate how to use disk space in the
324checked out working directories.  If you write your
325@file{Makefile}s or scripts in every directory so they
326have to know the relative positions of everything else,
327you wind up requiring the entire repository to be
328checked out.
329
330If you modularize your work, and construct a build
331system that will share files (via links, mounts,
332@code{VPATH} in @file{Makefile}s, etc.), you can
333arrange your disk usage however you like.
334
335But you have to remember that @emph{any} such system is
336a lot of work to construct and maintain.  @sc{cvs} does
337not address the issues involved.
338
339Of course, you should place the tools created to
340support such a build system (scripts, @file{Makefile}s,
341etc) under @sc{cvs}.
342
343Figuring out what files need to be rebuilt when
344something changes is, again, something to be handled
345outside the scope of @sc{cvs}.  One traditional
346approach is to use @code{make} for building, and use
347some automated tool for generating the dependencies which
348@code{make} uses.
349
350See @ref{Builds}, for more information on doing builds
351in conjunction with @sc{cvs}.
352
353@item @sc{cvs} is not a substitute for management.
354
355Your managers and project leaders are expected to talk
356to you frequently enough to make certain you are aware
357of schedules, merge points, branch names and release
358dates.  If they don't, @sc{cvs} can't help.
359
360@sc{cvs} is an instrument for making sources dance to
361your tune.  But you are the piper and the composer.  No
362instrument plays itself or writes its own music.
363
364@item @sc{cvs} is not a substitute for developer communication.
365
366When faced with conflicts within a single file, most
367developers manage to resolve them without too much
368effort.  But a more general definition of ``conflict''
369includes problems too difficult to solve without
370communication between developers.
371
372@sc{cvs} cannot determine when simultaneous changes
373within a single file, or across a whole collection of
374files, will logically conflict with one another.  Its
375concept of a @dfn{conflict} is purely textual, arising
376when two changes to the same base file are near enough
377to spook the merge (i.e. @code{diff3}) command.
378
379@sc{cvs} does not claim to help at all in figuring out
380non-textual or distributed conflicts in program logic.
381
382For example: Say you change the arguments to function
383@code{X} defined in file @file{A}.  At the same time,
384someone edits file @file{B}, adding new calls to
385function @code{X} using the old arguments.  You are
386outside the realm of @sc{cvs}'s competence.
387
388Acquire the habit of reading specs and talking to your
389peers.
390
391
392@item @sc{cvs} does not have change control
393
394Change control refers to a number of things.  First of
395all it can mean @dfn{bug-tracking}, that is being able
396to keep a database of reported bugs and the status of
397each one (is it fixed?  in what release?  has the bug
398submitter agreed that it is fixed?).  For interfacing
399@sc{cvs} to an external bug-tracking system, see the
400@file{rcsinfo} and @file{verifymsg} files
401(@pxref{Administrative files}).
402
403Another aspect of change control is keeping track of
404the fact that changes to several files were in fact
405changed together as one logical change.  If you check
406in several files in a single @code{cvs commit}
407operation, @sc{cvs} then forgets that those files were
408checked in together, and the fact that they have the
409same log message is the only thing tying them
410together.  Keeping a @sc{gnu} style @file{ChangeLog}
411can help somewhat.
412@c FIXME: should have an xref to a section which talks
413@c more about keeping ChangeLog's with CVS, but that
414@c section hasn't been written yet.
415
416Another aspect of change control, in some systems, is
417the ability to keep track of the status of each
418change.  Some changes have been written by a developer,
419others have been reviewed by a second developer, and so
420on.  Generally, the way to do this with @sc{cvs} is to
421generate a diff (using @code{cvs diff} or @code{diff})
422and email it to someone who can then apply it using the
423@code{patch} utility.  This is very flexible, but
424depends on mechanisms outside @sc{cvs} to make sure
425nothing falls through the cracks.
426
427@item @sc{cvs} is not an automated testing program
428
429It should be possible to enforce mandatory use of a
430test suite using the @code{commitinfo} file.  I haven't
431heard a lot about projects trying to do that or whether
432there are subtle gotchas, however.
433
434@item @sc{cvs} does not have a built-in process model
435
436Some systems provide ways to ensure that changes or
437releases go through various steps, with various
438approvals as needed.  Generally, one can accomplish
439this with @sc{cvs} but it might be a little more work.
440In some cases you'll want to use the @file{commitinfo},
441@file{loginfo}, @file{rcsinfo}, or @file{verifymsg}
442files, to require that certain steps be performed
443before cvs will allow a checkin.  Also consider whether
444features such as branches and tags can be used to
445perform tasks such as doing work in a development tree
446and then merging certain changes over to a stable tree
447only once they have been proven.
448@end table
449
450@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
451@node A sample session
452@section A sample session
453@cindex Example of a work-session
454@cindex Getting started
455@cindex Work-session, example of
456@cindex tc, Trivial Compiler (example)
457@cindex Trivial Compiler (example)
458
459@c I think an example is a pretty good way to start.  But
460@c somewhere in here, maybe after the sample session,
461@c we need something which is kind of
462@c a "roadmap" which is more directed at sketching out
463@c the functionality of CVS and pointing people to
464@c various other parts of the manual.  As it stands now
465@c people who read in order get dumped right into all
466@c manner of hair regarding remote repositories,
467@c creating a repository, etc.
468@c
469@c The following was in the old Basic concepts node.  I don't
470@c know how good a job it does at introducing modules,
471@c or whether they need to be introduced so soon, but
472@c something of this sort might go into some
473@c introductory material somewhere.
474@ignore
475@cindex Modules (intro)
476The repository contains directories and files, in an
477arbitrary tree.  The @dfn{modules} feature can be used
478to group together a set of directories or files into a
479single entity (@pxref{modules}).  A typical usage is to
480define one module per project.
481@end ignore
482
483As a way of introducing @sc{cvs}, we'll go through a
484typical work-session using @sc{cvs}.  The first thing
485to understand is that @sc{cvs} stores all files in a
486centralized @dfn{repository} (@pxref{Repository}); this
487section assumes that a repository is set up.
488@c I'm not sure that the sentence concerning the
489@c repository quite tells the user what they need to
490@c know at this point.  Might need to expand on "centralized"
491@c slightly (maybe not here, maybe further down in the example?)
492
493Suppose you are working on a simple compiler.  The source
494consists of a handful of C files and a @file{Makefile}.
495The compiler is called @samp{tc} (Trivial Compiler),
496and the repository is set up so that there is a module
497called @samp{tc}.
498
499@menu
500* Getting the source::          Creating a workspace
501* Committing your changes::     Making your work available to others
502* Cleaning up::                 Cleaning up
503* Viewing differences::         Viewing differences
504@end menu
505
506@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
507@node Getting the source
508@subsection Getting the source
509@cindex Getting the source
510@cindex Checking out source
511@cindex Fetching source
512@cindex Source, getting from CVS
513@cindex Checkout, example
514
515The first thing you must do is to get your own working copy of the
516source for @samp{tc}.  For this, you use the @code{checkout} command:
517
518@example
519$ cvs checkout tc
520@end example
521
522@noindent
523This will create a new directory called @file{tc} and populate it with
524the source files.
525
526@example
527$ cd tc
528$ ls
529CVS         Makefile    backend.c   driver.c    frontend.c  parser.c
530@end example
531
532The @file{CVS} directory is used internally by
533@sc{cvs}.  Normally, you should not modify or remove
534any of the files in it.
535
536You start your favorite editor, hack away at @file{backend.c}, and a couple
537of hours later you have added an optimization pass to the compiler.
538A note to @sc{rcs} and @sc{sccs} users: There is no need to lock the files that
539you want to edit.  @xref{Multiple developers}, for an explanation.
540
541@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
542@node Committing your changes
543@subsection Committing your changes
544@cindex Committing changes to files
545@cindex Log message entry
546
547When you have checked that the compiler is still compilable you decide
548to make a new version of @file{backend.c}.  This will
549store your new @file{backend.c} in the repository and
550make it available to anyone else who is using that same
551repository.
552
553@example
554$ cvs commit backend.c
555@end example
556
557@noindent
558@sc{cvs} starts an editor, to allow you to enter a log
559message.  You type in ``Added an optimization pass.'',
560save the temporary file, and exit the editor.
561
562@cindex CVSEDITOR, environment variable
563@cindex EDITOR, environment variable
564The environment variable @code{$CVSEDITOR} determines
565which editor is started.  If @code{$CVSEDITOR} is not
566set, then if the environment variable @code{$EDITOR} is
567set, it will be used. If both @code{$CVSEDITOR} and
568@code{$EDITOR} are not set then there is a default
569which will vary with your operating system, for example
570@code{vi} for unix or @code{notepad} for Windows
571NT/95.
572
573@cindex VISUAL, environment variable
574In addition, @sc{cvs} checks the @code{$VISUAL} environment
575variable.  Opinions vary on whether this behavior is desirable and
576whether future releases of @sc{cvs} should check @code{$VISUAL} or
577ignore it.  You will be OK either way if you make sure that
578@code{$VISUAL} is either unset or set to the same thing as
579@code{$EDITOR}.
580
581@c This probably should go into some new node
582@c containing detailed info on the editor, rather than
583@c the intro.  In fact, perhaps some of the stuff with
584@c CVSEDITOR and -m and so on should too.
585When @sc{cvs} starts the editor, it includes a list of
586files which are modified.  For the @sc{cvs} client,
587this list is based on comparing the modification time
588of the file against the modification time that the file
589had when it was last gotten or updated.  Therefore, if
590a file's modification time has changed but its contents
591have not, it will show up as modified.  The simplest
592way to handle this is simply not to worry about it---if
593you proceed with the commit @sc{cvs} will detect that
594the contents are not modified and treat it as an
595unmodified file.  The next @code{update} will clue
596@sc{cvs} in to the fact that the file is unmodified,
597and it will reset its stored timestamp so that the file
598will not show up in future editor sessions.
599@c FIXCVS: Might be nice if "commit" and other commands
600@c would reset that timestamp too, but currently commit
601@c doesn't.
602@c FIXME: Need to talk more about the process of
603@c prompting for the log message.  Like show an example
604@c of what it pops up in the editor, for example.  Also
605@c a discussion of how to get the "a)bort, c)ontinue,
606@c e)dit" prompt and what to do with it.  Might also
607@c work in the suggestion that if you want a diff, you
608@c should make it before running commit (someone
609@c suggested that the diff pop up in the editor.  I'm
610@c not sure that is better than telling people to run
611@c "cvs diff" first if that is what they want, but if
612@c we want to tell people that, the manual possibly
613@c should say it).
614
615If you want to avoid
616starting an editor you can specify the log message on
617the command line using the @samp{-m} flag instead, like
618this:
619
620@example
621$ cvs commit -m "Added an optimization pass" backend.c
622@end example
623
624@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
625@node Cleaning up
626@subsection Cleaning up
627@cindex Cleaning up
628@cindex Working copy, removing
629@cindex Removing your working copy
630@cindex Releasing your working copy
631
632Before you turn to other tasks you decide to remove your working copy of
633tc.  One acceptable way to do that is of course
634
635@example
636$ cd ..
637$ rm -r tc
638@end example
639
640@noindent
641but a better way is to use the @code{release} command (@pxref{release}):
642
643@example
644$ cd ..
645$ cvs release -d tc
646M driver.c
647? tc
648You have [1] altered files in this repository.
649Are you sure you want to release (and delete) directory `tc': n
650** `release' aborted by user choice.
651@end example
652
653The @code{release} command checks that all your modifications have been
654committed.  If history logging is enabled it also makes a note in the
655history file.  @xref{history file}.
656
657When you use the @samp{-d} flag with @code{release}, it
658also removes your working copy.
659
660In the example above, the @code{release} command wrote a couple of lines
661of output.  @samp{? tc} means that the file @file{tc} is unknown to @sc{cvs}.
662That is nothing to worry about: @file{tc} is the executable compiler,
663and it should not be stored in the repository.  @xref{cvsignore},
664for information about how to make that warning go away.
665@xref{release output}, for a complete explanation of
666all possible output from @code{release}.
667
668@samp{M driver.c} is more serious.  It means that the
669file @file{driver.c} has been modified since it was
670checked out.
671
672The @code{release} command always finishes by telling
673you how many modified files you have in your working
674copy of the sources, and then asks you for confirmation
675before deleting any files or making any note in the
676history file.
677
678You decide to play it safe and answer @kbd{n @key{RET}}
679when @code{release} asks for confirmation.
680
681@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
682@node Viewing differences
683@subsection Viewing differences
684@cindex Viewing differences
685@cindex Diff
686
687You do not remember modifying @file{driver.c}, so you want to see what
688has happened to that file.
689
690@example
691$ cd tc
692$ cvs diff driver.c
693@end example
694
695This command runs @code{diff} to compare the version of @file{driver.c}
696that you checked out with your working copy.  When you see the output
697you remember that you added a command line option that enabled the
698optimization pass.  You check it in, and release the module.
699@c FIXME: we haven't yet defined the term "check in".
700
701@example
702$ cvs commit -m "Added an optimization pass" driver.c
703Checking in driver.c;
704/usr/local/cvsroot/tc/driver.c,v  <--  driver.c
705new revision: 1.2; previous revision: 1.1
706done
707$ cd ..
708$ cvs release -d tc
709? tc
710You have [0] altered files in this repository.
711Are you sure you want to release (and delete) directory `tc': y
712@end example
713
714@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
715@node Repository
716@chapter The Repository
717@cindex Repository (intro)
718@cindex Repository, example
719@cindex Layout of repository
720@cindex Typical repository
721@cindex /usr/local/cvsroot, as example repository
722@cindex cvsroot
723
724The @sc{cvs} @dfn{repository} stores a complete copy of
725all the files and directories which are under version
726control.
727
728Normally, you never access any of the files in the
729repository directly.  Instead, you use @sc{cvs}
730commands to get your own copy of the files into a
731@dfn{working directory}, and then
732work on that copy.  When you've finished a set of
733changes, you check (or @dfn{commit}) them back into the
734repository.  The repository then contains the changes
735which you have made, as well as recording exactly what
736you changed, when you changed it, and other such
737information.  Note that the repository is not a
738subdirectory of the working directory, or vice versa;
739they should be in separate locations.
740@c Need some example, e.g. repository
741@c /usr/local/cvsroot; working directory
742@c /home/joe/sources.  But this node is too long
743@c as it is; need a little reorganization...
744
745@cindex :local:, setting up
746@sc{cvs} can access a repository by a variety of
747means.  It might be on the local computer, or it might
748be on a computer across the room or across the world.
749To distinguish various ways to access a repository, the
750repository name can start with an @dfn{access method}.
751For example, the access method @code{:local:} means to
752access a repository directory, so the repository
753@code{:local:/usr/local/cvsroot} means that the
754repository is in @file{/usr/local/cvsroot} on the
755computer running @sc{cvs}.  For information on other
756access methods, see @ref{Remote repositories}.
757
758@c Can se say this more concisely?  Like by passing
759@c more of the buck to the Remote repositories node?
760If the access method is omitted, then if the repository
761starts with @samp{/}, then @code{:local:} is
762assumed.  If it does not start with @samp{/} then either
763@code{:ext:} or @code{:server:} is assumed.  For
764example, if you have a local repository in
765@file{/usr/local/cvsroot}, you can use
766@code{/usr/local/cvsroot} instead of
767@code{:local:/usr/local/cvsroot}.  But if (under
768Windows NT, for example) your local repository is
769@file{c:\src\cvsroot}, then you must specify the access
770method, as in @code{:local:c:/src/cvsroot}.
771
772@c This might appear to go in Repository storage, but
773@c actually it is describing something which is quite
774@c user-visible, when you do a "cvs co CVSROOT".  This
775@c isn't necessary the perfect place for that, though.
776The repository is split in two parts.  @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT} contains
777administrative files for @sc{cvs}.  The other directories contain the actual
778user-defined modules.
779
780@menu
781* Specifying a repository::     Telling CVS where your repository is
782* Repository storage::          The structure of the repository
783* Working directory storage::   The structure of working directories
784* Intro administrative files::  Defining modules
785* Multiple repositories::       Multiple repositories
786* Creating a repository::       Creating a repository
787* Backing up::                  Backing up a repository
788* Moving a repository::         Moving a repository
789* Remote repositories::         Accessing repositories on remote machines
790* Read-only access::            Granting read-only access to the repository
791* Server temporary directory::  The server creates temporary directories
792@end menu
793
794@node Specifying a repository
795@section Telling CVS where your repository is
796
797There are several ways to tell @sc{cvs}
798where to find the repository.  You can name the
799repository on the command line explicitly, with the
800@code{-d} (for "directory") option:
801
802@example
803cvs -d /usr/local/cvsroot checkout yoyodyne/tc
804@end example
805
806@cindex .profile, setting CVSROOT in
807@cindex .cshrc, setting CVSROOT in
808@cindex .tcshrc, setting CVSROOT in
809@cindex .bashrc, setting CVSROOT in
810@cindex CVSROOT, environment variable
811        Or you can set the @code{$CVSROOT} environment
812variable to an absolute path to the root of the
813repository, @file{/usr/local/cvsroot} in this example.
814To set @code{$CVSROOT}, @code{csh} and @code{tcsh}
815users should have this line in their @file{.cshrc} or
816@file{.tcshrc} files:
817
818@example
819setenv CVSROOT /usr/local/cvsroot
820@end example
821
822@noindent
823@code{sh} and @code{bash} users should instead have these lines in their
824@file{.profile} or @file{.bashrc}:
825
826@example
827CVSROOT=/usr/local/cvsroot
828export CVSROOT
829@end example
830
831@cindex Root file, in CVS directory
832@cindex CVS/Root file
833        A repository specified with @code{-d} will
834override the @code{$CVSROOT} environment variable.
835Once you've checked a working copy out from the
836repository, it will remember where its repository is
837(the information is recorded in the
838@file{CVS/Root} file in the working copy).
839
840The @code{-d} option and the @file{CVS/Root} file both
841override the @code{$CVSROOT} environment variable.  If
842@code{-d} option differs from @file{CVS/Root}, the
843former is used.  Of course, for proper operation they
844should be two ways of referring to the same repository.
845
846@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
847@node Repository storage
848@section How data is stored in the repository
849@cindex Repository, how data is stored
850
851For most purposes it isn't important @emph{how}
852@sc{cvs} stores information in the repository.  In
853fact, the format has changed in the past, and is likely
854to change in the future.  Since in almost all cases one
855accesses the repository via @sc{cvs} commands, such
856changes need not be disruptive.
857
858However, in some cases it may be necessary to
859understand how @sc{cvs} stores data in the repository,
860for example you might need to track down @sc{cvs} locks
861(@pxref{Concurrency}) or you might need to deal with
862the file permissions appropriate for the repository.
863
864@menu
865* Repository files::            What files are stored in the repository
866* File permissions::            File permissions
867* Windows permissions::         Issues specific to Windows
868* Attic::                       Some files are stored in the Attic
869* CVS in repository::           Additional information in CVS directory
870* Locks::                       CVS locks control concurrent accesses
871* CVSROOT storage::             A few things about CVSROOT are different
872@end menu
873
874@node Repository files
875@subsection Where files are stored within the repository
876
877@c @cindex Filenames, legal
878@c @cindex Legal filenames
879@c Somewhere we need to say something about legitimate
880@c characters in filenames in working directory and
881@c repository.  Not "/" (not even on non-unix).  And
882@c here is a specific set of issues:
883@c 	Files starting with a - are handled inconsistently. They can not
884@c   be added to a repository with an add command, because it they are
885@c   interpreted as a switch. They can appear in a repository if they are
886@c   part of a tree that is imported. They can not be removed from the tree
887@c   once they are there.
888@c Note that "--" *is* supported (as a
889@c consequence of using GNU getopt).  Should document
890@c this somewhere ("Common options"?).  The other usual technique,
891@c "./-foo", isn't as effective, at least for "cvs add"
892@c which doesn't support pathnames containing "/".
893
894The overall structure of the repository is a directory
895tree corresponding to the directories in the working
896directory.  For example, supposing the repository is in
897
898@example
899/usr/local/cvsroot
900@end example
901
902@noindent
903here is a possible directory tree (showing only the
904directories):
905
906@example
907@t{/usr}
908 |
909 +--@t{local}
910 |   |
911 |   +--@t{cvsroot}
912 |   |    |
913 |   |    +--@t{CVSROOT}
914          |      (administrative files)
915          |
916          +--@t{gnu}
917          |   |
918          |   +--@t{diff}
919          |   |   (source code to @sc{gnu} diff)
920          |   |
921          |   +--@t{rcs}
922          |   |   (source code to @sc{rcs})
923          |   |
924          |   +--@t{cvs}
925          |       (source code to @sc{cvs})
926          |
927          +--@t{yoyodyne}
928              |
929              +--@t{tc}
930              |    |
931              |    +--@t{man}
932              |    |
933              |    +--@t{testing}
934              |
935              +--(other Yoyodyne software)
936@end example
937
938With the directories are @dfn{history files} for each file
939under version control.  The name of the history file is
940the name of the corresponding file with @samp{,v}
941appended to the end.  Here is what the repository for
942the @file{yoyodyne/tc} directory might look like:
943@c FIXME: Should also mention CVS (CVSREP)
944@c FIXME? Should we introduce Attic with an xref to
945@c Attic?  Not sure whether that is a good idea or not.
946@example
947  @code{$CVSROOT}
948    |
949    +--@t{yoyodyne}
950    |   |
951    |   +--@t{tc}
952    |   |   |
953            +--@t{Makefile,v}
954            +--@t{backend.c,v}
955            +--@t{driver.c,v}
956            +--@t{frontend.c,v}
957            +--@t{parser.c,v}
958            +--@t{man}
959            |    |
960            |    +--@t{tc.1,v}
961            |
962            +--@t{testing}
963                 |
964                 +--@t{testpgm.t,v}
965                 +--@t{test2.t,v}
966@end example
967
968@cindex History files
969@cindex RCS history files
970@c The first sentence, about what history files
971@c contain, is kind of redundant with our intro to what the
972@c repository does in node Repository....
973The history files contain, among other things, enough
974information to recreate any revision of the file, a log
975of all commit messages and the user-name of the person
976who committed the revision.  The history files are
977known as @dfn{RCS files}, because the first program to
978store files in that format was a version control system
979known as @sc{rcs}.  For a full
980description of the file format, see the @code{man} page
981@cite{rcsfile(5)}, distributed with @sc{rcs}, or the
982file @file{doc/RCSFILES} in the @sc{cvs} source
983distribution.  This
984file format has become very common---many systems other
985than @sc{cvs} or @sc{rcs} can at least import history
986files in this format.
987@c FIXME: Think about including documentation for this
988@c rather than citing it?  In the long run, getting
989@c this to be a standard (not sure if we can cope with
990@c a standards process as formal as IEEE/ANSI/ISO/etc,
991@c though...) is the way to go, so maybe citing is
992@c better.
993
994The @sc{rcs} files used in @sc{cvs} differ in a few
995ways from the standard format.  The biggest difference
996is magic branches; for more information see @ref{Magic
997branch numbers}.  Also in @sc{cvs} the valid tag names
998are a subset of what @sc{rcs} accepts; for @sc{cvs}'s
999rules see @ref{Tags}.
1000
1001@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1002@node File permissions
1003@subsection File permissions
1004@c -- Move this to @node Creating a repository or similar
1005@cindex Security, file permissions in repository
1006@cindex File permissions, general
1007@cindex Permissions, general
1008@c FIXME: we need to somehow reflect "permissions in
1009@c repository" versus "permissions in working
1010@c directory" in the index entries.
1011@cindex Group, UNIX file permissions, in repository
1012@cindex Read-only files, in repository
1013All @samp{,v} files are created read-only, and you
1014should not change the permission of those files.  The
1015directories inside the repository should be writable by
1016the persons that have permission to modify the files in
1017each directory.  This normally means that you must
1018create a UNIX group (see group(5)) consisting of the
1019persons that are to edit the files in a project, and
1020set up the repository so that it is that group that
1021owns the directory.
1022(On some systems, you also need to set the set-group-ID-on-execution bit
1023on the repository directories (see chmod(1)) so that newly-created files
1024and directories get the group-ID of the parent directory rather than
1025that of the current process.)
1026
1027@c See also comment in commitinfo node regarding cases
1028@c which are really awkward with unix groups.
1029
1030This means that you can only control access to files on
1031a per-directory basis.
1032
1033Note that users must also have write access to check
1034out files, because @sc{cvs} needs to create lock files
1035(@pxref{Concurrency}).  You can use LockDir in CVSROOT/config
1036to put the lock files somewhere other than in the repository
1037if you want to allow read-only access to some directories
1038(@pxref{config}).
1039
1040@c CVS seems to use CVSUMASK in picking permissions for
1041@c val-tags, but maybe we should say more about this.
1042@c Like val-tags gets created by someone who doesn't
1043@c have CVSUMASK set right?
1044@cindex CVSROOT/val-tags file, and read-only access to projects
1045@cindex val-tags file, and read-only access to projects
1046Also note that users must have write access to the
1047@file{CVSROOT/val-tags} file.  @sc{cvs} uses it to keep
1048track of what tags are valid tag names (it is sometimes
1049updated when tags are used, as well as when they are
1050created).
1051
1052Each @sc{rcs} file will be owned by the user who last
1053checked it in.  This has little significance; what
1054really matters is who owns the directories.
1055
1056@cindex CVSUMASK, environment variable
1057@cindex Umask, for repository files
1058@sc{cvs} tries to set up reasonable file permissions
1059for new directories that are added inside the tree, but
1060you must fix the permissions manually when a new
1061directory should have different permissions than its
1062parent directory.  If you set the @code{CVSUMASK}
1063environment variable that will control the file
1064permissions which @sc{cvs} uses in creating directories
1065and/or files in the repository.  @code{CVSUMASK} does
1066not affect the file permissions in the working
1067directory; such files have the permissions which are
1068typical for newly created files, except that sometimes
1069@sc{cvs} creates them read-only (see the sections on
1070watches, @ref{Setting a watch}; -r, @ref{Global
1071options}; or @code{CVSREAD}, @ref{Environment variables}).
1072@c FIXME: Need more discussion of which
1073@c group should own the file in the repository.
1074@c Include a somewhat detailed example of the usual
1075@c case where CVSUMASK is 007, the developers are all
1076@c in a group, and that group owns stuff in the
1077@c repository.  Need to talk about group ownership of
1078@c newly-created directories/files (on some unices,
1079@c such as SunOS4, setting the setgid bit on the
1080@c directories will make files inherit the directory's
1081@c group.  On other unices, your mileage may vary.  I
1082@c can't remember what POSIX says about this, if
1083@c anything).
1084
1085Note that using the client/server @sc{cvs}
1086(@pxref{Remote repositories}), there is no good way to
1087set @code{CVSUMASK}; the setting on the client machine
1088has no effect.  If you are connecting with @code{rsh}, you
1089can set @code{CVSUMASK} in @file{.bashrc} or @file{.cshrc}, as
1090described in the documentation for your operating
1091system.  This behavior might change in future versions
1092of @sc{cvs}; do not rely on the setting of
1093@code{CVSUMASK} on the client having no effect.
1094@c FIXME: need to explain what a umask is or cite
1095@c someplace which does.
1096@c
1097@c There is also a larger (largely separate) issue
1098@c about the meaning of CVSUMASK in a non-unix context.
1099@c For example, whether there is
1100@c an equivalent which fits better into other
1101@c protection schemes like POSIX.6, VMS, &c.
1102@c
1103@c FIXME: Need one place which discusses this
1104@c read-only files thing.  Why would one use -r or
1105@c CVSREAD?  Why would one use watches?  How do they
1106@c interact?
1107@c
1108@c FIXME: We need to state
1109@c whether using CVSUMASK removes the need for manually
1110@c fixing permissions (in fact, if we are going to mention
1111@c manually fixing permission, we better document a lot
1112@c better just what we mean by "fix").
1113
1114Using pserver, you will generally need stricter
1115permissions on the @sc{cvsroot} directory and
1116directories above it in the tree; see @ref{Password
1117authentication security}.
1118
1119@cindex Setuid
1120@cindex Setgid
1121@cindex Security, setuid
1122@cindex Installed images (VMS)
1123Some operating systems have features which allow a
1124particular program to run with the ability to perform
1125operations which the caller of the program could not.
1126For example, the set user ID (setuid) or set group ID
1127(setgid) features of unix or the installed image
1128feature of VMS.  @sc{cvs} was not written to use such
1129features and therefore attempting to install @sc{cvs} in
1130this fashion will provide protection against only
1131accidental lapses; anyone who is trying to circumvent
1132the measure will be able to do so, and depending on how
1133you have set it up may gain access to more than just
1134@sc{cvs}.  You may wish to instead consider pserver.  It
1135shares some of the same attributes, in terms of
1136possibly providing a false sense of security or opening
1137security holes wider than the ones you are trying to
1138fix, so read the documentation on pserver security
1139carefully if you are considering this option
1140(@ref{Password authentication security}).
1141
1142@node Windows permissions
1143@subsection File Permission issues specific to Windows
1144@cindex Windows, and permissions
1145@cindex File permissions, Windows-specific
1146@cindex Permissions, Windows-specific
1147
1148Some file permission issues are specific to Windows
1149operating systems (Windows 95, Windows NT, and
1150presumably future operating systems in this family.
1151Some of the following might apply to OS/2 but I'm not
1152sure).
1153
1154If you are using local @sc{cvs} and the repository is on a
1155networked file system which is served by the Samba SMB
1156server, some people have reported problems with
1157permissions.  Enabling WRITE=YES in the samba
1158configuration is said to fix/workaround it.
1159Disclaimer: I haven't investigated enough to know the
1160implications of enabling that option, nor do I know
1161whether there is something which @sc{cvs} could be doing
1162differently in order to avoid the problem.  If you find
1163something out, please let us know as described in
1164@ref{BUGS}.
1165
1166@node Attic
1167@subsection The attic
1168@cindex Attic
1169
1170You will notice that sometimes @sc{cvs} stores an
1171@sc{rcs} file in the @code{Attic}.  For example, if the
1172@sc{cvsroot} is @file{/usr/local/cvsroot} and we are
1173talking about the file @file{backend.c} in the
1174directory @file{yoyodyne/tc}, then the file normally
1175would be in
1176
1177@example
1178/usr/local/cvsroot/yoyodyne/tc/backend.c,v
1179@end example
1180
1181@noindent
1182but if it goes in the attic, it would be in
1183
1184@example
1185/usr/local/cvsroot/yoyodyne/tc/Attic/backend.c,v
1186@end example
1187
1188@noindent
1189@cindex Dead state
1190instead.  It should not matter from a user point of
1191view whether a file is in the attic; @sc{cvs} keeps
1192track of this and looks in the attic when it needs to.
1193But in case you want to know, the rule is that the RCS
1194file is stored in the attic if and only if the head
1195revision on the trunk has state @code{dead}.  A
1196@code{dead} state means that file has been removed, or
1197never added, for that revision.  For example, if you
1198add a file on a branch, it will have a trunk revision
1199in @code{dead} state, and a branch revision in a
1200non-@code{dead} state.
1201@c Probably should have some more concrete examples
1202@c here, or somewhere (not sure exactly how we should
1203@c arrange the discussion of the dead state, versus
1204@c discussion of the attic).
1205
1206@node CVS in repository
1207@subsection The CVS directory in the repository
1208@cindex CVS directory, in repository
1209
1210The @file{CVS} directory in each repository directory
1211contains information such as file attributes (in a file
1212called @file{CVS/fileattr}.  In the
1213future additional files may be added to this directory,
1214so implementations should silently ignore additional
1215files.
1216
1217This behavior is implemented only by @sc{cvs} 1.7 and
1218later; for details see @ref{Watches Compatibility}.
1219
1220The format of the @file{fileattr} file is a series of entries
1221of the following form (where @samp{@{} and @samp{@}}
1222means the text between the braces can be repeated zero
1223or more times):
1224
1225@var{ent-type} @var{filename} <tab> @var{attrname} = @var{attrval}
1226  @{; @var{attrname} = @var{attrval}@} <linefeed>
1227
1228@var{ent-type} is @samp{F} for a file, in which case the entry specifies the
1229attributes for that file.
1230
1231@var{ent-type} is @samp{D},
1232and @var{filename} empty, to specify default attributes
1233to be used for newly added files.
1234
1235Other @var{ent-type} are reserved for future expansion.  @sc{cvs} 1.9 and older
1236will delete them any time it writes file attributes.
1237@sc{cvs} 1.10 and later will preserve them.
1238
1239Note that the order of the lines is not significant;
1240a program writing the fileattr file may
1241rearrange them at its convenience.
1242
1243There is currently no way of quoting tabs or line feeds in the
1244filename, @samp{=} in @var{attrname},
1245@samp{;} in @var{attrval}, etc.  Note: some implementations also
1246don't handle a NUL character in any of the fields, but
1247implementations are encouraged to allow it.
1248
1249By convention, @var{attrname} starting with @samp{_} is for an attribute given
1250special meaning by @sc{cvs}; other @var{attrname}s are for user-defined attributes
1251(or will be, once implementations start supporting user-defined attributes).
1252
1253Built-in attributes:
1254
1255@table @code
1256@item _watched
1257Present means the file is watched and should be checked out
1258read-only.
1259
1260@item _watchers
1261Users with watches for this file.  Value is
1262@var{watcher} > @var{type} @{ , @var{watcher} > @var{type} @}
1263where @var{watcher} is a username, and @var{type}
1264is zero or more of edit,unedit,commit separated by
1265@samp{+} (that is, nothing if none; there is no "none" or "all" keyword).
1266
1267@item _editors
1268Users editing this file.  Value is
1269@var{editor} > @var{val} @{ , @var{editor} > @var{val} @}
1270where @var{editor} is a username, and @var{val} is
1271@var{time}+@var{hostname}+@var{pathname}, where
1272@var{time} is when the @code{cvs edit} command (or
1273equivalent) happened,
1274and @var{hostname} and @var{pathname} are for the working directory.
1275@end table
1276
1277Example:
1278
1279@c FIXME: sanity.sh should contain a similar test case
1280@c so we can compare this example from something from
1281@c Real Life(TM).  See cvsclient.texi (under Notify) for more
1282@c discussion of the date format of _editors.
1283@example
1284Ffile1 _watched=;_watchers=joe>edit,mary>commit
1285Ffile2 _watched=;_editors=sue>8 Jan 1975+workstn1+/home/sue/cvs
1286D _watched=
1287@end example
1288
1289@noindent
1290means that the file @file{file1} should be checked out
1291read-only.  Furthermore, joe is watching for edits and
1292mary is watching for commits.  The file @file{file2}
1293should be checked out read-only; sue started editing it
1294on 8 Jan 1975 in the directory @file{/home/sue/cvs} on
1295the machine @code{workstn1}.  Future files which are
1296added should be checked out read-only.  To represent
1297this example here, we have shown a space after
1298@samp{D}, @samp{Ffile1}, and @samp{Ffile2}, but in fact
1299there must be a single tab character there and no spaces.
1300
1301@node Locks
1302@subsection CVS locks in the repository
1303
1304@cindex #cvs.rfl, technical details
1305@cindex #cvs.pfl, technical details
1306@cindex #cvs.wfl, technical details
1307@cindex #cvs.lock, technical details
1308@cindex Locks, cvs, technical details
1309For an introduction to @sc{cvs} locks focusing on
1310user-visible behavior, see @ref{Concurrency}.  The
1311following section is aimed at people who are writing
1312tools which want to access a @sc{cvs} repository without
1313interfering with other tools accessing the same
1314repository.  If you find yourself confused by concepts
1315described here, like @dfn{read lock}, @dfn{write lock},
1316and @dfn{deadlock}, you might consult the literature on
1317operating systems or databases.
1318
1319@cindex #cvs.tfl
1320Any file in the repository with a name starting
1321with @file{#cvs.rfl.} is a read lock.  Any file in
1322the repository with a name starting with
1323@file{#cvs.pfl} is a promotable read lock.  Any file in
1324the repository with a name starting with
1325@file{#cvs.wfl} is a write lock.  Old versions of @sc{cvs}
1326(before @sc{cvs} 1.5) also created files with names starting
1327with @file{#cvs.tfl}, but they are not discussed here.
1328The directory @file{#cvs.lock} serves as a master
1329lock.  That is, one must obtain this lock first before
1330creating any of the other locks.
1331
1332To obtain a read lock, first create the @file{#cvs.lock}
1333directory.  This operation must be atomic (which should
1334be true for creating a directory under most operating
1335systems).  If it fails because the directory already
1336existed, wait for a while and try again.  After
1337obtaining the @file{#cvs.lock} lock, create a file
1338whose name is @file{#cvs.rfl.} followed by information
1339of your choice (for example, hostname and process
1340identification number).  Then remove the
1341@file{#cvs.lock} directory to release the master lock.
1342Then proceed with reading the repository.  When you are
1343done, remove the @file{#cvs.rfl} file to release the
1344read lock.
1345
1346Promotable read locks are a concept you may not find in other literature on
1347concurrency.  They are used to allow a two (or more) pass process to only lock
1348a file for read on the first (read) pass(es), then upgrade its read locks to
1349write locks if necessary for a final pass, still assured that the files have
1350not changed since they were first read.  @sc{cvs} uses promotable read locks,
1351for example, to prevent commit and tag verification passes from interfering
1352with other reading processes.  It can then lock only a single directory at a
1353time for write during the write pass.
1354
1355To obtain a promotable read lock, first create the @file{#cvs.lock} directory,
1356as with a non-promotable read lock.  Then check
1357that there are no files that start with
1358@file{#cvs.pfl}.  If there are, remove the master @file{#cvs.lock} directory,
1359wait awhile (CVS waits 30 seconds between lock attempts), and try again.  If
1360there are no other promotable locks, go ahead and create a file whose name is
1361@file{#cvs.pfl} followed by information of your choice (for example, CVS uses
1362its hostname and the process identification number of the CVS server process
1363creating the lock).  If versions of @sc{cvs} older than version 1.12.4 access
1364your repository directly (not via a @sc{cvs} server of version 1.12.4 or
1365later), then you should also create a read lock since older versions of CVS
1366will ignore the promotable lock when attempting to create their own write lock.
1367Then remove the master @file{#cvs.lock} directory in order to allow other
1368processes to obtain read locks.
1369
1370To obtain a write lock, first create the
1371@file{#cvs.lock} directory, as with read locks.  Then
1372check that there are no files whose names start with
1373@file{#cvs.rfl.} and no files whose names start with @file{#cvs.pfl} that are
1374not owned by the process attempting to get the write lock.  If either exist,
1375remove @file{#cvs.lock}, wait for a while, and try again.  If
1376there are no readers or promotable locks from other processes, then create a
1377file whose name is @file{#cvs.wfl} followed by information of your choice
1378(again, CVS uses the hostname and server process identification
1379number).  Remove your @file{#cvs.pfl} file if present.  Hang on to the
1380@file{#cvs.lock} lock.  Proceed
1381with writing the repository.  When you are done, first
1382remove the @file{#cvs.wfl} file and then the
1383@file{#cvs.lock} directory. Note that unlike the
1384@file{#cvs.rfl} file, the @file{#cvs.wfl} file is just
1385informational; it has no effect on the locking operation
1386beyond what is provided by holding on to the
1387@file{#cvs.lock} lock itself.
1388
1389Note that each lock (write lock or read lock) only locks
1390a single directory in the repository, including
1391@file{Attic} and @file{CVS} but not including
1392subdirectories which represent other directories under
1393version control.  To lock an entire tree, you need to
1394lock each directory (note that if you fail to obtain
1395any lock you need, you must release the whole tree
1396before waiting and trying again, to avoid deadlocks).
1397
1398Note also that @sc{cvs} expects write locks to control
1399access to individual @file{foo,v} files.  @sc{rcs} has
1400a scheme where the @file{,foo,} file serves as a lock,
1401but @sc{cvs} does not implement it and so taking out a
1402@sc{cvs} write lock is recommended.  See the comments at
1403rcs_internal_lockfile in the @sc{cvs} source code for
1404further discussion/rationale.
1405
1406@node CVSROOT storage
1407@subsection How files are stored in the CVSROOT directory
1408@cindex CVSROOT, storage of files
1409
1410The @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT} directory contains the
1411various administrative files.  In some ways this
1412directory is just like any other directory in the
1413repository; it contains @sc{rcs} files whose names end
1414in @samp{,v}, and many of the @sc{cvs} commands operate
1415on it the same way.  However, there are a few
1416differences.
1417
1418For each administrative file, in addition to the
1419@sc{rcs} file, there is also a checked out copy of the
1420file.  For example, there is an @sc{rcs} file
1421@file{loginfo,v} and a file @file{loginfo} which
1422contains the latest revision contained in
1423@file{loginfo,v}.  When you check in an administrative
1424file, @sc{cvs} should print
1425
1426@example
1427cvs commit: Rebuilding administrative file database
1428@end example
1429
1430@noindent
1431and update the checked out copy in
1432@file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT}.  If it does not, there is
1433something wrong (@pxref{BUGS}).  To add your own files
1434to the files to be updated in this fashion, you can add
1435them to the @file{checkoutlist} administrative file
1436(@pxref{checkoutlist}).
1437
1438@cindex modules.db
1439@cindex modules.pag
1440@cindex modules.dir
1441By default, the @file{modules} file behaves as
1442described above.  If the modules file is very large,
1443storing it as a flat text file may make looking up
1444modules slow (I'm not sure whether this is as much of a
1445concern now as when @sc{cvs} first evolved this
1446feature; I haven't seen benchmarks).  Therefore, by
1447making appropriate edits to the @sc{cvs} source code
1448one can store the modules file in a database which
1449implements the @code{ndbm} interface, such as Berkeley
1450db or GDBM.  If this option is in use, then the modules
1451database will be stored in the files @file{modules.db},
1452@file{modules.pag}, and/or @file{modules.dir}.
1453@c I think fileattr also will use the database stuff.
1454@c Anything else?
1455
1456For information on the meaning of the various
1457administrative files, see @ref{Administrative files}.
1458
1459@node Working directory storage
1460@section How data is stored in the working directory
1461
1462@c FIXME: Somewhere we should discuss timestamps (test
1463@c case "stamps" in sanity.sh).  But not here.  Maybe
1464@c in some kind of "working directory" chapter which
1465@c would encompass the "Builds" one?  But I'm not sure
1466@c whether that is a good organization (is it based on
1467@c what the user wants to do?).
1468
1469@cindex CVS directory, in working directory
1470While we are discussing @sc{cvs} internals which may
1471become visible from time to time, we might as well talk
1472about what @sc{cvs} puts in the @file{CVS} directories
1473in the working directories.  As with the repository,
1474@sc{cvs} handles this information and one can usually
1475access it via @sc{cvs} commands.  But in some cases it
1476may be useful to look at it, and other programs, such
1477as the @code{jCVS} graphical user interface or the
1478@code{VC} package for emacs, may need to look at it.
1479Such programs should follow the recommendations in this
1480section if they hope to be able to work with other
1481programs which use those files, including future
1482versions of the programs just mentioned and the
1483command-line @sc{cvs} client.
1484
1485The @file{CVS} directory contains several files.
1486Programs which are reading this directory should
1487silently ignore files which are in the directory but
1488which are not documented here, to allow for future
1489expansion.
1490
1491The files are stored according to the text file
1492convention for the system in question.  This means that
1493working directories are not portable between systems
1494with differing conventions for storing text files.
1495This is intentional, on the theory that the files being
1496managed by @sc{cvs} probably will not be portable between
1497such systems either.
1498
1499@table @file
1500@item Root
1501This file contains the current @sc{cvs} root, as
1502described in @ref{Specifying a repository}.
1503
1504@cindex Repository file, in CVS directory
1505@cindex CVS/Repository file
1506@item Repository
1507This file contains the directory within the repository
1508which the current directory corresponds with.  It can
1509be either an absolute pathname or a relative pathname;
1510@sc{cvs} has had the ability to read either format
1511since at least version 1.3 or so.  The relative
1512pathname is relative to the root, and is the more
1513sensible approach, but the absolute pathname is quite
1514common and implementations should accept either.  For
1515example, after the command
1516
1517@example
1518cvs -d :local:/usr/local/cvsroot checkout yoyodyne/tc
1519@end example
1520
1521@noindent
1522@file{Root} will contain
1523
1524@example
1525:local:/usr/local/cvsroot
1526@end example
1527
1528@noindent
1529and @file{Repository} will contain either
1530
1531@example
1532/usr/local/cvsroot/yoyodyne/tc
1533@end example
1534
1535@noindent
1536or
1537
1538@example
1539yoyodyne/tc
1540@end example
1541
1542If the particular working directory does not correspond
1543to a directory in the repository, then @file{Repository}
1544should contain @file{CVSROOT/Emptydir}.
1545@cindex Emptydir, in CVSROOT directory
1546@cindex CVSROOT/Emptydir directory
1547
1548@cindex Entries file, in CVS directory
1549@cindex CVS/Entries file
1550@item Entries
1551This file lists the files and directories in the
1552working directory.
1553The first character of each line indicates what sort of
1554line it is.  If the character is unrecognized, programs
1555reading the file should silently skip that line, to
1556allow for future expansion.
1557
1558If the first character is @samp{/}, then the format is:
1559
1560@example
1561/@var{name}/@var{revision}/@var{timestamp}[+@var{conflict}]/@var{options}/@var{tagdate}
1562@end example
1563
1564@noindent
1565where @samp{[} and @samp{]} are not part of the entry,
1566but instead indicate that the @samp{+} and conflict
1567marker are optional.  @var{name} is the name of the
1568file within the directory.  @var{revision} is the
1569revision that the file in the working derives from, or
1570@samp{0} for an added file, or @samp{-} followed by a
1571revision for a removed file.  @var{timestamp} is the
1572timestamp of the file at the time that @sc{cvs} created
1573it; if the timestamp differs with the actual
1574modification time of the file it means the file has
1575been modified.  It is stored in
1576the format used by the ISO C asctime() function (for
1577example, @samp{Sun Apr  7 01:29:26 1996}).  One may
1578write a string which is not in that format, for
1579example, @samp{Result of merge}, to indicate that the
1580file should always be considered to be modified.  This
1581is not a special case; to see whether a file is
1582modified a program should take the timestamp of the file
1583and simply do a string compare with @var{timestamp}.
1584If there was a conflict, @var{conflict} can be set to
1585the modification time of the file after the file has been
1586written with conflict markers (@pxref{Conflicts example}).
1587Thus if @var{conflict} is subsequently the same as the actual
1588modification time of the file it means that the user
1589has obviously not resolved the conflict.  @var{options}
1590contains sticky options (for example @samp{-kb} for a
1591binary file).  @var{tagdate} contains @samp{T} followed
1592by a tag name, or @samp{D} for a date, followed by a
1593sticky tag or date.  Note that if @var{timestamp}
1594contains a pair of timestamps separated by a space,
1595rather than a single timestamp, you are dealing with a
1596version of @sc{cvs} earlier than @sc{cvs} 1.5 (not
1597documented here).
1598
1599The timezone on the timestamp in CVS/Entries (local or
1600universal) should be the same as the operating system
1601stores for the timestamp of the file itself.  For
1602example, on Unix the file's timestamp is in universal
1603time (UT), so the timestamp in CVS/Entries should be
1604too.  On @sc{vms}, the file's timestamp is in local
1605time, so @sc{cvs} on @sc{vms} should use local time.
1606This rule is so that files do not appear to be modified
1607merely because the timezone changed (for example, to or
1608from summer time).
1609@c See comments and calls to gmtime() and friends in
1610@c src/vers_ts.c (function time_stamp).
1611
1612If the first character of a line in @file{Entries} is
1613@samp{D}, then it indicates a subdirectory.  @samp{D}
1614on a line all by itself indicates that the program
1615which wrote the @file{Entries} file does record
1616subdirectories (therefore, if there is such a line and
1617no other lines beginning with @samp{D}, one knows there
1618are no subdirectories).  Otherwise, the line looks
1619like:
1620
1621@example
1622D/@var{name}/@var{filler1}/@var{filler2}/@var{filler3}/@var{filler4}
1623@end example
1624
1625@noindent
1626where @var{name} is the name of the subdirectory, and
1627all the @var{filler} fields should be silently ignored,
1628for future expansion.  Programs which modify
1629@code{Entries} files should preserve these fields.
1630
1631The lines in the @file{Entries} file can be in any order.
1632
1633@cindex Entries.Log file, in CVS directory
1634@cindex CVS/Entries.Log file
1635@item Entries.Log
1636This file does not record any information beyond that
1637in @file{Entries}, but it does provide a way to update
1638the information without having to rewrite the entire
1639@file{Entries} file, including the ability to preserve
1640the information even if the program writing
1641@file{Entries} and @file{Entries.Log} abruptly aborts.
1642Programs which are reading the @file{Entries} file
1643should also check for @file{Entries.Log}.  If the latter
1644exists, they should read @file{Entries} and then apply
1645the changes mentioned in @file{Entries.Log}.  After
1646applying the changes, the recommended practice is to
1647rewrite @file{Entries} and then delete @file{Entries.Log}.
1648The format of a line in @file{Entries.Log} is a single
1649character command followed by a space followed by a
1650line in the format specified for a line in
1651@file{Entries}.  The single character command is
1652@samp{A} to indicate that the entry is being added,
1653@samp{R} to indicate that the entry is being removed,
1654or any other character to indicate that the entire line
1655in @file{Entries.Log} should be silently ignored (for
1656future expansion).  If the second character of the line
1657in @file{Entries.Log} is not a space, then it was
1658written by an older version of @sc{cvs} (not documented
1659here).
1660
1661Programs which are writing rather than reading can
1662safely ignore @file{Entries.Log} if they so choose.
1663
1664@cindex Entries.Backup file, in CVS directory
1665@cindex CVS/Entries.Backup file
1666@item Entries.Backup
1667This is a temporary file.  Recommended usage is to
1668write a new entries file to @file{Entries.Backup}, and
1669then to rename it (atomically, where possible) to @file{Entries}.
1670
1671@cindex Entries.Static file, in CVS directory
1672@cindex CVS/Entries.Static file
1673@item Entries.Static
1674The only relevant thing about this file is whether it
1675exists or not.  If it exists, then it means that only
1676part of a directory was gotten and @sc{cvs} will
1677not create additional files in that directory.  To
1678clear it, use the @code{update} command with the
1679@samp{-d} option, which will get the additional files
1680and remove @file{Entries.Static}.
1681@c FIXME: This needs to be better documented, in places
1682@c other than Working Directory Storage.
1683@c FIXCVS: The fact that this setting exists needs to
1684@c be more visible to the user.  For example "cvs
1685@c status foo", in the case where the file would be
1686@c gotten except for Entries.Static, might say
1687@c something to distinguish this from other cases.
1688@c One thing that periodically gets suggested is to
1689@c have "cvs update" print something when it skips
1690@c files due to Entries.Static, but IMHO that kind of
1691@c noise pretty much makes the Entries.Static feature
1692@c useless.
1693
1694@cindex Tag file, in CVS directory
1695@cindex CVS/Tag file
1696@cindex Sticky tags/dates, per-directory
1697@cindex Per-directory sticky tags/dates
1698@item Tag
1699This file contains per-directory sticky tags or dates.
1700The first character is @samp{T} for a branch tag,
1701@samp{N} for a non-branch tag, or @samp{D} for a date,
1702or another character to mean the file should be
1703silently ignored, for future expansion.  This character
1704is followed by the tag or date.  Note that
1705per-directory sticky tags or dates are used for things
1706like applying to files which are newly added; they
1707might not be the same as the sticky tags or dates on
1708individual files.  For general information on sticky
1709tags and dates, see @ref{Sticky tags}.
1710@c FIXME: This needs to be much better documented,
1711@c preferably not in the context of "working directory
1712@c storage".
1713@c FIXME: The Sticky tags node needs to discuss, or xref to
1714@c someplace which discusses, per-directory sticky
1715@c tags and the distinction with per-file sticky tags.
1716
1717@cindex Notify file, in CVS directory
1718@cindex CVS/Notify file
1719@item Notify
1720This file stores notifications (for example, for
1721@code{edit} or @code{unedit}) which have not yet been
1722sent to the server.  Its format is not yet documented
1723here.
1724
1725@cindex Notify.tmp file, in CVS directory
1726@cindex CVS/Notify.tmp file
1727@item Notify.tmp
1728This file is to @file{Notify} as @file{Entries.Backup}
1729is to @file{Entries}.  That is, to write @file{Notify},
1730first write the new contents to @file{Notify.tmp} and
1731then (atomically where possible), rename it to
1732@file{Notify}.
1733
1734@cindex Base directory, in CVS directory
1735@cindex CVS/Base directory
1736@item Base
1737If watches are in use, then an @code{edit} command
1738stores the original copy of the file in the @file{Base}
1739directory.  This allows the @code{unedit} command to
1740operate even if it is unable to communicate with the
1741server.
1742
1743@cindex Baserev file, in CVS directory
1744@cindex CVS/Baserev file
1745@item Baserev
1746The file lists the revision for each of the files in
1747the @file{Base} directory.  The format is:
1748
1749@example
1750B@var{name}/@var{rev}/@var{expansion}
1751@end example
1752
1753@noindent
1754where @var{expansion} should be ignored, to allow for
1755future expansion.
1756
1757@cindex Baserev.tmp file, in CVS directory
1758@cindex CVS/Baserev.tmp file
1759@item Baserev.tmp
1760This file is to @file{Baserev} as @file{Entries.Backup}
1761is to @file{Entries}.  That is, to write @file{Baserev},
1762first write the new contents to @file{Baserev.tmp} and
1763then (atomically where possible), rename it to
1764@file{Baserev}.
1765
1766@cindex Template file, in CVS directory
1767@cindex CVS/Template file
1768@item Template
1769This file contains the template specified by the
1770@file{rcsinfo} file (@pxref{rcsinfo}).  It is only used
1771by the client; the non-client/server @sc{cvs} consults
1772@file{rcsinfo} directly.
1773@end table
1774
1775@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1776@node Intro administrative files
1777@section The administrative files
1778@cindex Administrative files (intro)
1779@cindex Modules file
1780@cindex CVSROOT, module name
1781@cindex Defining modules (intro)
1782
1783@c FIXME: this node should be reorganized into "general
1784@c information about admin files" and put the "editing
1785@c admin files" stuff up front rather than jumping into
1786@c the details of modules right away.  Then the
1787@c Administrative files node can go away, the information
1788@c on each admin file distributed to a place appropriate
1789@c to its function, and this node can contain a table
1790@c listing each file and a @ref to its detailed description.
1791
1792The directory @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT} contains some @dfn{administrative
1793files}.  @xref{Administrative files}, for a complete description.
1794You can use @sc{cvs} without any of these files, but
1795some commands work better when at least the
1796@file{modules} file is properly set up.
1797
1798The most important of these files is the @file{modules}
1799file.  It defines all modules in the repository.  This
1800is a sample @file{modules} file.
1801
1802@c FIXME: The CVSROOT line is a goofy example now that
1803@c mkmodules doesn't exist.
1804@example
1805CVSROOT         CVSROOT
1806modules         CVSROOT modules
1807cvs             gnu/cvs
1808rcs             gnu/rcs
1809diff            gnu/diff
1810tc              yoyodyne/tc
1811@end example
1812
1813The @file{modules} file is line oriented.  In its
1814simplest form each line contains the name of the
1815module, whitespace, and the directory where the module
1816resides.  The directory is a path relative to
1817@code{$CVSROOT}.  The last four lines in the example
1818above are examples of such lines.
1819
1820@c FIXME: might want to introduce the concept of options in modules file
1821@c (the old example which was here, -i mkmodules, is obsolete).
1822
1823The line that defines the module called @samp{modules}
1824uses features that are not explained here.
1825@xref{modules}, for a full explanation of all the
1826available features.
1827
1828@c FIXME: subsection without node is bogus
1829@subsection Editing administrative files
1830@cindex Editing administrative files
1831@cindex Administrative files, editing them
1832
1833You edit the administrative files in the same way that you would edit
1834any other module.  Use @samp{cvs checkout CVSROOT} to get a working
1835copy, edit it, and commit your changes in the normal way.
1836
1837It is possible to commit an erroneous administrative
1838file.  You can often fix the error and check in a new
1839revision, but sometimes a particularly bad error in the
1840administrative file makes it impossible to commit new
1841revisions.
1842@c @xref{Bad administrative files} for a hint
1843@c about how to solve such situations.
1844@c -- administrative file checking--
1845
1846@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1847@node Multiple repositories
1848@section Multiple repositories
1849@cindex Multiple repositories
1850@cindex Repositories, multiple
1851@cindex Many repositories
1852@cindex Parallel repositories
1853@cindex Disjoint repositories
1854@cindex CVSROOT, multiple repositories
1855
1856In some situations it is a good idea to have more than
1857one repository, for instance if you have two
1858development groups that work on separate projects
1859without sharing any code.  All you have to do to have
1860several repositories is to specify the appropriate
1861repository, using the @code{CVSROOT} environment
1862variable, the @samp{-d} option to @sc{cvs}, or (once
1863you have checked out a working directory) by simply
1864allowing @sc{cvs} to use the repository that was used
1865to check out the working directory
1866(@pxref{Specifying a repository}).
1867
1868The big advantage of having multiple repositories is
1869that they can reside on different servers.  With @sc{cvs}
1870version 1.10, a single command cannot recurse into
1871directories from different repositories.  With development
1872versions of @sc{cvs}, you can check out code from multiple
1873servers into your working directory.  @sc{cvs} will
1874recurse and handle all the details of making
1875connections to as many server machines as necessary to
1876perform the requested command.  Here is an example of
1877how to set up a working directory:
1878
1879@example
1880cvs -d server1:/cvs co dir1
1881cd dir1
1882cvs -d server2:/root co sdir
1883cvs update
1884@end example
1885
1886The @code{cvs co} commands set up the working
1887directory, and then the @code{cvs update} command will
1888contact server2, to update the dir1/sdir subdirectory,
1889and server1, to update everything else.
1890
1891@c FIXME: Does the FAQ have more about this?  I have a
1892@c dim recollection, but I'm too lazy to check right now.
1893
1894@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1895@node Creating a repository
1896@section Creating a repository
1897
1898@cindex Repository, setting up
1899@cindex Creating a repository
1900@cindex Setting up a repository
1901
1902This section describes how to set up a @sc{cvs} repository for any
1903sort of access method.  After completing the setup described in this
1904section, you should be able to access your @sc{cvs} repository immediately
1905via the local access method and several remote access methods.  For
1906more information on setting up remote access to the repository you create
1907in this section, please read the section on @xref{Remote repositories}.
1908
1909To set up a @sc{cvs} repository, first choose the
1910machine and disk on which you want to store the
1911revision history of the source files.  CPU and memory
1912requirements are modest, so most machines should be
1913adequate.  For details see @ref{Server requirements}.
1914@c Possible that we should be providing a quick rule of
1915@c thumb, like the 32M memory for the server.  That
1916@c might increase the number of people who are happy
1917@c with the answer, without following the xref.
1918
1919To estimate disk space
1920requirements, if you are importing RCS files from
1921another system, the size of those files is the
1922approximate initial size of your repository, or if you
1923are starting without any version history, a rule of
1924thumb is to allow for the server approximately three
1925times the size of the code to be under @sc{cvs} for the
1926repository (you will eventually outgrow this, but not
1927for a while).  On the machines on which the developers
1928will be working, you'll want disk space for
1929approximately one working directory for each developer
1930(either the entire tree or a portion of it, depending
1931on what each developer uses).
1932
1933The repository should be accessible
1934(directly or via a networked file system) from all
1935machines which want to use @sc{cvs} in server or local
1936mode; the client machines need not have any access to
1937it other than via the @sc{cvs} protocol.  It is not
1938possible to use @sc{cvs} to read from a repository
1939which one only has read access to; @sc{cvs} needs to be
1940able to create lock files (@pxref{Concurrency}).
1941
1942@cindex init (subcommand)
1943To create a repository, run the @code{cvs init}
1944command.  It will set up an empty repository in the
1945@sc{cvs} root specified in the usual way
1946(@pxref{Repository}).  For example,
1947
1948@example
1949cvs -d /usr/local/cvsroot init
1950@end example
1951
1952@code{cvs init} is careful to never overwrite any
1953existing files in the repository, so no harm is done if
1954you run @code{cvs init} on an already set-up
1955repository.
1956
1957@code{cvs init} will enable history logging; if you
1958don't want that, remove the history file after running
1959@code{cvs init}.  @xref{history file}.
1960
1961@node Backing up
1962@section Backing up a repository
1963@cindex Repository, backing up
1964@cindex Backing up, repository
1965
1966There is nothing particularly magical about the files
1967in the repository; for the most part it is possible to
1968back them up just like any other files.  However, there
1969are a few issues to consider.
1970
1971@cindex Locks, cvs, and backups
1972@cindex #cvs.rfl, and backups
1973The first is that to be paranoid, one should either not
1974use @sc{cvs} during the backup, or have the backup
1975program lock @sc{cvs} while doing the backup.  To not
1976use @sc{cvs}, you might forbid logins to machines which
1977can access the repository, turn off your @sc{cvs}
1978server, or similar mechanisms.  The details would
1979depend on your operating system and how you have
1980@sc{cvs} set up.  To lock @sc{cvs}, you would create
1981@file{#cvs.rfl} locks in each repository directory.
1982See @ref{Concurrency}, for more on @sc{cvs} locks.
1983Having said all this, if you just back up without any
1984of these precautions, the results are unlikely to be
1985particularly dire.  Restoring from backup, the
1986repository might be in an inconsistent state, but this
1987would not be particularly hard to fix manually.
1988
1989When you restore a repository from backup, assuming
1990that changes in the repository were made after the time
1991of the backup, working directories which were not
1992affected by the failure may refer to revisions which no
1993longer exist in the repository.  Trying to run @sc{cvs}
1994in such directories will typically produce an error
1995message.  One way to get those changes back into the
1996repository is as follows:
1997
1998@itemize @bullet
1999@item
2000Get a new working directory.
2001
2002@item
2003Copy the files from the working directory from before
2004the failure over to the new working directory (do not
2005copy the contents of the @file{CVS} directories, of
2006course).
2007
2008@item
2009Working in the new working directory, use commands such
2010as @code{cvs update} and @code{cvs diff} to figure out
2011what has changed, and then when you are ready, commit
2012the changes into the repository.
2013@end itemize
2014
2015@node Moving a repository
2016@section Moving a repository
2017@cindex Repository, moving
2018@cindex Moving a repository
2019@cindex Copying a repository
2020
2021Just as backing up the files in the repository is
2022pretty much like backing up any other files, if you
2023need to move a repository from one place to another it
2024is also pretty much like just moving any other
2025collection of files.
2026
2027The main thing to consider is that working directories
2028point to the repository.  The simplest way to deal with
2029a moved repository is to just get a fresh working
2030directory after the move.  Of course, you'll want to
2031make sure that the old working directory had been
2032checked in before the move, or you figured out some
2033other way to make sure that you don't lose any
2034changes.  If you really do want to reuse the existing
2035working directory, it should be possible with manual
2036surgery on the @file{CVS/Repository} files.  You can
2037see @ref{Working directory storage}, for information on
2038the @file{CVS/Repository} and @file{CVS/Root} files, but
2039unless you are sure you want to bother, it probably
2040isn't worth it.
2041@c FIXME: Surgery on CVS/Repository should be avoided
2042@c by making RELATIVE_REPOS the default.
2043@c FIXME-maybe: might want some documented way to
2044@c change the CVS/Root files in some particular tree.
2045@c But then again, I don't know, maybe just having
2046@c people do this in perl/shell/&c isn't so bad...
2047
2048@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2049@node Remote repositories
2050@section Remote repositories
2051@cindex Repositories, remote
2052@cindex Remote repositories
2053@cindex Client/Server Operation
2054@cindex Server, CVS
2055@cindex Remote repositories, port specification
2056@cindex Repositories, remote, port specification
2057@cindex Client/Server Operation, port specification
2058@cindex pserver (client/server connection method), port specification
2059@cindex kserver (client/server connection method), port specification
2060@cindex gserver (client/server connection method), port specification
2061@cindex port, specifying for remote repositories
2062
2063        Your working copy of the sources can be on a
2064different machine than the repository.  Using @sc{cvs}
2065in this manner is known as @dfn{client/server}
2066operation.  You run @sc{cvs} on a machine which can
2067mount your working directory, known as the
2068@dfn{client}, and tell it to communicate to a machine
2069which can mount the repository, known as the
2070@dfn{server}.  Generally, using a remote
2071repository is just like using a local one, except that
2072the format of the repository name is:
2073
2074@example
2075[:@var{method}:][[@var{user}][:@var{password}]@@]@var{hostname}[:[@var{port}]]/path/to/repository
2076@end example
2077
2078Specifying a password in the repository name is not recommended during
2079checkout, since this will cause @sc{cvs} to store a cleartext copy of the
2080password in each created directory.  @code{cvs login} first instead
2081(@pxref{Password authentication client}).
2082
2083The details of exactly what needs to be set up depend
2084on how you are connecting to the server.
2085
2086@c Should we try to explain which platforms are which?
2087@c Platforms like unix and VMS, which only allow
2088@c privileged programs to bind to sockets <1024 lose on
2089@c :server:
2090@c Platforms like Mac and VMS, whose rsh program is
2091@c unusable or nonexistent, lose on :ext:
2092@c Platforms like OS/2 and NT probably could plausibly
2093@c default either way (modulo -b troubles).
2094
2095@menu
2096* Server requirements::         Memory and other resources for servers
2097* The connection method::       Connection methods and method options
2098* Connecting via rsh::          Using the @code{rsh} program to connect
2099* Password authenticated::      Direct connections using passwords
2100* GSSAPI authenticated::        Direct connections using GSSAPI
2101* Kerberos authenticated::      Direct connections with Kerberos
2102* Connecting via fork::         Using a forked @code{cvs server} to connect
2103* Write proxies::               Distributing load across several CVS servers
2104@end menu
2105
2106@node Server requirements
2107@subsection Server requirements
2108
2109The quick answer to what sort of machine is suitable as
2110a server is that requirements are modest---a server
2111with 32M of memory or even less can handle a fairly
2112large source tree with a fair amount of activity.
2113@c Say something about CPU speed too?  I'm even less sure
2114@c what to say on that subject...
2115
2116The real answer, of course, is more complicated.
2117Estimating the known areas of large memory consumption
2118should be sufficient to estimate memory requirements.
2119There are two such areas documented here; other memory
2120consumption should be small by comparison (if you find
2121that is not the case, let us know, as described in
2122@ref{BUGS}, so we can update this documentation).
2123
2124The first area of big memory consumption is large
2125checkouts, when using the @sc{cvs} server.  The server
2126consists of two processes for each client that it is
2127serving.  Memory consumption on the child process
2128should remain fairly small.  Memory consumption on the
2129parent process, particularly if the network connection
2130to the client is slow, can be expected to grow to
2131slightly more than the size of the sources in a single
2132directory, or two megabytes, whichever is larger.
2133@c "two megabytes" of course is SERVER_HI_WATER.  But
2134@c we don't mention that here because we are
2135@c documenting the default configuration of CVS.  If it
2136@c is a "standard" thing to change that value, it
2137@c should be some kind of run-time configuration.
2138@c
2139@c See cvsclient.texi for more on the design decision
2140@c to not have locks in place while waiting for the
2141@c client, which is what results in memory consumption
2142@c as high as this.
2143
2144Multiplying the size of each @sc{cvs} server by the
2145number of servers which you expect to have active at
2146one time should give an idea of memory requirements for
2147the server.  For the most part, the memory consumed by
2148the parent process probably can be swap space rather
2149than physical memory.
2150@c Has anyone verified that notion about swap space?
2151@c I say it based pretty much on guessing that the
2152@c ->text of the struct buffer_data only gets accessed
2153@c in a first in, first out fashion, but I haven't
2154@c looked very closely.
2155
2156@c What about disk usage in /tmp on the server?  I think that
2157@c it can be substantial, but I haven't looked at this
2158@c again and tried to figure it out ("cvs import" is
2159@c probably the worst case...).
2160
2161The second area of large memory consumption is
2162@code{diff}, when checking in large files.  This is
2163required even for binary files.  The rule of thumb is
2164to allow about ten times the size of the largest file
2165you will want to check in, although five times may be
2166adequate.  For example, if you want to check in a file
2167which is 10 megabytes, you should have 100 megabytes of
2168memory on the machine doing the checkin (the server
2169machine for client/server, or the machine running
2170@sc{cvs} for non-client/server).  This can be swap
2171space rather than physical memory.  Because the memory
2172is only required briefly, there is no particular need
2173to allow memory for more than one such checkin at a
2174time.
2175@c The 5-10 times rule of thumb is from Paul Eggert for
2176@c GNU diff.  I don't think it is in the GNU diff
2177@c manual or anyplace like that.
2178@c
2179@c Probably we could be saying more about
2180@c non-client/server CVS.
2181@c I would guess for non-client/server CVS in an NFS
2182@c environment the biggest issues are the network and
2183@c the NFS server.
2184
2185Resource consumption for the client is even more
2186modest---any machine with enough capacity to run the
2187operating system in question should have little
2188trouble.
2189@c Is that true?  I think the client still wants to
2190@c (bogusly) store entire files in memory at times.
2191
2192For information on disk space requirements, see
2193@ref{Creating a repository}.
2194
2195@node The connection method
2196@subsection The connection method
2197
2198In its simplest form, the @var{method} portion of the repository string
2199(@pxref{Remote repositories}) may be one of @samp{ext}, @samp{fork},
2200@samp{gserver}, @samp{kserver}, @samp{local}, @samp{pserver}, and, on some
2201platforms, @samp{server}.
2202
2203If @var{method} is not specified, and the repository
2204name starts with a @samp{/}, then the default is @code{local}.
2205If @var{method} is not specified, and the repository
2206name does not start with a @samp{/}, then the default is @code{ext}
2207or @code{server}, depending on your platform; both the @samp{ext}
2208and @samp{server} methods are described in @ref{Connecting via rsh}.
2209
2210@cindex connection method options
2211@cindex options, connection method
2212The @code{ext}, @code{fork}, @code{gserver}, and @code{pserver} connection
2213methods all accept optional method options, specified as part of the
2214@var{method} string, like so:
2215
2216@example
2217:@var{method}[;@var{option}=@var{arg}...]:@var{other_connection_data}
2218@end example
2219
2220@sc{cvs} is not sensitive to the case of @var{method} or @var{option}, though
2221it may sometimes be sensitive to the case of @var{arg}.  The possible method
2222options are as follows:
2223
2224@table @code
2225@cindex CVS_PROXY_PORT
2226@cindex proxy, method option
2227@cindex proxyport, method option
2228@cindex proxies, web, connecting via
2229@cindex web proxies, connecting via
2230@cindex proxies, HTTP, connecting via
2231@cindex HTTP proxies, connecting via
2232@item proxy=@var{hostname}
2233@itemx proxyport=@var{port}
2234These two method options can be used to connect via an HTTP tunnel style web
2235proxy.  @var{hostname} should be the name of the HTTP proxy server to connect
2236through and @var{port} is the port number on the HTTP proxy server to connect
2237via.  @var{port} defaults to 8080.
2238
2239@strong{NOTE: An HTTP proxy server is not the same as a @sc{cvs} write proxy
2240server - please see @ref{Write proxies} for more on @sc{cvs} write proxies.}
2241
2242For example, to connect pserver via a web proxy listening on port 8000 of
2243www.myproxy.net, you would use a method of:
2244
2245@example
2246:pserver;proxy=www.myproxy.net;proxyport=8000:@var{pserver_connection_string}
2247@end example
2248
2249@strong{NOTE: In the above example, @var{pserver_connection_string} is still
2250required to connect and authenticate to the CVS server, as noted in the
2251upcoming sections on password authentication, @code{gserver}, and
2252@code{kserver}.  The example above only demonstrates a modification to the
2253@var{method} portion of the repository name.}
2254
2255These options first appeared in @sc{cvs} version 1.12.7 and are valid as
2256modifcations to the @code{gserver} and @code{pserver} connection methods.
2257
2258@cindex CVS_RSH method option
2259@item CVS_RSH=@var{path}
2260This method option can be used with the @code{ext} method to specify the path
2261the @sc{cvs} client will use to find the remote shell used to contact the
2262@sc{cvs} server and takes precedence over any path specified in the
2263@code{$CVS_RSH} environment variable (@pxref{Connecting via rsh}).  For
2264example, to connect to a @sc{cvs} server via the local
2265@file{/path/to/ssh/command} command, you could choose to specify the following
2266@var{path} via the @code{CVS_RSH} method option:
2267
2268@example
2269:ext;CVS_RSH=/path/to/ssh/command:@var{ext_connection_string}
2270@end example
2271
2272This method option first appeared in @sc{cvs} version 1.12.11 and is valid only
2273as a modifcation to the @code{ext} connection method.
2274
2275@cindex CVS_SERVER method option
2276@item CVS_SERVER=@var{path}
2277This method option can be used with the @code{ext} and @code{fork} methods to
2278specify the path @sc{cvs} will use to find the @sc{cvs} executable on the
2279@sc{cvs} server and takes precedence over any path specified in the
2280@code{$CVS_SERVER} environment variable (@pxref{Connecting via rsh}).  For
2281example, to select the remote @file{/path/to/cvs/command} executable as your
2282@sc{cvs} server application on the @sc{cvs} server machine, you could choose to
2283specify the following @var{path} via the @code{CVS_SERVER} method option:
2284
2285@example
2286:ext;CVS_SERVER=/path/to/cvs/command:@var{ext_connection_string}
2287@end example
2288
2289@noindent
2290or, to select an executable named @samp{cvs-1.12.11}, assuming it is in your
2291@code{$PATH} on the @sc{cvs} server:
2292
2293@example
2294:ext;CVS_SERVER=cvs-1.12.11:@var{ext_connection_string}
2295@end example
2296
2297This method option first appeared in @sc{cvs} version 1.12.11 and is valid
2298as a modifcation to both the @code{ext} and @code{fork} connection methods.
2299
2300@cindex Redirect, method option
2301@item Redirect=@var{boolean-state}
2302The @code{Redirect} method option determines whether the @sc{cvs} client will
2303allow a @sc{cvs} server to redirect it to a different @sc{cvs} server, usually
2304for write requests, as in a write proxy setup.
2305
2306A @var{boolean-state} of any value acceptable for boolean @file{CVSROOT/config}
2307file options is acceptable here (@pxref{config}).  For example, @samp{on},
2308@samp{off}, @samp{true}, and @samp{false} are all valid values for
2309@var{boolean-state}.  @var{boolean-state} for the @code{Redirect} method option
2310defaults to @samp{on}.
2311
2312This option will have no effect when talking to any non-secondary @sc{cvs}
2313server.  For more on write proxies and secondary servers, please see
2314@ref{Write proxies}.
2315
2316This method option first appeared in @sc{cvs} version 1.12.11 and is valid only
2317as a modifcation to the @code{ext} connection method.
2318@end table
2319
2320As a further example, to combine both the @code{CVS_RSH} and @code{CVS_SERVER}
2321options, a method specification like the following would work:
2322
2323@example
2324:ext;CVS_RSH=/path/to/ssh/command;CVS_SERVER=/path/to/cvs/command:
2325@end example
2326
2327This means that you would not need to have
2328the @code{CVS_SERVER} or @code{CVS_RSH} environment
2329variables set correctly.  See @ref{Connecting via rsh}, for more details on
2330these environment variables.
2331
2332@node Connecting via rsh
2333@subsection Connecting with rsh
2334
2335@cindex rsh
2336@sc{cvs} uses the @samp{rsh} protocol to perform these
2337operations, so the remote user host needs to have a
2338@file{.rhosts} file which grants access to the local
2339user. Note that the program that @sc{cvs} uses for this
2340purpose may be specified using the @file{--with-rsh}
2341flag to configure.
2342
2343For example, suppose you are the user @samp{mozart} on
2344the local machine @samp{toe.example.com}, and the
2345server machine is @samp{faun.example.org}.  On
2346faun, put the following line into the file
2347@file{.rhosts} in @samp{bach}'s home directory:
2348
2349@example
2350toe.example.com  mozart
2351@end example
2352
2353@noindent
2354Then test that @samp{rsh} is working with
2355
2356@example
2357rsh -l bach faun.example.org 'echo $PATH'
2358@end example
2359
2360@cindex CVS_SERVER, environment variable
2361Next you have to make sure that @code{rsh} will be able
2362to find the server.  Make sure that the path which
2363@code{rsh} printed in the above example includes the
2364directory containing a program named @code{cvs} which
2365is the server.  You need to set the path in
2366@file{.bashrc}, @file{.cshrc}, etc., not @file{.login}
2367or @file{.profile}.  Alternately, you can set the
2368environment variable @code{CVS_SERVER} on the client
2369machine to the filename of the server you want to use,
2370for example @file{/usr/local/bin/cvs-1.6}.
2371For the @code{ext} and @code{fork} methods, you may
2372also specify @var{CVS_SERVER} as an otpion in the
2373@var{CVSROOT} so that you may use different servers for
2374differnt roots. See @ref{Remote repositories} for more
2375details.
2376
2377There is no need to edit @file{inetd.conf} or start a
2378@sc{cvs} server daemon.
2379
2380@cindex :server:, setting up
2381@cindex :ext:, setting up
2382@cindex Kerberos, using kerberized rsh
2383@cindex SSH (rsh replacement)
2384@cindex rsh replacements (Kerberized, SSH, &c)
2385There are two access methods that you use in @code{CVSROOT}
2386for rsh.  @code{:server:} specifies an internal rsh
2387client, which is supported only by some @sc{cvs} ports.
2388@code{:ext:} specifies an external rsh program.  By
2389default this is @code{rsh} (unless otherwise specified
2390by the @file{--with-rsh} flag to configure) but you may set the
2391@code{CVS_RSH} environment variable to invoke another
2392program which can access the remote server (for
2393example, @code{remsh} on HP-UX 9 because @code{rsh} is
2394something different).  It must be a program which can
2395transmit data to and from the server without modifying
2396it; for example the Windows NT @code{rsh} is not
2397suitable since it by default translates between CRLF
2398and LF.  The OS/2 @sc{cvs} port has a hack to pass @samp{-b}
2399to @code{rsh} to get around this, but since this could
2400potentially cause problems for programs other than the
2401standard @code{rsh}, it may change in the future.  If
2402you set @code{CVS_RSH} to @code{SSH} or some other rsh
2403replacement, the instructions in the rest of this
2404section concerning @file{.rhosts} and so on are likely
2405to be inapplicable; consult the documentation for your rsh
2406replacement.
2407
2408You may choose to specify the @var{CVS_RSH} option as a method option
2409in the @var{CVSROOT} string to allow you to use different connection tools
2410for different roots (@pxref{The connection method}).  For example, allowing
2411some roots to use @code{CVS_RSH=remsh} and some to use
2412@code{CVS_RSH=ssh} for the @code{ext} method.  See also
2413the @ref{Remote repositories} for more details.
2414@c See also the comment in src/client.c for rationale
2415@c concerning "rsh" being the default and never
2416@c "remsh".
2417
2418Continuing our example, supposing you want to access
2419the module @file{foo} in the repository
2420@file{/usr/local/cvsroot/}, on machine
2421@file{faun.example.org}, you are ready to go:
2422
2423@example
2424cvs -d :ext:bach@@faun.example.org:/usr/local/cvsroot checkout foo
2425@end example
2426
2427@noindent
2428(The @file{bach@@} can be omitted if the username is
2429the same on both the local and remote hosts.)
2430
2431@c Should we mention "rsh host echo hi" and "rsh host
2432@c cat" (the latter followed by typing text and ^D)
2433@c as troubleshooting techniques?  Probably yes
2434@c (people tend to have trouble setting this up),
2435@c but this kind of thing can be hard to spell out.
2436
2437@node Password authenticated
2438@subsection Direct connection with password authentication
2439
2440The @sc{cvs} client can also connect to the server
2441using a password protocol.  This is particularly useful
2442if using @code{rsh} is not feasible (for example,
2443the server is behind a firewall), and Kerberos also is
2444not available.
2445
2446        To use this method, it is necessary to make
2447some adjustments on both the server and client sides.
2448
2449@menu
2450* Password authentication server::     Setting up the server
2451* Password authentication client::     Using the client
2452* Password authentication security::   What this method does and does not do
2453@end menu
2454
2455@node Password authentication server
2456@subsubsection Setting up the server for password authentication
2457
2458First of all, you probably want to tighten the
2459permissions on the @file{$CVSROOT} and
2460@file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT} directories.  See @ref{Password
2461authentication security}, for more details.
2462
2463@cindex pserver (subcommand)
2464@cindex Remote repositories, port specification
2465@cindex Repositories, remote, port specification
2466@cindex Client/Server Operation, port specification
2467@cindex pserver (client/server connection method), port specification
2468@cindex kserver (client/server connection method), port specification
2469@cindex gserver (client/server connection method), port specification
2470@cindex port, specifying for remote repositories
2471@cindex Password server, setting up
2472@cindex Authenticating server, setting up
2473@cindex inetd, configuring for pserver
2474@cindex xinetd, configuring for pserver
2475@c FIXME: this isn't quite right regarding port
2476@c numbers; CVS looks up "cvspserver" in
2477@c /etc/services (on unix, but what about non-unix?).
2478On the server side, the file @file{/etc/inetd.conf}
2479needs to be edited so @code{inetd} knows to run the
2480command @code{cvs pserver} when it receives a
2481connection on the right port.  By default, the port
2482number is 2401; it would be different if your client
2483were compiled with @code{CVS_AUTH_PORT} defined to
2484something else, though.  This can also be specified in the CVSROOT variable
2485(@pxref{Remote repositories}) or overridden with the CVS_CLIENT_PORT
2486environment variable (@pxref{Environment variables}).
2487
2488        If your @code{inetd} allows raw port numbers in
2489@file{/etc/inetd.conf}, then the following (all on a
2490single line in @file{inetd.conf}) should be sufficient:
2491
2492@example
24932401  stream  tcp  nowait  root  /usr/local/bin/cvs
2494cvs -f --allow-root=/usr/cvsroot pserver
2495@end example
2496
2497@noindent
2498(You could also use the
2499@samp{-T} option to specify a temporary directory.)
2500
2501The @samp{--allow-root} option specifies the allowable
2502@sc{cvsroot} directory.  Clients which attempt to use a
2503different @sc{cvsroot} directory will not be allowed to
2504connect.  If there is more than one @sc{cvsroot}
2505directory which you want to allow, repeat the option.
2506(Unfortunately, many versions of @code{inetd} have very small
2507limits on the number of arguments and/or the total length
2508of the command.  The usual solution to this problem is
2509to have @code{inetd} run a shell script which then invokes
2510@sc{cvs} with the necessary arguments.)
2511
2512        If your @code{inetd} wants a symbolic service
2513name instead of a raw port number, then put this in
2514@file{/etc/services}:
2515
2516@example
2517cvspserver      2401/tcp
2518@end example
2519
2520@noindent
2521and put @code{cvspserver} instead of @code{2401} in @file{inetd.conf}.
2522
2523If your system uses @code{xinetd} instead of @code{inetd},
2524the procedure is slightly different.
2525Create a file called @file{/etc/xinetd.d/cvspserver} containing the following:
2526
2527@example
2528service cvspserver
2529@{
2530   port        = 2401
2531   socket_type = stream
2532   protocol    = tcp
2533   wait        = no
2534   user        = root
2535   passenv     = PATH
2536   server      = /usr/local/bin/cvs
2537   server_args = -f --allow-root=/usr/cvsroot pserver
2538@}
2539@end example
2540
2541@noindent
2542(If @code{cvspserver} is defined in @file{/etc/services}, you can omit
2543the @code{port} line.)
2544
2545        Once the above is taken care of, restart your
2546@code{inetd}, or do whatever is necessary to force it
2547to reread its initialization files.
2548
2549If you are having trouble setting this up, see
2550@ref{Connection}.
2551
2552@cindex CVS passwd file
2553@cindex passwd (admin file)
2554Because the client stores and transmits passwords in
2555cleartext (almost---see @ref{Password authentication
2556security}, for details), a separate @sc{cvs} password
2557file is generally used, so people don't compromise
2558their regular passwords when they access the
2559repository.  This file is
2560@file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/passwd} (@pxref{Intro
2561administrative files}).  It uses a colon-separated
2562format, similar to @file{/etc/passwd} on Unix systems,
2563except that it has fewer fields: @sc{cvs} username,
2564optional password, and an optional system username for
2565@sc{cvs} to run as if authentication succeeds.  Here is
2566an example @file{passwd} file with five entries:
2567
2568@example
2569anonymous:
2570bach:ULtgRLXo7NRxs
2571spwang:1sOp854gDF3DY
2572melissa:tGX1fS8sun6rY:pubcvs
2573qproj:XR4EZcEs0szik:pubcvs
2574@end example
2575
2576@noindent
2577(The passwords are encrypted according to the standard
2578Unix @code{crypt()} function, so it is possible to
2579paste in passwords directly from regular Unix
2580@file{/etc/passwd} files.)
2581
2582The first line in the example will grant access to any
2583@sc{cvs} client attempting to authenticate as user
2584@code{anonymous}, no matter what password they use,
2585including an empty password.  (This is typical for
2586sites granting anonymous read-only access; for
2587information on how to do the "read-only" part, see
2588@ref{Read-only access}.)
2589
2590The second and third lines will grant access to
2591@code{bach} and @code{spwang} if they supply their
2592respective plaintext passwords.
2593
2594@cindex User aliases
2595The fourth line will grant access to @code{melissa}, if
2596she supplies the correct password, but her @sc{cvs}
2597operations will actually run on the server side under
2598the system user @code{pubcvs}.  Thus, there need not be
2599any system user named @code{melissa}, but there
2600@emph{must} be one named @code{pubcvs}.
2601
2602The fifth line shows that system user identities can be
2603shared: any client who successfully authenticates as
2604@code{qproj} will actually run as @code{pubcvs}, just
2605as @code{melissa} does.  That way you could create a
2606single, shared system user for each project in your
2607repository, and give each developer their own line in
2608the @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/passwd} file.  The @sc{cvs}
2609username on each line would be different, but the
2610system username would be the same.  The reason to have
2611different @sc{cvs} usernames is that @sc{cvs} will log their
2612actions under those names: when @code{melissa} commits
2613a change to a project, the checkin is recorded in the
2614project's history under the name @code{melissa}, not
2615@code{pubcvs}.  And the reason to have them share a
2616system username is so that you can arrange permissions
2617in the relevant area of the repository such that only
2618that account has write-permission there.
2619
2620If the system-user field is present, all
2621password-authenticated @sc{cvs} commands run as that
2622user; if no system user is specified, @sc{cvs} simply
2623takes the @sc{cvs} username as the system username and
2624runs commands as that user.  In either case, if there
2625is no such user on the system, then the @sc{cvs}
2626operation will fail (regardless of whether the client
2627supplied a valid password).
2628
2629The password and system-user fields can both be omitted
2630(and if the system-user field is omitted, then also
2631omit the colon that would have separated it from the
2632encrypted password).  For example, this would be a
2633valid @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/passwd} file:
2634
2635@example
2636anonymous::pubcvs
2637fish:rKa5jzULzmhOo:kfogel
2638sussman:1sOp854gDF3DY
2639@end example
2640
2641@noindent
2642When the password field is omitted or empty, then the
2643client's authentication attempt will succeed with any
2644password, including the empty string.  However, the
2645colon after the @sc{cvs} username is always necessary,
2646even if the password is empty.
2647
2648@sc{cvs} can also fall back to use system authentication.
2649When authenticating a password, the server first checks
2650for the user in the @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/passwd}
2651file.  If it finds the user, it will use that entry for
2652authentication as described above.  But if it does not
2653find the user, or if the @sc{cvs} @file{passwd} file
2654does not exist, then the server can try to authenticate
2655the username and password using the operating system's
2656user-lookup routines (this "fallback" behavior can be
2657disabled by setting @code{SystemAuth=no} in the
2658@sc{cvs} @file{config} file, @pxref{config}).
2659
2660The default fallback behavior is to look in 
2661@file{/etc/passwd} for this system user unless your
2662system has PAM (Pluggable Authentication Modules)
2663and your @sc{cvs} server executable was configured to
2664use it at compile time (using @code{./configure --enable-pam} - see the
2665INSTALL file for more).  In this case, PAM will be consulted instead.
2666This means that @sc{cvs} can be configured to use any password
2667authentication source PAM can be configured to use (possibilities
2668include a simple UNIX password, NIS, LDAP, and others) in its
2669global configuration file (usually @file{/etc/pam.conf}
2670or possibly @file{/etc/pam.d/cvs}).  See your PAM documentation
2671for more details on PAM configuration.
2672
2673Note that PAM is an experimental feature in @sc{cvs} and feedback is
2674encouraged.  Please send a mail to one of the @sc{cvs} mailing lists
2675(@code{info-cvs@@nongnu.org} or @code{bug-cvs@@nongnu.org}) if you use the 
2676@sc{cvs} PAM support.
2677
2678@strong{WARNING: Using PAM gives the system administrator much more 
2679flexibility about how @sc{cvs} users are authenticated but 
2680no more security than other methods.  See below for more.} 
2681
2682CVS needs an "auth", "account" and "session" module in the 
2683PAM configuration file. A typical PAM configuration 
2684would therefore have the following lines 
2685in @file{/etc/pam.conf} to emulate the standard @sc{cvs} 
2686system @file{/etc/passwd} authentication:
2687
2688@example
2689cvs	auth	    required	pam_unix.so
2690cvs	account	    required	pam_unix.so
2691cvs	session	    required	pam_unix.so
2692@end example
2693
2694The the equivalent @file{/etc/pam.d/cvs} would contain
2695
2696@example
2697auth	    required	pam_unix.so
2698account	    required	pam_unix.so
2699session	    required	pam_unix.so
2700@end example
2701
2702Some systems require a full path to the module so that
2703@file{pam_unix.so} (Linux) would become something like 
2704@file{/usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_unix.so.1} (Sun Solaris).
2705See the @file{contrib/pam} subdirectory of the @sc{cvs}
2706source distribution for further example configurations.
2707
2708The PAM service name given above as "cvs" is just
2709the service name in the default configuration and can be
2710set using
2711@code{./configure --with-hardcoded-pam-service-name=<pam-service-name>}
2712before compiling.  @sc{cvs} can also be configured to use whatever
2713name it is invoked as as its PAM service name using
2714@code{./configure --without-hardcoded-pam-service-name}, but this
2715feature should not be used if you may not have control of the name
2716@sc{cvs} will be invoked as.
2717
2718Be aware, also, that falling back to system
2719authentication might be a security risk: @sc{cvs}
2720operations would then be authenticated with that user's
2721regular login password, and the password flies across
2722the network in plaintext.  See @ref{Password
2723authentication security} for more on this.
2724This may be more of a problem with PAM authentication
2725because it is likely that the source of the system 
2726password is some central authentication service like
2727LDAP which is also used to authenticate other services.
2728
2729On the other hand, PAM makes it very easy to change your password
2730regularly.  If they are given the option of a one-password system for
2731all of their activities, users are often more willing to change their
2732password on a regular basis.
2733
2734In the non-PAM configuration where the password is stored in the
2735@file{CVSROOT/passwd} file, it is difficult to change passwords on a
2736regular basis since only administrative users (or in some cases
2737processes that act as an administrative user) are typically given
2738access to modify this file.  Either there needs to be some
2739hand-crafted web page or set-uid program to update the file, or the
2740update needs to be done by submitting a request to an administrator to
2741perform the duty by hand.  In the first case, having to remember to
2742update a separate password on a periodic basis can be difficult.  In
2743the second case, the manual nature of the change will typically mean
2744that the password will not be changed unless it is absolutely
2745necessary.
2746
2747Note that PAM administrators should probably avoid configuring
2748one-time-passwords (OTP) for @sc{cvs} authentication/authorization.  If
2749OTPs are desired, the administrator may wish to encourage the use of
2750one of the other Client/Server access methods.  See the section on
2751@pxref{Remote repositories} for a list of other methods.
2752
2753Right now, the only way to put a password in the
2754@sc{cvs} @file{passwd} file is to paste it there from
2755somewhere else.  Someday, there may be a @code{cvs
2756passwd} command.
2757
2758Unlike many of the files in @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT}, it
2759is normal to edit the @file{passwd} file in-place,
2760rather than via @sc{cvs}.  This is because of the
2761possible security risks of having the @file{passwd}
2762file checked out to people's working copies.  If you do
2763want to include the @file{passwd} file in checkouts of
2764@file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT}, see @ref{checkoutlist}.
2765
2766@c We might also suggest using the @code{htpasswd} command
2767@c from freely available web servers as well, but that
2768@c would open up a can of worms in that the users next
2769@c questions are likely to be "where do I get it?" and
2770@c "how do I use it?"
2771@c Also note that htpasswd, at least the version I had,
2772@c likes to clobber the third field.
2773
2774@node Password authentication client
2775@subsubsection Using the client with password authentication
2776@cindex Login (subcommand)
2777@cindex Password client, using
2778@cindex Authenticated client, using
2779@cindex :pserver:, setting up
2780To run a @sc{cvs} command on a remote repository via
2781the password-authenticating server, one specifies the
2782@code{pserver} protocol, optional username, repository host, an
2783optional port number, and path to the repository.  For example:
2784
2785@example
2786cvs -d :pserver:faun.example.org:/usr/local/cvsroot checkout someproj
2787@end example
2788
2789@noindent
2790or
2791
2792@example
2793CVSROOT=:pserver:bach@@faun.example.org:2401/usr/local/cvsroot
2794cvs checkout someproj
2795@end example
2796
2797However, unless you're connecting to a public-access
2798repository (i.e., one where that username doesn't
2799require a password), you'll need to supply a password or @dfn{log in} first.
2800Logging in verifies your password with the repository and stores it in a file.
2801It's done with the @code{login} command, which will
2802prompt you interactively for the password if you didn't supply one as part of
2803@var{$CVSROOT}:
2804
2805@example
2806cvs -d :pserver:bach@@faun.example.org:/usr/local/cvsroot login
2807CVS password:
2808@end example
2809
2810@noindent
2811or
2812
2813@example
2814cvs -d :pserver:bach:p4ss30rd@@faun.example.org:/usr/local/cvsroot login
2815@end example
2816
2817After you enter the password, @sc{cvs} verifies it with
2818the server.  If the verification succeeds, then that
2819combination of username, host, repository, and password
2820is permanently recorded, so future transactions with
2821that repository won't require you to run @code{cvs
2822login}.  (If verification fails, @sc{cvs} will exit
2823complaining that the password was incorrect, and
2824nothing will be recorded.)
2825
2826The records are stored, by default, in the file
2827@file{$HOME/.cvspass}.  That file's format is
2828human-readable, and to a degree human-editable, but
2829note that the passwords are not stored in
2830cleartext---they are trivially encoded to protect them
2831from "innocent" compromise (i.e., inadvertent viewing
2832by a system administrator or other non-malicious
2833person).
2834
2835@cindex CVS_PASSFILE, environment variable
2836You can change the default location of this file by
2837setting the @code{CVS_PASSFILE} environment variable.
2838If you use this variable, make sure you set it
2839@emph{before} @code{cvs login} is run.  If you were to
2840set it after running @code{cvs login}, then later
2841@sc{cvs} commands would be unable to look up the
2842password for transmission to the server.
2843  
2844Once you have logged in, all @sc{cvs} commands using
2845that remote repository and username will authenticate
2846with the stored password.  So, for example
2847  
2848@example
2849cvs -d :pserver:bach@@faun.example.org:/usr/local/cvsroot checkout foo
2850@end example
2851
2852@noindent
2853should just work (unless the password changes on the
2854server side, in which case you'll have to re-run
2855@code{cvs login}).
2856
2857Note that if the @samp{:pserver:} were not present in
2858the repository specification, @sc{cvs} would assume it
2859should use @code{rsh} to connect with the server
2860instead (@pxref{Connecting via rsh}).
2861
2862Of course, once you have a working copy checked out and
2863are running @sc{cvs} commands from within it, there is
2864no longer any need to specify the repository
2865explicitly, because @sc{cvs} can deduce the repository
2866from the working copy's @file{CVS} subdirectory.
2867
2868@c FIXME: seems to me this needs somewhat more
2869@c explanation.
2870@cindex Logout (subcommand)
2871The password for a given remote repository can be
2872removed from the @code{CVS_PASSFILE} by using the
2873@code{cvs logout} command.
2874
2875@node Password authentication security
2876@subsubsection Security considerations with password authentication
2877
2878@cindex Security, of pserver
2879The passwords are stored on the client side in a
2880trivial encoding of the cleartext, and transmitted in
2881the same encoding.  The encoding is done only to
2882prevent inadvertent password compromises (i.e., a
2883system administrator accidentally looking at the file),
2884and will not prevent even a naive attacker from gaining
2885the password.
2886
2887@c FIXME: The bit about "access to the repository
2888@c implies general access to the system is *not* specific
2889@c to pserver; it applies to kerberos and SSH and
2890@c everything else too.  Should reorganize the
2891@c documentation to make this clear.
2892The separate @sc{cvs} password file (@pxref{Password
2893authentication server}) allows people
2894to use a different password for repository access than
2895for login access.  On the other hand, once a user has
2896non-read-only
2897access to the repository, she can execute programs on
2898the server system through a variety of means.  Thus, repository
2899access implies fairly broad system access as well.  It
2900might be possible to modify @sc{cvs} to prevent that,
2901but no one has done so as of this writing.
2902@c OpenBSD uses chroot() and copies the repository to
2903@c provide anonymous read-only access (for details see
2904@c http://www.openbsd.org/anoncvs.shar).  While this
2905@c closes the most obvious holes, I'm not sure it
2906@c closes enough holes to recommend it (plus it is
2907@c *very* easy to accidentally screw up a setup of this
2908@c type).
2909
2910Note that because the @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT} directory
2911contains @file{passwd} and other files which are used
2912to check security, you must control the permissions on
2913this directory as tightly as the permissions on
2914@file{/etc}.  The same applies to the @file{$CVSROOT}
2915directory itself and any directory
2916above it in the tree.  Anyone who has write access to
2917such a directory will have the ability to become any
2918user on the system.  Note that these permissions are
2919typically tighter than you would use if you are not
2920using pserver.
2921@c TODO: Would be really nice to document/implement a
2922@c scheme where the CVS server can run as some non-root
2923@c user, e.g. "cvs".  CVSROOT/passwd would contain a
2924@c bunch of entries of the form foo:xxx:cvs (or the "cvs"
2925@c would be implicit).  This would greatly reduce
2926@c security risks such as those hinted at in the
2927@c previous paragraph.  I think minor changes to CVS
2928@c might be required but mostly this would just need
2929@c someone who wants to play with it, document it, &c.
2930
2931In summary, anyone who gets the password gets
2932repository access (which may imply some measure of general system
2933access as well).  The password is available to anyone
2934who can sniff network packets or read a protected
2935(i.e., user read-only) file.  If you want real
2936security, get Kerberos.
2937
2938@node GSSAPI authenticated
2939@subsection Direct connection with GSSAPI
2940
2941@cindex GSSAPI
2942@cindex Security, GSSAPI
2943@cindex :gserver:, setting up
2944@cindex Kerberos, using :gserver:
2945GSSAPI is a generic interface to network security
2946systems such as Kerberos 5.
2947If you have a working GSSAPI library, you can have
2948@sc{cvs} connect via a direct @sc{tcp} connection,
2949authenticating with GSSAPI.
2950
2951To do this, @sc{cvs} needs to be compiled with GSSAPI
2952support; when configuring @sc{cvs} it tries to detect
2953whether GSSAPI libraries using Kerberos version 5 are
2954present.  You can also use the @file{--with-gssapi}
2955flag to configure.
2956
2957The connection is authenticated using GSSAPI, but the
2958message stream is @emph{not} authenticated by default.
2959You must use the @code{-a} global option to request
2960stream authentication.
2961
2962The data transmitted is @emph{not} encrypted by
2963default.  Encryption support must be compiled into both
2964the client and the server; use the
2965@file{--enable-encrypt} configure option to turn it on.
2966You must then use the @code{-x} global option to
2967request encryption.
2968
2969GSSAPI connections are handled on the server side by
2970the same server which handles the password
2971authentication server; see @ref{Password authentication
2972server}.  If you are using a GSSAPI mechanism such as
2973Kerberos which provides for strong authentication, you
2974will probably want to disable the ability to
2975authenticate via cleartext passwords.  To do so, create
2976an empty @file{CVSROOT/passwd} password file, and set
2977@code{SystemAuth=no} in the config file
2978(@pxref{config}).
2979
2980The GSSAPI server uses a principal name of
2981cvs/@var{hostname}, where @var{hostname} is the
2982canonical name of the server host.  You will have to
2983set this up as required by your GSSAPI mechanism.
2984
2985To connect using GSSAPI, use the @samp{:gserver:} method.  For
2986example,
2987
2988@example
2989cvs -d :gserver:faun.example.org:/usr/local/cvsroot checkout foo
2990@end example
2991
2992@node Kerberos authenticated
2993@subsection Direct connection with Kerberos
2994
2995@cindex Kerberos, using :kserver:
2996@cindex Security, Kerberos
2997@cindex :kserver:, setting up
2998The easiest way to use Kerberos is to use the Kerberos
2999@code{rsh}, as described in @ref{Connecting via rsh}.
3000The main disadvantage of using rsh is that all the data
3001needs to pass through additional programs, so it may be
3002slower.  So if you have Kerberos installed you can
3003connect via a direct @sc{tcp} connection,
3004authenticating with Kerberos.
3005
3006This section concerns the Kerberos network security
3007system, version 4.  Kerberos version 5 is supported via
3008the GSSAPI generic network security interface, as
3009described in the previous section.
3010
3011To do this, @sc{cvs} needs to be compiled with Kerberos
3012support; when configuring @sc{cvs} it tries to detect
3013whether Kerberos is present or you can use the
3014@file{--with-krb4} flag to configure.
3015
3016The data transmitted is @emph{not} encrypted by
3017default.  Encryption support must be compiled into both
3018the client and server; use the
3019@file{--enable-encryption} configure option to turn it
3020on.  You must then use the @code{-x} global option to
3021request encryption.
3022
3023The CVS client will attempt to connect to port 1999 by default.
3024
3025@cindex kinit
3026When you want to use @sc{cvs}, get a ticket in the
3027usual way (generally @code{kinit}); it must be a ticket
3028which allows you to log into the server machine.  Then
3029you are ready to go:
3030
3031@example
3032cvs -d :kserver:faun.example.org:/usr/local/cvsroot checkout foo
3033@end example
3034
3035Previous versions of @sc{cvs} would fall back to a
3036connection via rsh; this version will not do so.
3037
3038@node Connecting via fork
3039@subsection Connecting with fork
3040
3041@cindex fork, access method
3042@cindex :fork:, setting up
3043This access method allows you to connect to a
3044repository on your local disk via the remote protocol.
3045In other words it does pretty much the same thing as
3046@code{:local:}, but various quirks, bugs and the like are
3047those of the remote @sc{cvs} rather than the local
3048@sc{cvs}.
3049
3050For day-to-day operations you might prefer either
3051@code{:local:} or @code{:fork:}, depending on your
3052preferences.  Of course @code{:fork:} comes in
3053particularly handy in testing or
3054debugging @code{cvs} and the remote protocol.
3055Specifically, we avoid all of the network-related
3056setup/configuration, timeouts, and authentication
3057inherent in the other remote access methods but still
3058create a connection which uses the remote protocol.
3059
3060To connect using the @code{fork} method, use
3061@samp{:fork:} and the pathname to your local
3062repository.  For example:
3063
3064@example
3065cvs -d :fork:/usr/local/cvsroot checkout foo
3066@end example
3067
3068@cindex CVS_SERVER, and :fork:
3069As with @code{:ext:}, the server is called @samp{cvs}
3070by default, or the value of the @code{CVS_SERVER}
3071environment variable.
3072
3073
3074@node Write proxies
3075@subsection Distributing load across several CVS servers
3076
3077@cindex PrimaryServer, in CVSROOT/config
3078@cindex Primary server
3079@cindex Secondary server
3080@cindex proxy, write
3081@cindex write proxy
3082@sc{cvs} can be configured to distribute usage across several @sc{cvs}
3083servers.  This is accomplished by means of one or more @dfn{write proxies}, or
3084@dfn{secondary servers}, for a single @dfn{primary server}.
3085
3086When a @sc{cvs} client accesses a secondary server and only sends read
3087requests, then the secondary server handles the entire request.  If the client
3088sends any write requests, however, the secondary server asks the client to
3089redirect its write request to the primary server, if the client supports
3090redirect requests, and otherwise becomes a transparent proxy for the primary
3091server, which actually handles the write request.
3092
3093In this manner, any number of read-only secondary servers may be configured as
3094write proxies for the primary server, effectively distributing the load from
3095all read operations between the secondary servers and restricting the load on
3096the primary server to write operations and pushing changes to the secondaries.
3097
3098Primary servers will not automatically push changes to secondaries.  This must
3099be configured via @file{loginfo}, @file{postadmin}, @file{posttag}, &
3100@file{postwatch} scripts (@pxref{Trigger Scripts}) like the following:
3101
3102@example
3103ALL	rsync -gopr -essh ./ secondary:/cvsroot/%p &
3104@end example
3105
3106You would probably actually want to lock directories for write on the secondary
3107and for read on the primary before running the @samp{rsync} in the above
3108example, but describing such a setup is beyond the scope of this document.
3109
3110A secondary advantage of a write proxy setup is that users pointing at the
3111secondary server can still execute fast read operations while on a network that
3112connects to the primary over a slow link or even one where the link to the
3113primary is periodically broken.  Only write operations will require the network
3114link to the primary.
3115
3116To configure write proxies, the primary must be specified with the
3117@samp{PrimaryServer} option in @file{CVSROOT/config} (@pxref{config}).  For the
3118transparent proxy mode to work, all secondary servers must also be running the
3119same version of the @sc{cvs} server, or at least one that provides the same
3120list of supported requests to the client as the primary server.  This is not
3121necessary for redirection.
3122
3123Once a primary server is configured, secondary servers may be configured by:
3124
3125@enumerate
3126@item
3127Duplicating the primary repository at the new location.
3128@item
3129Setting up the @file{loginfo}, @file{postadmin}, @file{posttag}, and
3130@file{postwatch} files on the primary to propagate writes to the new secondary.
3131@item
3132Configure remote access to the secondary(ies) as you would configure access
3133to any other CVS server (@pxref{Remote repositories}).
3134@item
3135Ensuring that @code{--allow-root=@var{secondary-cvsroot}} is passed to
3136@strong{all} incovations of the secondary server if the path to the @sc{cvs}
3137repository directory is different on the two servers and you wish to support
3138clients that do not handle the @samp{Redirect} resopnse (CVS 1.12.9 and earlier
3139clients do not handle the @samp{Redirect} response).
3140
3141Please note, again, that writethrough proxy suport requires
3142@code{--allow-root=@var{secondary-cvsroot}} to be specified for @strong{all}
3143incovations of the secondary server, not just @samp{pserver} invocations.
3144This may require a wrapper script for the @sc{cvs} executable
3145on your server machine.
3146@end enumerate
3147
3148
3149@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
3150@node Read-only access
3151@section Read-only repository access
3152@cindex Read-only repository access
3153@cindex readers (admin file)
3154@cindex writers (admin file)
3155
3156        It is possible to grant read-only repository
3157access to people using the password-authenticated
3158server (@pxref{Password authenticated}).  (The
3159other access methods do not have explicit support for
3160read-only users because those methods all assume login
3161access to the repository machine anyway, and therefore
3162the user can do whatever local file permissions allow
3163her to do.)
3164
3165        A user who has read-only access can do only
3166those @sc{cvs} operations which do not modify the
3167repository, except for certain ``administrative'' files
3168(such as lock files and the history file).  It may be
3169desirable to use this feature in conjunction with
3170user-aliasing (@pxref{Password authentication server}).
3171
3172Unlike with previous versions of @sc{cvs}, read-only
3173users should be able merely to read the repository, and
3174not to execute programs on the server or otherwise gain
3175unexpected levels of access.  Or to be more accurate,
3176the @emph{known} holes have been plugged.  Because this
3177feature is new and has not received a comprehensive
3178security audit, you should use whatever level of
3179caution seems warranted given your attitude concerning
3180security.
3181
3182        There are two ways to specify read-only access
3183for a user: by inclusion, and by exclusion.
3184
3185        "Inclusion" means listing that user
3186specifically in the @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/readers}
3187file, which is simply a newline-separated list of
3188users.  Here is a sample @file{readers} file:
3189
3190@example
3191melissa
3192splotnik
3193jrandom
3194@end example
3195
3196@noindent
3197        (Don't forget the newline after the last user.)
3198
3199        "Exclusion" means explicitly listing everyone
3200who has @emph{write} access---if the file
3201
3202@example
3203$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/writers
3204@end example
3205
3206@noindent
3207exists, then only
3208those users listed in it have write access, and
3209everyone else has read-only access (of course, even the
3210read-only users still need to be listed in the
3211@sc{cvs} @file{passwd} file).  The
3212@file{writers} file has the same format as the
3213@file{readers} file.
3214
3215        Note: if your @sc{cvs} @file{passwd}
3216file maps cvs users onto system users (@pxref{Password
3217authentication server}), make sure you deny or grant
3218read-only access using the @emph{cvs} usernames, not
3219the system usernames.  That is, the @file{readers} and
3220@file{writers} files contain cvs usernames, which may
3221or may not be the same as system usernames.
3222
3223        Here is a complete description of the server's
3224behavior in deciding whether to grant read-only or
3225read-write access:
3226
3227        If @file{readers} exists, and this user is
3228listed in it, then she gets read-only access.  Or if
3229@file{writers} exists, and this user is NOT listed in
3230it, then she also gets read-only access (this is true
3231even if @file{readers} exists but she is not listed
3232there).  Otherwise, she gets full read-write access.
3233
3234        Of course there is a conflict if the user is
3235listed in both files.  This is resolved in the more
3236conservative way, it being better to protect the
3237repository too much than too little: such a user gets
3238read-only access.
3239
3240@node Server temporary directory
3241@section Temporary directories for the server
3242@cindex Temporary directories, and server
3243@cindex Server, temporary directories
3244
3245While running, the @sc{cvs} server creates temporary
3246directories.  They are named
3247
3248@example
3249cvs-serv@var{pid}
3250@end example
3251
3252@noindent
3253where @var{pid} is the process identification number of
3254the server.
3255They are located in the directory specified by 
3256the @samp{-T} global option (@pxref{Global options}), 
3257the @code{TMPDIR} environment variable (@pxref{Environment variables}), 
3258or, failing that, @file{/tmp}.
3259
3260In most cases the server will remove the temporary
3261directory when it is done, whether it finishes normally
3262or abnormally.  However, there are a few cases in which
3263the server does not or cannot remove the temporary
3264directory, for example:
3265
3266@itemize @bullet
3267@item
3268If the server aborts due to an internal server error,
3269it may preserve the directory to aid in debugging
3270
3271@item
3272If the server is killed in a way that it has no way of
3273cleaning up (most notably, @samp{kill -KILL} on unix).
3274
3275@item
3276If the system shuts down without an orderly shutdown,
3277which tells the server to clean up.
3278@end itemize
3279
3280In cases such as this, you will need to manually remove
3281the @file{cvs-serv@var{pid}} directories.  As long as
3282there is no server running with process identification
3283number @var{pid}, it is safe to do so.
3284
3285@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
3286@node Starting a new project
3287@chapter Starting a project with CVS
3288@cindex Starting a project with CVS
3289@cindex Creating a project
3290
3291@comment --moduledb--
3292Because renaming files and moving them between
3293directories is somewhat inconvenient, the first thing
3294you do when you start a new project should be to think
3295through your file organization.  It is not impossible
3296to rename or move files, but it does increase the
3297potential for confusion and @sc{cvs} does have some
3298quirks particularly in the area of renaming
3299directories.  @xref{Moving files}.
3300
3301What to do next depends on the situation at hand.
3302
3303@menu
3304* Setting up the files::        Getting the files into the repository
3305* Defining the module::         How to make a module of the files
3306@end menu
3307@c -- File permissions!
3308
3309@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
3310@node Setting up the files
3311@section Setting up the files
3312
3313The first step is to create the files inside the repository.  This can
3314be done in a couple of different ways.
3315
3316@c -- The contributed scripts
3317@menu
3318* From files::                  This method is useful with old projects
3319                                where files already exists.
3320* From other version control systems::  Old projects where you want to
3321                                        preserve history from another system.
3322* From scratch::                Creating a directory tree from scratch.
3323@end menu
3324
3325@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3326@node From files
3327@subsection Creating a directory tree from a number of files
3328@cindex Importing files
3329
3330When you begin using @sc{cvs}, you will probably already have several
3331projects that can be
3332put under @sc{cvs} control.  In these cases the easiest way is to use the
3333@code{import} command.  An example is probably the easiest way to
3334explain how to use it.  If the files you want to install in
3335@sc{cvs} reside in @file{@var{wdir}}, and you want them to appear in the
3336repository as @file{$CVSROOT/yoyodyne/@var{rdir}}, you can do this:
3337
3338@example
3339$ cd @var{wdir}
3340$ cvs import -m "Imported sources" yoyodyne/@var{rdir} yoyo start
3341@end example
3342
3343Unless you supply a log message with the @samp{-m}
3344flag, @sc{cvs} starts an editor and prompts for a
3345message.  The string @samp{yoyo} is a @dfn{vendor tag},
3346and @samp{start} is a @dfn{release tag}.  They may fill
3347no purpose in this context, but since @sc{cvs} requires
3348them they must be present.  @xref{Tracking sources}, for
3349more information about them.
3350
3351You can now verify that it worked, and remove your
3352original source directory.
3353@c FIXME: Need to say more about "verify that it
3354@c worked".  What should the user look for in the output
3355@c from "diff -r"?
3356
3357@example
3358$ cd ..
3359$ cvs checkout yoyodyne/@var{rdir}       # @r{Explanation below}
3360$ diff -r @var{wdir} yoyodyne/@var{rdir}
3361$ rm -r @var{wdir}
3362@end example
3363
3364@noindent
3365Erasing the original sources is a good idea, to make sure that you do
3366not accidentally edit them in @var{wdir}, bypassing @sc{cvs}.
3367Of course, it would be wise to make sure that you have
3368a backup of the sources before you remove them.
3369
3370The @code{checkout} command can either take a module
3371name as argument (as it has done in all previous
3372examples) or a path name relative to @code{$CVSROOT},
3373as it did in the example above.
3374
3375It is a good idea to check that the permissions
3376@sc{cvs} sets on the directories inside @code{$CVSROOT}
3377are reasonable, and that they belong to the proper
3378groups.  @xref{File permissions}.
3379
3380If some of the files you want to import are binary, you
3381may want to use the wrappers features to specify which
3382files are binary and which are not.  @xref{Wrappers}.
3383
3384@c The node name is too long, but I am having trouble
3385@c thinking of something more concise.
3386@node From other version control systems
3387@subsection Creating Files From Other Version Control Systems
3388@cindex Importing files, from other version control systems
3389
3390If you have a project which you are maintaining with
3391another version control system, such as @sc{rcs}, you
3392may wish to put the files from that project into
3393@sc{cvs}, and preserve the revision history of the
3394files.
3395
3396@table @asis
3397@cindex RCS, importing files from
3398@item From RCS
3399If you have been using @sc{rcs}, find the @sc{rcs}
3400files---usually a file named @file{foo.c} will have its
3401@sc{rcs} file in @file{RCS/foo.c,v} (but it could be
3402other places; consult the @sc{rcs} documentation for
3403details).  Then create the appropriate directories in
3404@sc{cvs} if they do not already exist.  Then copy the
3405files into the appropriate directories in the @sc{cvs}
3406repository (the name in the repository must be the name
3407of the source file with @samp{,v} added; the files go
3408directly in the appropriate directory of the repository,
3409not in an @file{RCS} subdirectory).  This is one of the
3410few times when it is a good idea to access the @sc{cvs}
3411repository directly, rather than using @sc{cvs}
3412commands.  Then you are ready to check out a new
3413working directory.
3414@c Someday there probably should be a "cvs import -t
3415@c rcs" or some such.  It could even create magic
3416@c branches.  It could also do something about the case
3417@c where the RCS file had a (non-magic) "0" branch.
3418
3419The @sc{rcs} file should not be locked when you move it
3420into @sc{cvs}; if it is, @sc{cvs} will have trouble
3421letting you operate on it.
3422@c What is the easiest way to unlock your files if you
3423@c have them locked?  Especially if you have a lot of them?
3424@c This is a CVS bug/misfeature; importing RCS files
3425@c should ignore whether they are locked and leave them in
3426@c an unlocked state.  Yet another reason for a separate
3427@c "import RCS file" command.
3428
3429@c How many is "many"? Or do they just import RCS files?
3430@item From another version control system
3431Many version control systems have the ability to export
3432@sc{rcs} files in the standard format.  If yours does,
3433export the @sc{rcs} files and then follow the above
3434instructions.
3435
3436Failing that, probably your best bet is to write a
3437script that will check out the files one revision at a
3438time using the command line interface to the other
3439system, and then check the revisions into @sc{cvs}.
3440The @file{sccs2rcs} script mentioned below may be a
3441useful example to follow.
3442
3443@cindex SCCS, importing files from
3444@item From SCCS
3445There is a script in the @file{contrib} directory of
3446the @sc{cvs} source distribution called @file{sccs2rcs}
3447which converts @sc{sccs} files to @sc{rcs} files.
3448Note: you must run it on a machine which has both
3449@sc{sccs} and @sc{rcs} installed, and like everything
3450else in contrib it is unsupported (your mileage may
3451vary).
3452
3453@cindex PVCS, importing files from
3454@item From PVCS
3455There is a script in the @file{contrib} directory of
3456the @sc{cvs} source distribution called @file{pvcs_to_rcs}
3457which converts @sc{pvcs} archives to @sc{rcs} files.
3458You must run it on a machine which has both
3459@sc{pvcs} and @sc{rcs} installed, and like everything
3460else in contrib it is unsupported (your mileage may
3461vary).  See the comments in the script for details.
3462@end table
3463@c CMZ and/or PATCHY were systems that were used in the
3464@c high energy physics community (especially for
3465@c CERNLIB).  CERN has replaced them with CVS, but the
3466@c CAR format seems to live on as a way to submit
3467@c changes.  There is a program car2cvs which converts
3468@c but I'm not sure where one gets a copy.
3469@c Not sure it is worth mentioning here, since it would
3470@c appear to affect only one particular community.
3471@c Best page for more information is:
3472@c http://wwwcn1.cern.ch/asd/cvs/index.html
3473@c See also:
3474@c http://ecponion.cern.ch/ecpsa/cernlib.html
3475
3476@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3477@node From scratch
3478@subsection Creating a directory tree from scratch
3479
3480@c Also/instead should be documenting
3481@c $ cvs co -l .
3482@c $ mkdir tc
3483@c $ cvs add tc
3484@c $ cd tc
3485@c $ mkdir man
3486@c $ cvs add man
3487@c etc.
3488@c Using import to create the directories only is
3489@c probably a somewhat confusing concept.
3490For a new project, the easiest thing to do is probably
3491to create an empty directory structure, like this:
3492
3493@example
3494$ mkdir tc
3495$ mkdir tc/man
3496$ mkdir tc/testing
3497@end example
3498
3499After that, you use the @code{import} command to create
3500the corresponding (empty) directory structure inside
3501the repository:
3502
3503@example
3504$ cd tc
3505$ cvs import -m "Created directory structure" yoyodyne/@var{dir} yoyo start
3506@end example
3507
3508This will add yoyodyne/@var{dir} as a directory under
3509@code{$CVSROOT}.
3510
3511Use @code{checkout} to get the new project.  Then, use @code{add}
3512to add files (and new directories) as needed.
3513
3514@example
3515$ cd ..
3516$ cvs co yoyodyne/@var{dir}
3517@end example
3518
3519Check that the permissions @sc{cvs} sets on the
3520directories inside @code{$CVSROOT} are reasonable.
3521
3522@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
3523@node Defining the module
3524@section Defining the module
3525@cindex Defining a module
3526@cindex Editing the modules file
3527@cindex Module, defining
3528@cindex Modules file, changing
3529
3530The next step is to define the module in the
3531@file{modules} file.  This is not strictly necessary,
3532but modules can be convenient in grouping together
3533related files and directories.
3534
3535In simple cases these steps are sufficient to define a module.
3536
3537@enumerate
3538@item
3539Get a working copy of the modules file.
3540
3541@example
3542$ cvs checkout CVSROOT/modules
3543$ cd CVSROOT
3544@end example
3545
3546@item
3547Edit the file and insert a line that defines the module.  @xref{Intro
3548administrative files}, for an introduction.  @xref{modules}, for a full
3549description of the modules file.  You can use the
3550following line to define the module @samp{tc}:
3551
3552@example
3553tc   yoyodyne/tc
3554@end example
3555
3556@item
3557Commit your changes to the modules file.
3558
3559@example
3560$ cvs commit -m "Added the tc module." modules
3561@end example
3562
3563@item
3564Release the modules module.
3565
3566@example
3567$ cd ..
3568$ cvs release -d CVSROOT
3569@end example
3570@end enumerate
3571
3572@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
3573@node Revisions
3574@chapter Revisions
3575
3576For many uses of @sc{cvs}, one doesn't need to worry
3577too much about revision numbers; @sc{cvs} assigns
3578numbers such as @code{1.1}, @code{1.2}, and so on, and
3579that is all one needs to know.  However, some people
3580prefer to have more knowledge and control concerning
3581how @sc{cvs} assigns revision numbers.
3582
3583If one wants to keep track of a set of revisions
3584involving more than one file, such as which revisions
3585went into a particular release, one uses a @dfn{tag},
3586which is a symbolic revision which can be assigned to a
3587numeric revision in each file.
3588
3589@menu
3590* Revision numbers::            The meaning of a revision number
3591* Versions revisions releases::  Terminology used in this manual
3592* Assigning revisions::         Assigning revisions
3593* Tags::                        Tags--Symbolic revisions
3594* Tagging the working directory::  The cvs tag command
3595* Tagging by date/tag::         The cvs rtag command
3596* Modifying tags::              Adding, renaming, and deleting tags
3597* Tagging add/remove::          Tags with adding and removing files
3598* Sticky tags::                 Certain tags are persistent
3599@end menu
3600
3601@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
3602@node Revision numbers
3603@section Revision numbers
3604@cindex Revision numbers
3605@cindex Revision tree
3606@cindex Linear development
3607@cindex Number, revision-
3608@cindex Decimal revision number
3609@cindex Branch number
3610@cindex Number, branch
3611
3612Each version of a file has a unique @dfn{revision
3613number}.  Revision numbers look like @samp{1.1},
3614@samp{1.2}, @samp{1.3.2.2} or even @samp{1.3.2.2.4.5}.
3615A revision number always has an even number of
3616period-separated decimal integers.  By default revision
36171.1 is the first revision of a file.  Each successive
3618revision is given a new number by increasing the
3619rightmost number by one.  The following figure displays
3620a few revisions, with newer revisions to the right.
3621
3622@example
3623       +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+
3624       ! 1.1 !----! 1.2 !----! 1.3 !----! 1.4 !----! 1.5 !
3625       +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+
3626@end example
3627
3628It is also possible to end up with numbers containing
3629more than one period, for example @samp{1.3.2.2}.  Such
3630revisions represent revisions on branches
3631(@pxref{Branching and merging}); such revision numbers
3632are explained in detail in @ref{Branches and
3633revisions}.
3634
3635@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
3636@node Versions revisions releases
3637@section Versions, revisions and releases
3638@cindex Revisions, versions and releases
3639@cindex Versions, revisions and releases
3640@cindex Releases, revisions and versions
3641
3642A file can have several versions, as described above.
3643Likewise, a software product can have several versions.
3644A software product is often given a version number such
3645as @samp{4.1.1}.
3646
3647Versions in the first sense are called @dfn{revisions}
3648in this document, and versions in the second sense are
3649called @dfn{releases}.  To avoid confusion, the word
3650@dfn{version} is almost never used in this document.
3651
3652@node Assigning revisions
3653@section Assigning revisions
3654
3655@c We avoid the "major revision" terminology.  It seems
3656@c like jargon.  Hopefully "first number" is clear enough.
3657@c
3658@c Well, in the context of software release numbers,
3659@c "major" and "minor" release or version numbers are
3660@c documented in at least the GNU Coding Standards, but I'm
3661@c still not sure I find that a valid reason to apply the
3662@c terminology to RCS revision numbers.  "First", "Second",
3663@c "subsequent", and so on is almost surely clearer,
3664@c especially to a novice reader. -DRP
3665By default, @sc{cvs} will assign numeric revisions by
3666leaving the first number the same and incrementing the
3667second number.  For example, @code{1.1}, @code{1.2},
3668@code{1.3}, etc.
3669
3670When adding a new file, the second number will always
3671be one and the first number will equal the highest
3672first number of any file in that directory.  For
3673example, the current directory contains files whose
3674highest numbered revisions are @code{1.7}, @code{3.1},
3675and @code{4.12}, then an added file will be given the
3676numeric revision @code{4.1}.
3677(When using client/server @sc{cvs},
3678only files that are actually sent to the server are considered.)
3679
3680@c This is sort of redundant with something we said a
3681@c while ago.  Somewhere we need a better way of
3682@c introducing how the first number can be anything
3683@c except "1", perhaps.  Also I don't think this
3684@c presentation is clear on why we are discussing releases
3685@c and first numbers of numeric revisions in the same
3686@c breath.
3687Normally there is no reason to care
3688about the revision numbers---it is easier to treat them
3689as internal numbers that @sc{cvs} maintains, and tags
3690provide a better way to distinguish between things like
3691release 1 versus release 2 of your product
3692(@pxref{Tags}).  However, if you want to set the
3693numeric revisions, the @samp{-r} option to @code{cvs
3694commit} can do that.  The @samp{-r} option implies the
3695@samp{-f} option, in the sense that it causes the
3696files to be committed even if they are not modified.
3697
3698For example, to bring all your files up to
3699revision 3.0 (including those that haven't changed),
3700you might invoke:
3701
3702@example
3703$ cvs commit -r 3.0
3704@end example
3705
3706Note that the number you specify with @samp{-r} must be
3707larger than any existing revision number.  That is, if
3708revision 3.0 exists, you cannot @samp{cvs commit
3709-r 1.3}.  If you want to maintain several releases in
3710parallel, you need to use a branch (@pxref{Branching and merging}).
3711
3712@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
3713@node Tags
3714@section Tags--Symbolic revisions
3715@cindex Tags
3716
3717The revision numbers live a life of their own.  They
3718need not have anything at all to do with the release
3719numbers of your software product.  Depending
3720on how you use @sc{cvs} the revision numbers might change several times
3721between two releases.  As an example, some of the
3722source files that make up @sc{rcs} 5.6 have the following
3723revision numbers:
3724@cindex RCS revision numbers
3725
3726@example
3727ci.c            5.21
3728co.c            5.9
3729ident.c         5.3
3730rcs.c           5.12
3731rcsbase.h       5.11
3732rcsdiff.c       5.10
3733rcsedit.c       5.11
3734rcsfcmp.c       5.9
3735rcsgen.c        5.10
3736rcslex.c        5.11
3737rcsmap.c        5.2
3738rcsutil.c       5.10
3739@end example
3740
3741@cindex tag (subcommand), introduction
3742@cindex Tags, symbolic name
3743@cindex Symbolic name (tag)
3744@cindex Name, symbolic (tag)
3745@cindex HEAD, as reserved tag name
3746@cindex BASE, as reserved tag name
3747You can use the @code{tag} command to give a symbolic name to a
3748certain revision of a file.  You can use the @samp{-v} flag to the
3749@code{status} command to see all tags that a file has, and
3750which revision numbers they represent.  Tag names must
3751start with an uppercase or lowercase letter and can
3752contain uppercase and lowercase letters, digits,
3753@samp{-}, and @samp{_}.  The two tag names @code{BASE}
3754and @code{HEAD} are reserved for use by @sc{cvs}.  It
3755is expected that future names which are special to
3756@sc{cvs} will be specially named, for example by
3757starting with @samp{.}, rather than being named analogously to
3758@code{BASE} and @code{HEAD}, to avoid conflicts with
3759actual tag names.
3760@c Including a character such as % or = has also been
3761@c suggested as the naming convention for future
3762@c special tag names.  Starting with . is nice because
3763@c that is not a legal tag name as far as RCS is concerned.
3764@c FIXME: CVS actually accepts quite a few characters
3765@c in tag names, not just the ones documented above
3766@c (see RCS_check_tag).  RCS
3767@c defines legitimate tag names by listing illegal
3768@c characters rather than legal ones.  CVS is said to lose its
3769@c mind if you try to use "/" (try making such a tag sticky
3770@c and using "cvs status" client/server--see remote
3771@c protocol format for entries line for probable cause).
3772@c TODO: The testsuite
3773@c should test for whatever are documented above as
3774@c officially-OK tag names, and CVS should at least reject
3775@c characters that won't work, like "/".
3776
3777You'll want to choose some convention for naming tags,
3778based on information such as the name of the program
3779and the version number of the release.  For example,
3780one might take the name of the program, immediately
3781followed by the version number with @samp{.} changed to
3782@samp{-}, so that @sc{cvs} 1.9 would be tagged with the name
3783@code{cvs1-9}.  If you choose a consistent convention,
3784then you won't constantly be guessing whether a tag is
3785@code{cvs-1-9} or @code{cvs1_9} or what.  You might
3786even want to consider enforcing your convention in the
3787@file{taginfo} file (@pxref{taginfo}).
3788@c Might be nice to say more about using taginfo this
3789@c way, like giving an example, or pointing out any particular
3790@c issues which arise.
3791
3792@cindex Adding a tag
3793@cindex Tags, example
3794The following example shows how you can add a tag to a
3795file.  The commands must be issued inside your working
3796directory.  That is, you should issue the
3797command in the directory where @file{backend.c}
3798resides.
3799
3800@example
3801$ cvs tag rel-0-4 backend.c
3802T backend.c
3803$ cvs status -v backend.c
3804===================================================================
3805File: backend.c         Status: Up-to-date
3806
3807    Version:            1.4     Tue Dec  1 14:39:01 1992
3808    RCS Version:        1.4     /u/cvsroot/yoyodyne/tc/backend.c,v
3809    Sticky Tag:         (none)
3810    Sticky Date:        (none)
3811    Sticky Options:     (none)
3812
3813    Existing Tags:
3814        rel-0-4                     (revision: 1.4)
3815
3816@end example
3817
3818For a complete summary of the syntax of @code{cvs tag},
3819including the various options, see @ref{Invoking CVS}.
3820
3821There is seldom reason to tag a file in isolation.  A more common use is
3822to tag all the files that constitute a module with the same tag at
3823strategic points in the development life-cycle, such as when a release
3824is made.
3825
3826@example
3827$ cvs tag rel-1-0 .
3828cvs tag: Tagging .
3829T Makefile
3830T backend.c
3831T driver.c
3832T frontend.c
3833T parser.c
3834@end example
3835
3836@noindent
3837(When you give @sc{cvs} a directory as argument, it generally applies the
3838operation to all the files in that directory, and (recursively), to any
3839subdirectories that it may contain.  @xref{Recursive behavior}.)
3840
3841@cindex Retrieving an old revision using tags
3842@cindex Tags, retrieving old revisions
3843The @code{checkout} command has a flag, @samp{-r}, that lets you check out
3844a certain revision of a module.  This flag makes it easy to
3845retrieve the sources that make up release 1.0 of the module @samp{tc} at
3846any time in the future:
3847
3848@example
3849$ cvs checkout -r rel-1-0 tc
3850@end example
3851
3852@noindent
3853This is useful, for instance, if someone claims that there is a bug in
3854that release, but you cannot find the bug in the current working copy.
3855
3856You can also check out a module as it was on any branch at any given date.
3857@xref{checkout options}.  When specifying @samp{-r} or @samp{-D} to
3858any of these commands, you will need beware of sticky
3859tags; see @ref{Sticky tags}.
3860
3861When you tag more than one file with the same tag you
3862can think about the tag as "a curve drawn through a
3863matrix of filename vs. revision number."  Say we have 5
3864files with the following revisions:
3865
3866@example
3867@group
3868        file1   file2   file3   file4   file5
3869
3870        1.1     1.1     1.1     1.1  /--1.1*      <-*-  TAG
3871        1.2*-   1.2     1.2    -1.2*-
3872        1.3  \- 1.3*-   1.3   / 1.3
3873        1.4          \  1.4  /  1.4
3874                      \-1.5*-   1.5
3875                        1.6
3876@end group
3877@end example
3878
3879At some time in the past, the @code{*} versions were tagged.
3880You can think of the tag as a handle attached to the curve
3881drawn through the tagged revisions.  When you pull on
3882the handle, you get all the tagged revisions.  Another
3883way to look at it is that you "sight" through a set of
3884revisions that is "flat" along the tagged revisions,
3885like this:
3886
3887@example
3888@group
3889        file1   file2   file3   file4   file5
3890
3891                        1.1
3892                        1.2
3893                1.1     1.3                       _
3894        1.1     1.2     1.4     1.1              /
3895        1.2*----1.3*----1.5*----1.2*----1.1*    (--- <--- Look here
3896        1.3             1.6     1.3              \_
3897        1.4                     1.4
3898                                1.5
3899@end group
3900@end example
3901
3902@node Tagging the working directory
3903@section Specifying what to tag from the working directory
3904
3905@cindex tag (subcommand)
3906The example in the previous section demonstrates one of
3907the most common ways to choose which revisions to tag.
3908Namely, running the @code{cvs tag} command without
3909arguments causes @sc{cvs} to select the revisions which
3910are checked out in the current working directory.  For
3911example, if the copy of @file{backend.c} in working
3912directory was checked out from revision 1.4, then
3913@sc{cvs} will tag revision 1.4.  Note that the tag is
3914applied immediately to revision 1.4 in the repository;
3915tagging is not like modifying a file, or other
3916operations in which one first modifies the working
3917directory and then runs @code{cvs commit} to transfer
3918that modification to the repository.
3919
3920One potentially surprising aspect of the fact that
3921@code{cvs tag} operates on the repository is that you
3922are tagging the checked-in revisions, which may differ
3923from locally modified files in your working directory.
3924If you want to avoid doing this by mistake, specify the
3925@samp{-c} option to @code{cvs tag}.  If there are any
3926locally modified files, @sc{cvs} will abort with an
3927error before it tags any files:
3928
3929@example
3930$ cvs tag -c rel-0-4
3931cvs tag: backend.c is locally modified
3932cvs [tag aborted]: correct the above errors first!
3933@end example
3934
3935@node Tagging by date/tag
3936@section Specifying what to tag by date or revision
3937@cindex rtag (subcommand)
3938
3939The @code{cvs rtag} command tags the repository as of a
3940certain date or time (or can be used to tag the latest
3941revision).  @code{rtag} works directly on the
3942repository contents (it requires no prior checkout and
3943does not look for a working directory).
3944
3945The following options specify which date or revision to
3946tag.  See @ref{Common options}, for a complete
3947description of them.
3948
3949@table @code
3950@item -D @var{date}
3951Tag the most recent revision no later than @var{date}.
3952
3953@item -f
3954Only useful with the @samp{-D} or @samp{-r}
3955flags.  If no matching revision is found, use the most
3956recent revision (instead of ignoring the file).
3957
3958@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
3959Tag the revision already tagged with @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is specified
3960and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
3961existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{Common options}.
3962@end table
3963
3964The @code{cvs tag} command also allows one to specify
3965files by revision or date, using the same @samp{-r},
3966@samp{-D}, and @samp{-f} options.  However, this
3967feature is probably not what you want.  The reason is
3968that @code{cvs tag} chooses which files to tag based on
3969the files that exist in the working directory, rather
3970than the files which existed as of the given tag/date.
3971Therefore, you are generally better off using @code{cvs
3972rtag}.  The exceptions might be cases like:
3973
3974@example
3975cvs tag -r 1.4 stable backend.c
3976@end example
3977
3978@node Modifying tags
3979@section Deleting, moving, and renaming tags
3980
3981@c Also see:
3982@c  "How do I move or rename a magic branch tag?"
3983@c in the FAQ (I think the issues it talks about still
3984@c apply, but this could use some sanity.sh work).
3985
3986Normally one does not modify tags.  They exist in order
3987to record the history of the repository and so deleting
3988them or changing their meaning would, generally, not be
3989what you want.
3990
3991However, there might be cases in which one uses a tag
3992temporarily or accidentally puts one in the wrong
3993place.  Therefore, one might delete, move, or rename a
3994tag.
3995
3996@noindent
3997@strong{WARNING: the commands in this section are
3998dangerous; they permanently discard historical
3999information and it can be difficult or impossible to
4000recover from errors.  If you are a @sc{cvs}
4001administrator, you may consider restricting these
4002commands with the @file{taginfo} file (@pxref{taginfo}).}
4003
4004@cindex Deleting tags
4005@cindex Deleting branch tags
4006@cindex Removing tags
4007@cindex Removing branch tags
4008@cindex Tags, deleting
4009@cindex Branch tags, deleting
4010To delete a tag, specify the @samp{-d} option to either
4011@code{cvs tag} or @code{cvs rtag}.  For example:
4012
4013@example
4014cvs rtag -d rel-0-4 tc
4015@end example
4016
4017@noindent
4018deletes the non-branch tag @code{rel-0-4} from the module @code{tc}.
4019In the event that branch tags are encountered within the repository
4020with the given name, a warning message will be issued and the branch 
4021tag will not be deleted.  If you are absolutely certain you know what
4022you are doing, the @code{-B} option may be specified to allow deletion
4023of branch tags.  In that case, any non-branch tags encountered will
4024trigger warnings and will not be deleted.
4025
4026@noindent
4027@strong{WARNING: Moving branch tags is very dangerous!  If you think
4028you need the @code{-B} option, think again and ask your @sc{cvs}
4029administrator about it (if that isn't you).  There is almost certainly
4030another way to accomplish what you want to accomplish.}
4031
4032@cindex Moving tags
4033@cindex Moving branch tags
4034@cindex Tags, moving
4035@cindex Branch tags, moving
4036When we say @dfn{move} a tag, we mean to make the same
4037name point to different revisions.  For example, the
4038@code{stable} tag may currently point to revision 1.4
4039of @file{backend.c} and perhaps we want to make it
4040point to revision 1.6.  To move a non-branch tag, specify the
4041@samp{-F} option to either @code{cvs tag} or @code{cvs
4042rtag}.  For example, the task just mentioned might be
4043accomplished as:
4044
4045@example
4046cvs tag -r 1.6 -F stable backend.c
4047@end example
4048
4049@noindent
4050If any branch tags are encountered in the repository 
4051with the given name, a warning is issued and the branch
4052tag is not disturbed.  If you are absolutely certain you
4053wish to move the branch tag, the @code{-B} option may be specified.
4054In that case, non-branch tags encountered with the given
4055name are ignored with a warning message.
4056
4057@noindent
4058@strong{WARNING: Moving branch tags is very dangerous!  If you think you
4059need the @code{-B} option, think again and ask your @sc{cvs}
4060administrator about it (if that isn't you).  There is almost certainly
4061another way to accomplish what you want to accomplish.}
4062
4063@cindex Renaming tags
4064@cindex Tags, renaming
4065When we say @dfn{rename} a tag, we mean to make a
4066different name point to the same revisions as the old
4067tag.  For example, one may have misspelled the tag name
4068and want to correct it (hopefully before others are
4069relying on the old spelling).  To rename a tag, first
4070create a new tag using the @samp{-r} option to
4071@code{cvs rtag}, and then delete the old name.  (Caution:
4072this method will not work with branch tags.) 
4073This leaves the new tag on exactly the 
4074same files as the old tag.  For example:
4075
4076@example
4077cvs rtag -r old-name-0-4 rel-0-4 tc
4078cvs rtag -d old-name-0-4 tc
4079@end example
4080
4081@node Tagging add/remove
4082@section Tagging and adding and removing files
4083
4084The subject of exactly how tagging interacts with
4085adding and removing files is somewhat obscure; for the
4086most part @sc{cvs} will keep track of whether files
4087exist or not without too much fussing.  By default,
4088tags are applied to only files which have a revision
4089corresponding to what is being tagged.  Files which did
4090not exist yet, or which were already removed, simply
4091omit the tag, and @sc{cvs} knows to treat the absence
4092of a tag as meaning that the file didn't exist as of
4093that tag.
4094
4095However, this can lose a small amount of information.
4096For example, suppose a file was added and then removed.
4097Then, if the tag is missing for that file, there is no
4098way to know whether the tag refers to the time before
4099the file was added, or the time after it was removed.
4100If you specify the @samp{-r} option to @code{cvs rtag},
4101then @sc{cvs} tags the files which have been removed,
4102and thereby avoids this problem.  For example, one
4103might specify @code{-r HEAD} to tag the head.
4104
4105On the subject of adding and removing files, the
4106@code{cvs rtag} command has a @samp{-a} option which
4107means to clear the tag from removed files that would
4108not otherwise be tagged.  For example, one might
4109specify this option in conjunction with @samp{-F} when
4110moving a tag.  If one moved a tag without @samp{-a},
4111then the tag in the removed files might still refer to
4112the old revision, rather than reflecting the fact that
4113the file had been removed.  I don't think this is
4114necessary if @samp{-r} is specified, as noted above.
4115
4116@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
4117@node Sticky tags
4118@section Sticky tags
4119@cindex Sticky tags
4120@cindex Tags, sticky
4121
4122@c A somewhat related issue is per-directory sticky
4123@c tags (see comment at CVS/Tag in node Working
4124@c directory storage); we probably want to say
4125@c something like "you can set a sticky tag for only
4126@c some files, but you don't want to" or some such.
4127
4128Sometimes a working copy's revision has extra data
4129associated with it, for example it might be on a branch
4130(@pxref{Branching and merging}), or restricted to
4131versions prior to a certain date by @samp{checkout -D}
4132or @samp{update -D}.  Because this data persists --
4133that is, it applies to subsequent commands in the
4134working copy -- we refer to it as @dfn{sticky}.
4135
4136Most of the time, stickiness is an obscure aspect of
4137@sc{cvs} that you don't need to think about.  However,
4138even if you don't want to use the feature, you may need
4139to know @emph{something} about sticky tags (for
4140example, how to avoid them!).
4141
4142You can use the @code{status} command to see if any
4143sticky tags or dates are set:
4144
4145@example
4146$ cvs status driver.c
4147===================================================================
4148File: driver.c          Status: Up-to-date
4149
4150    Version:            1.7.2.1 Sat Dec  5 19:35:03 1992
4151    RCS Version:        1.7.2.1 /u/cvsroot/yoyodyne/tc/driver.c,v
4152    Sticky Tag:         rel-1-0-patches (branch: 1.7.2)
4153    Sticky Date:        (none)
4154    Sticky Options:     (none)
4155
4156@end example
4157
4158@cindex Resetting sticky tags
4159@cindex Sticky tags, resetting
4160@cindex Deleting sticky tags
4161The sticky tags will remain on your working files until
4162you delete them with @samp{cvs update -A}.  The
4163@samp{-A} option merges local changes into the version of the
4164file from the head of the trunk, removing any sticky tags,
4165dates, or options.  See @ref{update} for more on the operation
4166of @code{cvs update}.
4167
4168@cindex Sticky date
4169The most common use of sticky tags is to identify which
4170branch one is working on, as described in
4171@ref{Accessing branches}.  However, non-branch
4172sticky tags have uses as well.  For example,
4173suppose that you want to avoid updating your working
4174directory, to isolate yourself from possibly
4175destabilizing changes other people are making.  You
4176can, of course, just refrain from running @code{cvs
4177update}.  But if you want to avoid updating only a
4178portion of a larger tree, then sticky tags can help.
4179If you check out a certain revision (such as 1.4) it
4180will become sticky.  Subsequent @code{cvs update}
4181commands will
4182not retrieve the latest revision until you reset the
4183tag with @code{cvs update -A}.  Likewise, use of the
4184@samp{-D} option to @code{update} or @code{checkout}
4185sets a @dfn{sticky date}, which, similarly, causes that
4186date to be used for future retrievals.
4187
4188People often want to retrieve an old version of
4189a file without setting a sticky tag.  This can
4190be done with the @samp{-p} option to @code{checkout} or
4191@code{update}, which sends the contents of the file to
4192standard output.  For example:
4193@example
4194$ cvs update -p -r 1.1 file1 >file1
4195===================================================================
4196Checking out file1
4197RCS:  /tmp/cvs-sanity/cvsroot/first-dir/Attic/file1,v
4198VERS: 1.1
4199***************
4200$
4201@end example
4202
4203However, this isn't the easiest way, if you are asking
4204how to undo a previous checkin (in this example, put
4205@file{file1} back to the way it was as of revision
42061.1).  In that case you are better off using the
4207@samp{-j} option to @code{update}; for further
4208discussion see @ref{Merging two revisions}.
4209
4210@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
4211@node Branching and merging
4212@chapter Branching and merging
4213@cindex Branching
4214@cindex Merging
4215@cindex Copying changes
4216@cindex Main trunk and branches
4217@cindex Revision tree, making branches
4218@cindex Branches, copying changes between
4219@cindex Changes, copying between branches
4220@cindex Modifications, copying between branches
4221
4222@sc{cvs} allows you to isolate changes onto a separate
4223line of development, known as a @dfn{branch}.  When you
4224change files on a branch, those changes do not appear
4225on the main trunk or other branches.
4226
4227Later you can move changes from one branch to another
4228branch (or the main trunk) by @dfn{merging}.  Merging
4229involves first running @code{cvs update -j}, to merge
4230the changes into the working directory.
4231You can then commit that revision, and thus effectively
4232copy the changes onto another branch.
4233
4234@menu
4235* Branches motivation::         What branches are good for
4236* Creating a branch::           Creating a branch
4237* Accessing branches::          Checking out and updating branches
4238* Branches and revisions::      Branches are reflected in revision numbers
4239* Magic branch numbers::        Magic branch numbers
4240* Merging a branch::            Merging an entire branch
4241* Merging more than once::      Merging from a branch several times
4242* Merging two revisions::       Merging differences between two revisions
4243* Merging adds and removals::   What if files are added or removed?
4244* Merging and keywords::        Avoiding conflicts due to keyword substitution
4245@end menu
4246
4247@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
4248@node Branches motivation
4249@section What branches are good for
4250@cindex Branches motivation
4251@cindex What branches are good for
4252@cindex Motivation for branches
4253
4254@c FIXME: this node mentions one way to use branches,
4255@c but it is by no means the only way.  For example,
4256@c the technique of committing a new feature on a branch,
4257@c until it is ready for the main trunk.  The whole
4258@c thing is generally speaking more akin to the
4259@c "Revision management" node although it isn't clear to
4260@c me whether policy matters should be centralized or
4261@c distributed throughout the relevant sections.
4262Suppose that release 1.0 of tc has been made.  You are continuing to
4263develop tc, planning to create release 1.1 in a couple of months.  After a
4264while your customers start to complain about a fatal bug.  You check
4265out release 1.0 (@pxref{Tags}) and find the bug
4266(which turns out to have a trivial fix).  However, the current revision
4267of the sources are in a state of flux and are not expected to be stable
4268for at least another month.  There is no way to make a
4269bug fix release based on the newest sources.
4270
4271The thing to do in a situation like this is to create a @dfn{branch} on
4272the revision trees for all the files that make up
4273release 1.0 of tc.  You can then make
4274modifications to the branch without disturbing the main trunk.  When the
4275modifications are finished you can elect to either incorporate them on
4276the main trunk, or leave them on the branch.
4277
4278@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
4279@node Creating a branch
4280@section Creating a branch
4281@cindex Creating a branch
4282@cindex Branch, creating a
4283@cindex tag (subcommand), creating a branch using
4284@cindex rtag (subcommand), creating a branch using
4285
4286You can create a branch with @code{tag -b}; for
4287example, assuming you're in a working copy:
4288
4289@example
4290$ cvs tag -b rel-1-0-patches
4291@end example
4292
4293@c FIXME: we should be more explicit about the value of
4294@c having a tag on the branchpoint.  For example
4295@c "cvs tag rel-1-0-patches-branchpoint" before
4296@c the "cvs tag -b".  This points out that
4297@c rel-1-0-patches is a pretty awkward name for
4298@c this example (more so than for the rtag example
4299@c below).
4300
4301This splits off a branch based on the current revisions
4302in the working copy, assigning that branch the name
4303@samp{rel-1-0-patches}.
4304
4305It is important to understand that branches get created
4306in the repository, not in the working copy.  Creating a
4307branch based on current revisions, as the above example
4308does, will @emph{not} automatically switch the working
4309copy to be on the new branch.  For information on how
4310to do that, see @ref{Accessing branches}.
4311
4312You can also create a branch without reference to any
4313working copy, by using @code{rtag}:
4314
4315@example
4316$ cvs rtag -b -r rel-1-0 rel-1-0-patches tc
4317@end example
4318
4319@samp{-r rel-1-0} says that this branch should be
4320rooted at the revision that
4321corresponds to the tag @samp{rel-1-0}.  It need not
4322be the most recent revision -- it's often useful to
4323split a branch off an old revision (for example, when
4324fixing a bug in a past release otherwise known to be
4325stable).
4326
4327As with @samp{tag}, the @samp{-b} flag tells
4328@code{rtag} to create a branch (rather than just a
4329symbolic revision name).  Note that the numeric
4330revision number that matches @samp{rel-1-0} will
4331probably be different from file to file.
4332
4333So, the full effect of the command is to create a new
4334branch -- named @samp{rel-1-0-patches} -- in module
4335@samp{tc}, rooted in the revision tree at the point tagged
4336by @samp{rel-1-0}.
4337
4338@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
4339@node Accessing branches
4340@section Accessing branches
4341@cindex Check out a branch
4342@cindex Retrieve a branch
4343@cindex Access a branch
4344@cindex Identifying a branch
4345@cindex Branch, check out
4346@cindex Branch, retrieving
4347@cindex Branch, accessing
4348@cindex Branch, identifying
4349
4350You can retrieve a branch in one of two ways: by
4351checking it out fresh from the repository, or by
4352switching an existing working copy over to the branch.
4353
4354To check out a branch from the repository, invoke
4355@samp{checkout} with the @samp{-r} flag, followed by
4356the tag name of the branch (@pxref{Creating a branch}):
4357
4358@example
4359$ cvs checkout -r rel-1-0-patches tc
4360@end example
4361
4362Or, if you already have a working copy, you can switch
4363it to a given branch with @samp{update -r}:
4364
4365@example
4366$ cvs update -r rel-1-0-patches tc
4367@end example
4368
4369@noindent
4370or equivalently:
4371
4372@example
4373$ cd tc
4374$ cvs update -r rel-1-0-patches
4375@end example
4376
4377It does not matter if the working copy was originally
4378on the main trunk or on some other branch -- the above
4379command will switch it to the named branch.  And
4380similarly to a regular @samp{update} command,
4381@samp{update -r} merges any changes you have made,
4382notifying you of conflicts where they occur.
4383
4384Once you have a working copy tied to a particular
4385branch, it remains there until you tell it otherwise.
4386This means that changes checked in from the working
4387copy will add new revisions on that branch, while
4388leaving the main trunk and other branches unaffected.
4389
4390@cindex Branches, sticky
4391To find out what branch a working copy is on, you can
4392use the @samp{status} command.  In its output, look for
4393the field named @samp{Sticky tag} (@pxref{Sticky tags})
4394-- that's @sc{cvs}'s way of telling you the branch, if
4395any, of the current working files:
4396
4397@example
4398$ cvs status -v driver.c backend.c
4399===================================================================
4400File: driver.c          Status: Up-to-date
4401
4402    Version:            1.7     Sat Dec  5 18:25:54 1992
4403    RCS Version:        1.7     /u/cvsroot/yoyodyne/tc/driver.c,v
4404    Sticky Tag:         rel-1-0-patches (branch: 1.7.2)
4405    Sticky Date:        (none)
4406    Sticky Options:     (none)
4407
4408    Existing Tags:
4409        rel-1-0-patches             (branch: 1.7.2)
4410        rel-1-0                     (revision: 1.7)
4411
4412===================================================================
4413File: backend.c         Status: Up-to-date
4414
4415    Version:            1.4     Tue Dec  1 14:39:01 1992
4416    RCS Version:        1.4     /u/cvsroot/yoyodyne/tc/backend.c,v
4417    Sticky Tag:         rel-1-0-patches (branch: 1.4.2)
4418    Sticky Date:        (none)
4419    Sticky Options:     (none)
4420
4421    Existing Tags:
4422        rel-1-0-patches             (branch: 1.4.2)
4423        rel-1-0                     (revision: 1.4)
4424        rel-0-4                     (revision: 1.4)
4425
4426@end example
4427
4428Don't be confused by the fact that the branch numbers
4429for each file are different (@samp{1.7.2} and
4430@samp{1.4.2} respectively).  The branch tag is the
4431same, @samp{rel-1-0-patches}, and the files are
4432indeed on the same branch.  The numbers simply reflect
4433the point in each file's revision history at which the
4434branch was made.  In the above example, one can deduce
4435that @samp{driver.c} had been through more changes than
4436@samp{backend.c} before this branch was created.
4437
4438See @ref{Branches and revisions} for details about how
4439branch numbers are constructed.
4440
4441@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
4442@node Branches and revisions
4443@section Branches and revisions
4444@cindex Branch number
4445@cindex Number, branch
4446@cindex Revision numbers (branches)
4447
4448Ordinarily, a file's revision history is a linear
4449series of increments (@pxref{Revision numbers}):
4450
4451@example
4452       +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+
4453       ! 1.1 !----! 1.2 !----! 1.3 !----! 1.4 !----! 1.5 !
4454       +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+
4455@end example
4456
4457However, @sc{cvs} is not limited to linear development.  The
4458@dfn{revision tree} can be split into @dfn{branches},
4459where each branch is a self-maintained line of
4460development.  Changes made on one branch can easily be
4461moved back to the main trunk.
4462
4463Each branch has a @dfn{branch number}, consisting of an
4464odd number of period-separated decimal integers.  The
4465branch number is created by appending an integer to the
4466revision number where the corresponding branch forked
4467off.  Having branch numbers allows more than one branch
4468to be forked off from a certain revision.
4469
4470@need 3500
4471All revisions on a branch have revision numbers formed
4472by appending an ordinal number to the branch number.
4473The following figure illustrates branching with an
4474example.
4475
4476@example
4477@c This example used to have a 1.2.2.4 revision, which
4478@c might help clarify that development can continue on
4479@c 1.2.2.  Might be worth reinstating if it can be done
4480@c without overfull hboxes.
4481@group
4482                                                      +-------------+
4483                           Branch 1.2.2.3.2 ->        ! 1.2.2.3.2.1 !
4484                                                    / +-------------+
4485                                                   /
4486                                                  /
4487                 +---------+    +---------+    +---------+
4488Branch 1.2.2 -> _! 1.2.2.1 !----! 1.2.2.2 !----! 1.2.2.3 !
4489               / +---------+    +---------+    +---------+
4490              /
4491             /
4492+-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+
4493! 1.1 !----! 1.2 !----! 1.3 !----! 1.4 !----! 1.5 !  <- The main trunk
4494+-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+
4495                !
4496                !
4497                !   +---------+    +---------+    +---------+
4498Branch 1.2.4 -> +---! 1.2.4.1 !----! 1.2.4.2 !----! 1.2.4.3 !
4499                    +---------+    +---------+    +---------+
4500
4501@end group
4502@end example
4503
4504@c --   However, at least for me the figure is not enough.  I suggest more
4505@c --   text to accompany it.  "A picture is worth a thousand words", so you
4506@c --   have to make sure the reader notices the couple of hundred words
4507@c --   *you* had in mind more than the others!
4508
4509@c --   Why an even number of segments?  This section implies that this is
4510@c --   how the main trunk is distinguished from branch roots, but you never
4511@c --   explicitly say that this is the purpose of the [by itself rather
4512@c --   surprising] restriction to an even number of segments.
4513
4514The exact details of how the branch number is
4515constructed is not something you normally need to be
4516concerned about, but here is how it works: When
4517@sc{cvs} creates a branch number it picks the first
4518unused even integer, starting with 2.  So when you want
4519to create a branch from revision 6.4 it will be
4520numbered 6.4.2.  All branch numbers ending in a zero
4521(such as 6.4.0) are used internally by @sc{cvs}
4522(@pxref{Magic branch numbers}).  The branch 1.1.1 has a
4523special meaning.  @xref{Tracking sources}.
4524
4525@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
4526@node Magic branch numbers
4527@section Magic branch numbers
4528
4529@c Want xref to here from "log"?
4530
4531This section describes a @sc{cvs} feature called
4532@dfn{magic branches}.  For most purposes, you need not
4533worry about magic branches; @sc{cvs} handles them for
4534you.  However, they are visible to you in certain
4535circumstances, so it may be useful to have some idea of
4536how it works.
4537
4538Externally, branch numbers consist of an odd number of
4539dot-separated decimal integers.  @xref{Revision
4540numbers}.  That is not the whole truth, however.  For
4541efficiency reasons @sc{cvs} sometimes inserts an extra 0
4542in the second rightmost position (1.2.4 becomes
45431.2.0.4, 8.9.10.11.12 becomes 8.9.10.11.0.12 and so
4544on).
4545
4546@sc{cvs} does a pretty good job at hiding these so
4547called magic branches, but in a few places the hiding
4548is incomplete:
4549
4550@itemize @bullet
4551@ignore
4552@c This is in ignore as I'm taking their word for it,
4553@c that this was fixed
4554@c a long time ago.  But before deleting this
4555@c entirely, I'd rather verify it (and add a test
4556@c case to the testsuite).
4557@item
4558The magic branch can appear in the output from
4559@code{cvs status} in vanilla @sc{cvs} 1.3.  This is
4560fixed in @sc{cvs} 1.3-s2.
4561
4562@end ignore
4563@item
4564The magic branch number appears in the output from
4565@code{cvs log}.
4566@c What output should appear instead?
4567
4568@item
4569You cannot specify a symbolic branch name to @code{cvs
4570admin}.
4571
4572@end itemize
4573
4574@c Can CVS do this automatically the first time
4575@c you check something in to that branch?  Should
4576@c it?
4577You can use the @code{admin} command to reassign a
4578symbolic name to a branch the way @sc{rcs} expects it
4579to be.  If @code{R4patches} is assigned to the branch
45801.4.2 (magic branch number 1.4.0.2) in file
4581@file{numbers.c} you can do this:
4582
4583@example
4584$ cvs admin -NR4patches:1.4.2 numbers.c
4585@end example
4586
4587It only works if at least one revision is already
4588committed on the branch.  Be very careful so that you
4589do not assign the tag to the wrong number.  (There is
4590no way to see how the tag was assigned yesterday).
4591
4592@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
4593@node Merging a branch
4594@section Merging an entire branch
4595@cindex Merging a branch
4596@cindex -j (merging branches)
4597
4598You can merge changes made on a branch into your working copy by giving
4599the @samp{-j @var{branchname}} flag to the @code{update} subcommand.  With one
4600@samp{-j @var{branchname}} option it merges the changes made between the
4601greatest common ancestor (GCA) of the branch and the destination revision (in
4602the simple case below the GCA is the point where the branch forked) and the
4603newest revision on that branch into your working copy.
4604
4605@cindex Join
4606The @samp{-j} stands for ``join''.
4607
4608@cindex Branch merge example
4609@cindex Example, branch merge
4610@cindex Merge, branch example
4611Consider this revision tree:
4612
4613@example
4614+-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+
4615! 1.1 !----! 1.2 !----! 1.3 !----! 1.4 !      <- The main trunk
4616+-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+
4617                !
4618                !
4619                !   +---------+    +---------+
4620Branch R1fix -> +---! 1.2.2.1 !----! 1.2.2.2 !
4621                    +---------+    +---------+
4622@end example
4623
4624@noindent
4625The branch 1.2.2 has been given the tag (symbolic name) @samp{R1fix}.  The
4626following example assumes that the module @samp{mod} contains only one
4627file, @file{m.c}.
4628
4629@example
4630$ cvs checkout mod               # @r{Retrieve the latest revision, 1.4}
4631
4632$ cvs update -j R1fix m.c        # @r{Merge all changes made on the branch,}
4633                                 # @r{i.e. the changes between revision 1.2}
4634                                 # @r{and 1.2.2.2, into your working copy}
4635                                 # @r{of the file.}
4636
4637$ cvs commit -m "Included R1fix" # @r{Create revision 1.5.}
4638@end example
4639
4640A conflict can result from a merge operation.  If that
4641happens, you should resolve it before committing the
4642new revision.  @xref{Conflicts example}.
4643
4644If your source files contain keywords (@pxref{Keyword substitution}),
4645you might be getting more conflicts than strictly necessary.  See
4646@ref{Merging and keywords}, for information on how to avoid this.
4647
4648The @code{checkout} command also supports the @samp{-j @var{branchname}} flag.  The
4649same effect as above could be achieved with this:
4650
4651@example
4652$ cvs checkout -j R1fix mod
4653$ cvs commit -m "Included R1fix"
4654@end example
4655
4656It should be noted that @code{update -j @var{tagname}} will also work but may
4657not produce the desired result.  @xref{Merging adds and removals}, for more.
4658
4659@node Merging more than once
4660@section Merging from a branch several times
4661
4662Continuing our example, the revision tree now looks
4663like this:
4664
4665@example
4666+-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+
4667! 1.1 !----! 1.2 !----! 1.3 !----! 1.4 !----! 1.5 !   <- The main trunk
4668+-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+
4669                !                           *
4670                !                          *
4671                !   +---------+    +---------+
4672Branch R1fix -> +---! 1.2.2.1 !----! 1.2.2.2 !
4673                    +---------+    +---------+
4674@end example
4675
4676@noindent
4677where the starred line represents the merge from the
4678@samp{R1fix} branch to the main trunk, as just
4679discussed.
4680
4681Now suppose that development continues on the
4682@samp{R1fix} branch:
4683
4684@example
4685+-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+
4686! 1.1 !----! 1.2 !----! 1.3 !----! 1.4 !----! 1.5 !   <- The main trunk
4687+-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+
4688                !                           *
4689                !                          *
4690                !   +---------+    +---------+    +---------+
4691Branch R1fix -> +---! 1.2.2.1 !----! 1.2.2.2 !----! 1.2.2.3 !
4692                    +---------+    +---------+    +---------+
4693@end example
4694
4695@noindent
4696and then you want to merge those new changes onto the
4697main trunk.  If you just use the @code{cvs update -j
4698R1fix m.c} command again, @sc{cvs} will attempt to
4699merge again the changes which you have already merged,
4700which can have undesirable side effects.
4701
4702So instead you need to specify that you only want to
4703merge the changes on the branch which have not yet been
4704merged into the trunk.  To do that you specify two
4705@samp{-j} options, and @sc{cvs} merges the changes from
4706the first revision to the second revision.  For
4707example, in this case the simplest way would be
4708
4709@example
4710cvs update -j 1.2.2.2 -j R1fix m.c    # @r{Merge changes from 1.2.2.2 to the}
4711                                      # @r{head of the R1fix branch}
4712@end example
4713
4714The problem with this is that you need to specify the
47151.2.2.2 revision manually.  A slightly better approach
4716might be to use the date the last merge was done:
4717
4718@example
4719cvs update -j R1fix:yesterday -j R1fix m.c
4720@end example
4721
4722Better yet, tag the R1fix branch after every merge into
4723the trunk, and then use that tag for subsequent merges:
4724
4725@example
4726cvs update -j merged_from_R1fix_to_trunk -j R1fix m.c
4727@end example
4728
4729@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
4730@node Merging two revisions
4731@section Merging differences between any two revisions
4732@cindex Merging two revisions
4733@cindex Revisions, merging differences between
4734@cindex Differences, merging
4735
4736With two @samp{-j @var{revision}} flags, the @code{update}
4737(and @code{checkout}) command can merge the differences
4738between any two revisions into your working file.
4739
4740@cindex Undoing a change
4741@cindex Removing a change
4742@example
4743$ cvs update -j 1.5 -j 1.3 backend.c
4744@end example
4745
4746@noindent
4747will undo all changes made between revision
47481.3 and 1.5.  Note the order of the revisions!
4749
4750If you try to use this option when operating on
4751multiple files, remember that the numeric revisions will
4752probably be very different between the various files.
4753You almost always use symbolic
4754tags rather than revision numbers when operating on
4755multiple files.
4756
4757@cindex Restoring old version of removed file
4758@cindex Resurrecting old version of dead file
4759Specifying two @samp{-j} options can also undo file
4760removals or additions.  For example, suppose you have
4761a file
4762named @file{file1} which existed as revision 1.1, and
4763you then removed it (thus adding a dead revision 1.2).
4764Now suppose you want to add it again, with the same
4765contents it had previously.  Here is how to do it:
4766
4767@example
4768$ cvs update -j 1.2 -j 1.1 file1
4769U file1
4770$ cvs commit -m test
4771Checking in file1;
4772/tmp/cvs-sanity/cvsroot/first-dir/file1,v  <--  file1
4773new revision: 1.3; previous revision: 1.2
4774done
4775$
4776@end example
4777
4778@node Merging adds and removals
4779@section Merging can add or remove files
4780
4781If the changes which you are merging involve removing
4782or adding some files, @code{update -j} will reflect
4783such additions or removals.
4784
4785@c FIXME: This example needs a lot more explanation.
4786@c We also need other examples for some of the other
4787@c cases (not all--there are too many--as long as we present a
4788@c coherent general principle).
4789For example:
4790@example
4791cvs update -A
4792touch a b c
4793cvs add a b c ; cvs ci -m "added" a b c
4794cvs tag -b branchtag
4795cvs update -r branchtag
4796touch d ; cvs add d
4797rm a ; cvs rm a
4798cvs ci -m "added d, removed a"
4799cvs update -A
4800cvs update -jbranchtag
4801@end example
4802
4803After these commands are executed and a @samp{cvs commit} is done,
4804file @file{a} will be removed and file @file{d} added in the main branch.
4805@c (which was determined by trying it)
4806
4807Note that using a single static tag (@samp{-j @var{tagname}})
4808rather than a dynamic tag (@samp{-j @var{branchname}}) to merge
4809changes from a branch will usually not remove files which were removed on the
4810branch since @sc{cvs} does not automatically add static tags to dead revisions.
4811The exception to this rule occurs when
4812a static tag has been attached to a dead revision manually.  Use the branch tag
4813to merge all changes from the branch or use two static tags as merge endpoints
4814to be sure that all intended changes are propagated in the merge.
4815
4816@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
4817@node Merging and keywords
4818@section Merging and keywords
4819@cindex Merging, and keyword substitution
4820@cindex Keyword substitution, and merging
4821@cindex -j (merging branches), and keyword substitution
4822@cindex -kk, to avoid conflicts during a merge
4823
4824If you merge files containing keywords (@pxref{Keyword
4825substitution}), you will normally get numerous
4826conflicts during the merge, because the keywords are
4827expanded differently in the revisions which you are
4828merging.
4829
4830Therefore, you will often want to specify the
4831@samp{-kk} (@pxref{Substitution modes}) switch to the
4832merge command line.  By substituting just the name of
4833the keyword, not the expanded value of that keyword,
4834this option ensures that the revisions which you are
4835merging will be the same as each other, and avoid
4836spurious conflicts.
4837
4838For example, suppose you have a file like this:
4839
4840@example
4841       +---------+
4842      _! 1.1.2.1 !   <-  br1
4843     / +---------+
4844    /
4845   /
4846+-----+    +-----+
4847! 1.1 !----! 1.2 !
4848+-----+    +-----+
4849@end example
4850
4851@noindent
4852and your working directory is currently on the trunk
4853(revision 1.2).  Then you might get the following
4854results from a merge:
4855
4856@example
4857$ cat file1
4858key $@splitrcskeyword{Revision}: 1.2 $
4859. . .
4860$ cvs update -j br1
4861U file1
4862RCS file: /cvsroot/first-dir/file1,v
4863retrieving revision 1.1
4864retrieving revision 1.1.2.1
4865Merging differences between 1.1 and 1.1.2.1 into file1
4866rcsmerge: warning: conflicts during merge
4867$ cat file1
4868@asis{}<<<<<<< file1
4869key $@splitrcskeyword{Revision}: 1.2 $
4870@asis{}=======
4871key $@splitrcskeyword{Revision}: 1.1.2.1 $
4872@asis{}>>>>>>> 1.1.2.1
4873. . .
4874@end example
4875
4876What happened was that the merge tried to merge the
4877differences between 1.1 and 1.1.2.1 into your working
4878directory.  So, since the keyword changed from
4879@code{Revision: 1.1} to @code{Revision: 1.1.2.1},
4880@sc{cvs} tried to merge that change into your working
4881directory, which conflicted with the fact that your
4882working directory had contained @code{Revision: 1.2}.
4883
4884Here is what happens if you had used @samp{-kk}:
4885
4886@example
4887$ cat file1
4888key $@splitrcskeyword{Revision}: 1.2 $
4889. . .
4890$ cvs update -kk -j br1
4891U file1
4892RCS file: /cvsroot/first-dir/file1,v
4893retrieving revision 1.1
4894retrieving revision 1.1.2.1
4895Merging differences between 1.1 and 1.1.2.1 into file1
4896$ cat file1
4897key $@splitrcskeyword{Revision}$
4898. . .
4899@end example
4900
4901What is going on here is that revision 1.1 and 1.1.2.1
4902both expand as plain @code{Revision}, and therefore
4903merging the changes between them into the working
4904directory need not change anything.  Therefore, there
4905is no conflict.
4906
4907@strong{WARNING: In versions of @sc{cvs} prior to 1.12.2, there was a
4908major problem with using @samp{-kk} on merges.  Namely, @samp{-kk}
4909overrode any default keyword expansion mode set in the archive file in
4910the repository.  This could, unfortunately for some users, cause data
4911corruption in binary files (with a default keyword expansion mode set
4912to @samp{-kb}).  Therefore, when a repository contained binary files,
4913conflicts had to be dealt with manually rather than using @samp{-kk} in
4914a merge command.}
4915
4916In @sc{cvs} version 1.12.2 and later, the keyword expansion mode
4917provided on the command line to any @sc{cvs} command no longer
4918overrides the @samp{-kb} keyword expansion mode setting for binary
4919files, though it will still override other default keyword expansion
4920modes.  You can now safely merge using @samp{-kk} to avoid spurious conflicts
4921on lines containing RCS keywords, even when your repository contains
4922binary files.
4923
4924@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
4925@node Recursive behavior
4926@chapter Recursive behavior
4927@cindex Recursive (directory descending)
4928@cindex Directory, descending
4929@cindex Descending directories
4930@cindex Subdirectories
4931
4932Almost all of the subcommands of @sc{cvs} work
4933recursively when you specify a directory as an
4934argument.  For instance, consider this directory
4935structure:
4936
4937@example
4938      @code{$HOME}
4939        |
4940        +--@t{tc}
4941        |   |
4942            +--@t{CVS}
4943            |      (internal @sc{cvs} files)
4944            +--@t{Makefile}
4945            +--@t{backend.c}
4946            +--@t{driver.c}
4947            +--@t{frontend.c}
4948            +--@t{parser.c}
4949            +--@t{man}
4950            |    |
4951            |    +--@t{CVS}
4952            |    |  (internal @sc{cvs} files)
4953            |    +--@t{tc.1}
4954            |
4955            +--@t{testing}
4956                 |
4957                 +--@t{CVS}
4958                 |  (internal @sc{cvs} files)
4959                 +--@t{testpgm.t}
4960                 +--@t{test2.t}
4961@end example
4962
4963@noindent
4964If @file{tc} is the current working directory, the
4965following is true:
4966
4967@itemize @bullet
4968@item
4969@samp{cvs update testing} is equivalent to
4970
4971@example
4972cvs update testing/testpgm.t testing/test2.t
4973@end example
4974
4975@item
4976@samp{cvs update testing man} updates all files in the
4977subdirectories
4978
4979@item
4980@samp{cvs update .} or just @samp{cvs update} updates
4981all files in the @code{tc} directory
4982@end itemize
4983
4984If no arguments are given to @code{update} it will
4985update all files in the current working directory and
4986all its subdirectories.  In other words, @file{.} is a
4987default argument to @code{update}.  This is also true
4988for most of the @sc{cvs} subcommands, not only the
4989@code{update} command.
4990
4991The recursive behavior of the @sc{cvs} subcommands can be
4992turned off with the @samp{-l} option.
4993Conversely, the @samp{-R} option can be used to force recursion if
4994@samp{-l} is specified in @file{~/.cvsrc} (@pxref{~/.cvsrc}).
4995
4996@example
4997$ cvs update -l         # @r{Don't update files in subdirectories}
4998@end example
4999
5000@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
5001@node Adding and removing
5002@chapter Adding, removing, and renaming files and directories
5003
5004In the course of a project, one will often add new
5005files.  Likewise with removing or renaming, or with
5006directories.  The general concept to keep in mind in
5007all these cases is that instead of making an
5008irreversible change you want @sc{cvs} to record the
5009fact that a change has taken place, just as with
5010modifying an existing file.  The exact mechanisms to do
5011this in @sc{cvs} vary depending on the situation.
5012
5013@menu
5014* Adding files::                Adding files
5015* Removing files::              Removing files
5016* Removing directories::        Removing directories
5017* Moving files::                Moving and renaming files
5018* Moving directories::          Moving and renaming directories
5019@end menu
5020
5021@node Adding files
5022@section Adding files to a directory
5023@cindex Adding files
5024
5025To add a new file to a directory, follow these steps.
5026
5027@itemize @bullet
5028@item
5029You must have a working copy of the directory.
5030@xref{Getting the source}.
5031
5032@item
5033Create the new file inside your working copy of the directory.
5034
5035@item
5036Use @samp{cvs add @var{filename}} to tell @sc{cvs} that you
5037want to version control the file.  If the file contains
5038binary data, specify @samp{-kb} (@pxref{Binary files}).
5039
5040@item
5041Use @samp{cvs commit @var{filename}} to actually check
5042in the file into the repository.  Other developers
5043cannot see the file until you perform this step.
5044@end itemize
5045
5046You can also use the @code{add} command to add a new
5047directory.
5048@c FIXCVS and/or FIXME: Adding a directory doesn't
5049@c require the commit step.  This probably can be
5050@c considered a CVS bug, but it is possible we should
5051@c warn people since this behavior probably won't be
5052@c changing right away.
5053
5054Unlike most other commands, the @code{add} command is
5055not recursive.  You have to expcicitly name files and
5056directories that you wish to add to the repository.
5057However, each directory will need to be added
5058separately before you will be able to add new files
5059to those directories.
5060
5061@example
5062$ mkdir -p foo/bar
5063$ cp ~/myfile foo/bar/myfile
5064$ cvs add foo foo/bar
5065$ cvs add foo/bar/myfile
5066@end example
5067
5068@cindex add (subcommand)
5069@deffn Command {cvs add} [@code{-k} kflag] [@code{-m} message] files @dots{}
5070
5071Schedule @var{files} to be added to the repository.
5072The files or directories specified with @code{add} must
5073already exist in the current directory.  To add a whole
5074new directory hierarchy to the source repository (for
5075example, files received from a third-party vendor), use
5076the @code{import} command instead.  @xref{import}.
5077
5078The added files are not placed in the source repository
5079until you use @code{commit} to make the change
5080permanent.  Doing an @code{add} on a file that was
5081removed with the @code{remove} command will undo the
5082effect of the @code{remove}, unless a @code{commit}
5083command intervened.  @xref{Removing files}, for an
5084example.
5085
5086The @samp{-k} option specifies the default way that
5087this file will be checked out; for more information see
5088@ref{Substitution modes}.
5089
5090@c As noted in BUGS, -m is broken client/server (Nov
5091@c 96).  Also see testsuite log2-* tests.
5092The @samp{-m} option specifies a description for the
5093file.  This description appears in the history log (if
5094it is enabled, @pxref{history file}).  It will also be
5095saved in the version history inside the repository when
5096the file is committed.  The @code{log} command displays
5097this description.  The description can be changed using
5098@samp{admin -t}.  @xref{admin}.  If you omit the
5099@samp{-m @var{description}} flag, an empty string will
5100be used.  You will not be prompted for a description.
5101@end deffn
5102
5103For example, the following commands add the file
5104@file{backend.c} to the repository:
5105
5106@c This example used to specify
5107@c     -m "Optimizer and code generation passes."
5108@c to the cvs add command, but that doesn't work
5109@c client/server (see log2 in sanity.sh).  Should fix CVS,
5110@c but also seems strange to document things which
5111@c don't work...
5112@example
5113$ cvs add backend.c
5114$ cvs commit -m "Early version. Not yet compilable." backend.c
5115@end example
5116
5117When you add a file it is added only on the branch
5118which you are working on (@pxref{Branching and merging}).  You can
5119later merge the additions to another branch if you want
5120(@pxref{Merging adds and removals}).
5121@c Should we mention that earlier versions of CVS
5122@c lacked this feature (1.3) or implemented it in a buggy
5123@c way (well, 1.8 had many bugs in cvs update -j)?
5124@c Should we mention the bug/limitation regarding a
5125@c file being a regular file on one branch and a directory
5126@c on another?
5127@c FIXME: This needs an example, or several, here or
5128@c elsewhere, for it to make much sense.
5129@c Somewhere we need to discuss the aspects of death
5130@c support which don't involve branching, I guess.
5131@c Like the ability to re-create a release from a tag.
5132
5133@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
5134@node Removing files
5135@section Removing files
5136@cindex Removing files
5137@cindex Deleting files
5138
5139@c FIXME: this node wants to be split into several
5140@c smaller nodes.  Could make these children of
5141@c "Adding and removing", probably (death support could
5142@c be its own section, for example, as could the
5143@c various bits about undoing mistakes in adding and
5144@c removing).
5145Directories change.  New files are added, and old files
5146disappear.  Still, you want to be able to retrieve an
5147exact copy of old releases.
5148
5149Here is what you can do to remove a file,
5150but remain able to retrieve old revisions:
5151
5152@itemize @bullet
5153@c FIXME: should probably be saying something about
5154@c having a working directory in the first place.
5155@item
5156Make sure that you have not made any uncommitted
5157modifications to the file.  @xref{Viewing differences},
5158for one way to do that.  You can also use the
5159@code{status} or @code{update} command.  If you remove
5160the file without committing your changes, you will of
5161course not be able to retrieve the file as it was
5162immediately before you deleted it.
5163
5164@item
5165Remove the file from your working copy of the directory.
5166You can for instance use @code{rm}.
5167
5168@item
5169Use @samp{cvs remove @var{filename}} to tell @sc{cvs} that
5170you really want to delete the file.
5171
5172@item
5173Use @samp{cvs commit @var{filename}} to actually
5174perform the removal of the file from the repository.
5175@end itemize
5176
5177@c FIXME: Somehow this should be linked in with a more
5178@c general discussion of death support.  I don't know
5179@c whether we want to use the term "death support" or
5180@c not (we can perhaps get by without it), but we do
5181@c need to discuss the "dead" state in "cvs log" and
5182@c related subjects.  The current discussion is
5183@c scattered around, and not xref'd to each other.
5184@c FIXME: I think this paragraph wants to be moved
5185@c later down, at least after the first example.
5186When you commit the removal of the file, @sc{cvs}
5187records the fact that the file no longer exists.  It is
5188possible for a file to exist on only some branches and
5189not on others, or to re-add another file with the same
5190name later.  @sc{cvs} will correctly create or not create
5191the file, based on the @samp{-r} and @samp{-D} options
5192specified to @code{checkout} or @code{update}.
5193
5194@c FIXME: This style seems to clash with how we
5195@c document things in general.
5196@cindex Remove (subcommand)
5197@deffn Command {cvs remove} [options] files @dots{}
5198
5199Schedule file(s) to be removed from the repository
5200(files which have not already been removed from the
5201working directory are not processed).  This command
5202does not actually remove the file from the repository
5203until you commit the removal.  For a full list of
5204options, see @ref{Invoking CVS}.
5205@end deffn
5206
5207Here is an example of removing several files:
5208
5209@example
5210$ cd test
5211$ rm *.c
5212$ cvs remove
5213cvs remove: Removing .
5214cvs remove: scheduling a.c for removal
5215cvs remove: scheduling b.c for removal
5216cvs remove: use 'cvs commit' to remove these files permanently
5217$ cvs ci -m "Removed unneeded files"
5218cvs commit: Examining .
5219cvs commit: Committing .
5220@end example
5221
5222As a convenience you can remove the file and @code{cvs
5223remove} it in one step, by specifying the @samp{-f}
5224option.  For example, the above example could also be
5225done like this:
5226
5227@example
5228$ cd test
5229$ cvs remove -f *.c
5230cvs remove: scheduling a.c for removal
5231cvs remove: scheduling b.c for removal
5232cvs remove: use 'cvs commit' to remove these files permanently
5233$ cvs ci -m "Removed unneeded files"
5234cvs commit: Examining .
5235cvs commit: Committing .
5236@end example
5237
5238If you execute @code{remove} for a file, and then
5239change your mind before you commit, you can undo the
5240@code{remove} with an @code{add} command.
5241@ignore
5242@c is this worth saying or not?  Somehow it seems
5243@c confusing to me.
5244Of course,
5245since you have removed your copy of file in the working
5246directory, @sc{cvs} does not necessarily bring back the
5247contents of the file from right before you executed
5248@code{remove}; instead it gets the file from the
5249repository again.
5250@end ignore
5251
5252@c FIXME: what if you change your mind after you commit
5253@c it?  (answer is also "cvs add" but we don't say that...).
5254@c We need some index entries for thinks like "undoing
5255@c removal" too.
5256
5257@example
5258$ ls
5259CVS   ja.h  oj.c
5260$ rm oj.c
5261$ cvs remove oj.c
5262cvs remove: scheduling oj.c for removal
5263cvs remove: use 'cvs commit' to remove this file permanently
5264$ cvs add oj.c
5265U oj.c
5266cvs add: oj.c, version 1.1.1.1, resurrected
5267@end example
5268
5269If you realize your mistake before you run the
5270@code{remove} command you can use @code{update} to
5271resurrect the file:
5272
5273@example
5274$ rm oj.c
5275$ cvs update oj.c
5276cvs update: warning: oj.c was lost
5277U oj.c
5278@end example
5279
5280When you remove a file it is removed only on the branch
5281which you are working on (@pxref{Branching and merging}).  You can
5282later merge the removals to another branch if you want
5283(@pxref{Merging adds and removals}).
5284
5285@node Removing directories
5286@section Removing directories
5287@cindex Removing directories
5288@cindex Directories, removing
5289
5290In concept, removing directories is somewhat similar to
5291removing files---you want the directory to not exist in
5292your current working directories, but you also want to
5293be able to retrieve old releases in which the directory
5294existed.
5295
5296The way that you remove a directory is to remove all
5297the files in it.  You don't remove the directory
5298itself; there is no way to do that.
5299Instead you specify the @samp{-P} option to
5300@code{cvs update} or @code{cvs checkout},
5301which will cause @sc{cvs} to remove empty
5302directories from working directories.
5303(Note that @code{cvs export} always removes empty directories.)
5304Probably the
5305best way to do this is to always specify @samp{-P}; if
5306you want an empty directory then put a dummy file (for
5307example @file{.keepme}) in it to prevent @samp{-P} from
5308removing it.
5309
5310@c I'd try to give a rationale for this, but I'm not
5311@c sure there is a particularly convincing one.  What
5312@c we would _like_ is for CVS to do a better job of version
5313@c controlling whether directories exist, to eliminate the
5314@c need for -P and so that a file can be a directory in
5315@c one revision and a regular file in another.
5316Note that @samp{-P} is implied by the @samp{-r} or @samp{-D}
5317options of @code{checkout}.  This way,
5318@sc{cvs} will be able to correctly create the directory
5319or not depending on whether the particular version you
5320are checking out contains any files in that directory.
5321
5322@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
5323@node Moving files
5324@section Moving and renaming files
5325@cindex Moving files
5326@cindex Renaming files
5327@cindex Files, moving
5328
5329Moving files to a different directory or renaming them
5330is not difficult, but some of the ways in which this
5331works may be non-obvious.  (Moving or renaming a
5332directory is even harder.  @xref{Moving directories}.).
5333
5334The examples below assume that the file @var{old} is renamed to
5335@var{new}.
5336
5337@menu
5338* Outside::                     The normal way to Rename
5339* Inside::                      A tricky, alternative way
5340* Rename by copying::           Another tricky, alternative way
5341@end menu
5342
5343@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
5344@node Outside
5345@subsection The Normal way to Rename
5346
5347@c More rename issues.  Not sure whether these are
5348@c worth documenting; I'm putting them here because
5349@c it seems to be as good a place as any to try to
5350@c set down the issues.
5351@c * "cvs annotate" will annotate either the new
5352@c file or the old file; it cannot annotate _each
5353@c line_ based on whether it was last changed in the
5354@c new or old file.  Unlike "cvs log", where the
5355@c consequences of having to select either the new
5356@c or old name seem fairly benign, this may be a
5357@c real advantage to having CVS know about renames
5358@c other than as a deletion and an addition.
5359
5360The normal way to move a file is to copy @var{old} to
5361@var{new}, and then issue the normal @sc{cvs} commands
5362to remove @var{old} from the repository, and add
5363@var{new} to it.
5364@c The following sentence is not true: one must cd into
5365@c the directory to run "cvs add".
5366@c  (Both @var{old} and @var{new} could
5367@c contain relative paths, for example @file{foo/bar.c}).
5368
5369@example
5370$ mv @var{old} @var{new}
5371$ cvs remove @var{old}
5372$ cvs add @var{new}
5373$ cvs commit -m "Renamed @var{old} to @var{new}" @var{old} @var{new}
5374@end example
5375
5376This is the simplest way to move a file, it is not
5377error-prone, and it preserves the history of what was
5378done.  Note that to access the history of the file you
5379must specify the old or the new name, depending on what
5380portion of the history you are accessing.  For example,
5381@code{cvs log @var{old}} will give the log up until the
5382time of the rename.
5383
5384When @var{new} is committed its revision numbers will
5385start again, usually at 1.1, so if that bothers you,
5386use the @samp{-r @var{tag}} option to commit.  For more
5387information see @ref{Assigning revisions}.
5388
5389@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
5390@node Inside
5391@subsection Moving the history file
5392
5393This method is more dangerous, since it involves moving
5394files inside the repository.  Read this entire section
5395before trying it out!
5396
5397@example
5398$ cd $CVSROOT/@var{dir}
5399$ mv @var{old},v @var{new},v
5400@end example
5401
5402@noindent
5403Advantages:
5404
5405@itemize @bullet
5406@item
5407The log of changes is maintained intact.
5408
5409@item
5410The revision numbers are not affected.
5411@end itemize
5412
5413@noindent
5414Disadvantages:
5415
5416@itemize @bullet
5417@item
5418Old releases cannot easily be fetched from the
5419repository.  (The file will show up as @var{new} even
5420in revisions from the time before it was renamed).
5421
5422@item
5423There is no log information of when the file was renamed.
5424
5425@item
5426Nasty things might happen if someone accesses the history file
5427while you are moving it.  Make sure no one else runs any of the @sc{cvs}
5428commands while you move it.
5429@end itemize
5430
5431@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
5432@node Rename by copying
5433@subsection Copying the history file
5434
5435This way also involves direct modifications to the
5436repository.  It is safe, but not without drawbacks.
5437
5438@example
5439# @r{Copy the @sc{rcs} file inside the repository}
5440$ cd $CVSROOT/@var{dir}
5441$ cp @var{old},v @var{new},v
5442# @r{Remove the old file}
5443$ cd ~/@var{dir}
5444$ rm @var{old}
5445$ cvs remove @var{old}
5446$ cvs commit @var{old}
5447# @r{Remove all tags from @var{new}}
5448$ cvs update @var{new}
5449$ cvs log @var{new}             # @r{Remember the non-branch tag names}
5450$ cvs tag -d @var{tag1} @var{new}
5451$ cvs tag -d @var{tag2} @var{new}
5452@dots{}
5453@end example
5454
5455By removing the tags you will be able to check out old
5456revisions.
5457
5458@noindent
5459Advantages:
5460
5461@itemize @bullet
5462@item
5463@c FIXME: Is this true about -D now that we have death
5464@c support?  See 5B.3 in the FAQ.
5465Checking out old revisions works correctly, as long as
5466you use @samp{-r @var{tag}} and not @samp{-D @var{date}}
5467to retrieve the revisions.
5468
5469@item
5470The log of changes is maintained intact.
5471
5472@item
5473The revision numbers are not affected.
5474@end itemize
5475
5476@noindent
5477Disadvantages:
5478
5479@itemize @bullet
5480@item
5481You cannot easily see the history of the file across the rename.
5482
5483@ignore
5484@c Is this true?  I don't see how the revision numbers
5485@c _could_ start over, when new,v is just old,v with
5486@c the tags deleted.
5487@c If there is some need to reinstate this text,
5488@c it is "usually 1.1", not "1.0" and it needs an
5489@c xref to Assigning revisions
5490@item
5491Unless you use the @samp{-r @var{tag}} (@pxref{commit
5492options}) flag when @var{new} is committed its revision
5493numbers will start at 1.0 again.
5494@end ignore
5495@end itemize
5496
5497@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
5498@node Moving directories
5499@section Moving and renaming directories
5500@cindex Moving directories
5501@cindex Renaming directories
5502@cindex Directories, moving
5503
5504The normal way to rename or move a directory is to
5505rename or move each file within it as described in
5506@ref{Outside}.  Then check out with the @samp{-P}
5507option, as described in @ref{Removing directories}.
5508
5509If you really want to hack the repository to rename or
5510delete a directory in the repository, you can do it
5511like this:
5512
5513@enumerate
5514@item
5515Inform everyone who has a checked out copy of the directory that the
5516directory will be renamed.  They should commit all their changes in all their
5517copies of the project containing the directory to be removed, and remove
5518all their working copies of said project, before you take the steps below.
5519
5520@item
5521Rename the directory inside the repository.
5522
5523@example
5524$ cd $CVSROOT/@var{parent-dir}
5525$ mv @var{old-dir} @var{new-dir}
5526@end example
5527
5528@item
5529Fix the @sc{cvs} administrative files, if necessary (for
5530instance if you renamed an entire module).
5531
5532@item
5533Tell everyone that they can check out again and continue
5534working.
5535
5536@end enumerate
5537
5538If someone had a working copy the @sc{cvs} commands will
5539cease to work for him, until he removes the directory
5540that disappeared inside the repository.
5541
5542It is almost always better to move the files in the
5543directory instead of moving the directory.  If you move the
5544directory you are unlikely to be able to retrieve old
5545releases correctly, since they probably depend on the
5546name of the directories.
5547
5548@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
5549@node History browsing
5550@chapter History browsing
5551@cindex History browsing
5552@cindex Traceability
5553@cindex Isolation
5554
5555@ignore
5556@c This is too long for an introduction (goal is
5557@c one 20x80 character screen), and also mixes up a
5558@c variety of issues (parallel development, history,
5559@c maybe even touches on process control).
5560
5561@c -- @quote{To lose ones history is to lose ones soul.}
5562@c -- ///
5563@c -- ///Those who cannot remember the past are condemned to repeat it.
5564@c -- ///               -- George Santayana
5565@c -- ///
5566
5567@sc{cvs} tries to make it easy for a group of people to work
5568together.  This is done in two ways:
5569
5570@itemize @bullet
5571@item
5572Isolation---You have your own working copy of the
5573source.  You are not affected by modifications made by
5574others until you decide to incorporate those changes
5575(via the @code{update} command---@pxref{update}).
5576
5577@item
5578Traceability---When something has changed, you can
5579always see @emph{exactly} what changed.
5580@end itemize
5581
5582There are several features of @sc{cvs} that together lead
5583to traceability:
5584
5585@itemize @bullet
5586@item
5587Each revision of a file has an accompanying log
5588message.
5589
5590@item
5591All commits are optionally logged to a central history
5592database.
5593
5594@item
5595Logging information can be sent to a user-defined
5596program (@pxref{loginfo}).
5597@end itemize
5598
5599@c -- More text here.
5600
5601This chapter should talk about the history file, the
5602@code{log} command, the usefulness of ChangeLogs
5603even when you run @sc{cvs}, and things like that.
5604
5605@end ignore
5606
5607@c kind of lame, in a lot of ways the above text inside
5608@c the @ignore motivates this chapter better
5609Once you have used @sc{cvs} to store a version control
5610history---what files have changed when, how, and by
5611whom, there are a variety of mechanisms for looking
5612through the history.
5613
5614@c FIXME: should also be talking about how you look at
5615@c old revisions (e.g. "cvs update -p -r 1.2 foo.c").
5616@menu
5617* log messages::                Log messages
5618* history database::            The history database
5619* user-defined logging::        User-defined logging
5620@end menu
5621
5622@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
5623@node log messages
5624@section Log messages
5625
5626@c FIXME: @xref to place where we talk about how to
5627@c specify message to commit.
5628Whenever you commit a file you specify a log message.
5629
5630@c FIXME: bring the information here, and get rid of or
5631@c greatly shrink the "log" node.
5632To look through the log messages which have been
5633specified for every revision which has been committed,
5634use the @code{cvs log} command (@pxref{log}).
5635
5636@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
5637@node history database
5638@section The history database
5639
5640@c FIXME: bring the information from the history file
5641@c and history nodes here.  Rewrite it to be motivated
5642@c better (start out by clearly explaining what gets
5643@c logged in history, for example).
5644You can use the history file (@pxref{history file}) to
5645log various @sc{cvs} actions.  To retrieve the
5646information from the history file, use the @code{cvs
5647history} command (@pxref{history}).
5648
5649Note: you can control what is logged to this file by using the
5650@samp{LogHistory} keyword in the @file{CVSROOT/config} file
5651(@pxref{config}).
5652
5653@c
5654@c The history database has many problems:
5655@c * It is very unclear what field means what.  This
5656@c could be improved greatly by better documentation,
5657@c but there are still non-orthogonalities (for
5658@c example, tag does not record the "repository"
5659@c field but most records do).
5660@c * Confusion about files, directories, and modules.
5661@c Some commands record one, some record others.
5662@c * File removal is not logged.  There is an 'R'
5663@c record type documented, but CVS never uses it.
5664@c * Tags are only logged for the "cvs rtag" command,
5665@c not "cvs tag".  The fix for this is not completely
5666@c clear (see above about modules vs. files).
5667@c * Are there other cases of operations that are not
5668@c logged?  One would hope for all changes to the
5669@c repository to be logged somehow (particularly
5670@c operations like tagging, "cvs admin -k", and other
5671@c operations which do not record a history that one
5672@c can get with "cvs log").  Operations on the working
5673@c directory, like export, get, and release, are a
5674@c second category also covered by the current "cvs
5675@c history".
5676@c * The history file does not record the options given
5677@c to a command.  The most serious manifestation of
5678@c this is perhaps that it doesn't record whether a command
5679@c was recursive.  It is not clear to me whether one
5680@c wants to log at a level very close to the command
5681@c line, as a sort of way of logging each command
5682@c (more or less), or whether one wants
5683@c to log more at the level of what was changed (or
5684@c something in between), but either way the current
5685@c information has pretty big gaps.
5686@c * Further details about a tag--like whether it is a
5687@c branch tag or, if a non-branch tag, which branch it
5688@c is on.  One can find out this information about the
5689@c tag as it exists _now_, but if the tag has been
5690@c moved, one doesn't know what it was like at the time
5691@c the history record was written.
5692@c * Whether operating on a particular tag, date, or
5693@c options was implicit (sticky) or explicit.
5694@c
5695@c Another item, only somewhat related to the above, is a
5696@c way to control what is logged in the history file.
5697@c This is probably the only good way to handle
5698@c different people having different ideas about
5699@c information/space tradeoffs.
5700@c
5701@c It isn't really clear that it makes sense to try to
5702@c patch up the history file format as it exists now to
5703@c include all that stuff.  It might be better to
5704@c design a whole new CVSROOT/nhistory file and "cvs
5705@c nhistory" command, or some such, or in some other
5706@c way trying to come up with a clean break from the
5707@c past, which can address the above concerns.  Another
5708@c open question is how/whether this relates to
5709@c taginfo/loginfo/etc.
5710
5711@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
5712@node user-defined logging
5713@section User-defined logging
5714
5715@c FIXME: probably should centralize this information
5716@c here, at least to some extent.  Maybe by moving the
5717@c loginfo, etc., nodes here and replacing
5718@c the "user-defined logging" node with one node for
5719@c each method.
5720You can customize @sc{cvs} to log various kinds of
5721actions, in whatever manner you choose.  These
5722mechanisms operate by executing a script at various
5723times.  The script might append a message to a file
5724listing the information and the programmer who created
5725it, or send mail to a group of developers, or, perhaps,
5726post a message to a particular newsgroup.  To log
5727commits, use the @file{loginfo} file (@pxref{loginfo}), and
5728to log tagging operations, use the @file{taginfo} file
5729(@pxref{taginfo}).
5730
5731@c FIXME: What is difference between doing it in the
5732@c modules file and using loginfo/taginfo?  Why should
5733@c user use one or the other?
5734To log commits, checkouts, exports, and tags,
5735respectively, you can also use the @samp{-i},
5736@samp{-o}, @samp{-e}, and @samp{-t} options in the
5737modules file.  For a more flexible way of giving
5738notifications to various users, which requires less in
5739the way of keeping centralized scripts up to date, use
5740the @code{cvs watch add} command (@pxref{Getting
5741Notified}); this command is useful even if you are not
5742using @code{cvs watch on}.
5743
5744@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
5745@node Binary files
5746@chapter Handling binary files
5747@cindex Binary files
5748
5749The most common use for @sc{cvs} is to store text
5750files.  With text files, @sc{cvs} can merge revisions,
5751display the differences between revisions in a
5752human-visible fashion, and other such operations.
5753However, if you are willing to give up a few of these
5754abilities, @sc{cvs} can store binary files.  For
5755example, one might store a web site in @sc{cvs}
5756including both text files and binary images.
5757
5758@menu
5759* Binary why::     More details on issues with binary files
5760* Binary howto::   How to store them
5761@end menu
5762
5763@node Binary why
5764@section The issues with binary files
5765
5766While the need to manage binary files may seem obvious
5767if the files that you customarily work with are binary,
5768putting them into version control does present some
5769additional issues.
5770
5771One basic function of version control is to show the
5772differences between two revisions.  For example, if
5773someone else checked in a new version of a file, you
5774may wish to look at what they changed and determine
5775whether their changes are good.  For text files,
5776@sc{cvs} provides this functionality via the @code{cvs
5777diff} command.  For binary files, it may be possible to
5778extract the two revisions and then compare them with a
5779tool external to @sc{cvs} (for example, word processing
5780software often has such a feature).  If there is no
5781such tool, one must track changes via other mechanisms,
5782such as urging people to write good log messages, and
5783hoping that the changes they actually made were the
5784changes that they intended to make.
5785
5786Another ability of a version control system is the
5787ability to merge two revisions.  For @sc{cvs} this
5788happens in two contexts.  The first is when users make
5789changes in separate working directories
5790(@pxref{Multiple developers}).  The second is when one
5791merges explicitly with the @samp{update -j} command
5792(@pxref{Branching and merging}).
5793
5794In the case of text
5795files, @sc{cvs} can merge changes made independently,
5796and signal a conflict if the changes conflict.  With
5797binary files, the best that @sc{cvs} can do is present
5798the two different copies of the file, and leave it to
5799the user to resolve the conflict.  The user may choose
5800one copy or the other, or may run an external merge
5801tool which knows about that particular file format, if
5802one exists.
5803Note that having the user merge relies primarily on the
5804user to not accidentally omit some changes, and thus is
5805potentially error prone.
5806
5807If this process is thought to be undesirable, the best
5808choice may be to avoid merging.  To avoid the merges
5809that result from separate working directories, see the
5810discussion of reserved checkouts (file locking) in
5811@ref{Multiple developers}.  To avoid the merges
5812resulting from branches, restrict use of branches.
5813
5814@node Binary howto
5815@section How to store binary files
5816
5817There are two issues with using @sc{cvs} to store
5818binary files.  The first is that @sc{cvs} by default
5819converts line endings between the canonical form in
5820which they are stored in the repository (linefeed
5821only), and the form appropriate to the operating system
5822in use on the client (for example, carriage return
5823followed by line feed for Windows NT).
5824
5825The second is that a binary file might happen to
5826contain data which looks like a keyword (@pxref{Keyword
5827substitution}), so keyword expansion must be turned
5828off.
5829
5830@c FIXME: the third is that one can't do merges with
5831@c binary files.  xref to Multiple Developers and the
5832@c reserved checkout issues.
5833
5834The @samp{-kb} option available with some @sc{cvs}
5835commands insures that neither line ending conversion
5836nor keyword expansion will be done.
5837
5838Here is an example of how you can create a new file
5839using the @samp{-kb} flag:
5840
5841@example
5842$ echo '$@splitrcskeyword{Id}$' > kotest
5843$ cvs add -kb -m"A test file" kotest
5844$ cvs ci -m"First checkin; contains a keyword" kotest
5845@end example
5846
5847If a file accidentally gets added without @samp{-kb},
5848one can use the @code{cvs admin} command to recover.
5849For example:
5850
5851@example
5852$ echo '$@splitrcskeyword{Id}$' > kotest
5853$ cvs add -m"A test file" kotest
5854$ cvs ci -m"First checkin; contains a keyword" kotest
5855$ cvs admin -kb kotest
5856$ cvs update -A kotest
5857# @r{For non-unix systems:}
5858# @r{Copy in a good copy of the file from outside CVS}
5859$ cvs commit -m "make it binary" kotest
5860@end example
5861
5862@c Trying to describe this for both unix and non-unix
5863@c in the same description is very confusing.  Might
5864@c want to split the two, or just ditch the unix "shortcut"
5865@c (unixheads don't do much with binary files, anyway).
5866@c This used to say "(Try the above example, and do a
5867@c @code{cat kotest} after every command)".  But that
5868@c only really makes sense for the unix case.
5869When you check in the file @file{kotest} the file is
5870not preserved as a binary file, because you did not
5871check it in as a binary file.  The @code{cvs
5872admin -kb} command sets the default keyword
5873substitution method for this file, but it does not
5874alter the working copy of the file that you have.  If you need to
5875cope with line endings (that is, you are using
5876@sc{cvs} on a non-unix system), then you need to
5877check in a new copy of the file, as shown by the
5878@code{cvs commit} command above.
5879On unix, the @code{cvs update -A} command suffices.
5880@c FIXME: should also describe what the *other users*
5881@c need to do, if they have checked out copies which
5882@c have been corrupted by lack of -kb.  I think maybe
5883@c "cvs update -kb" or "cvs
5884@c update -A" would suffice, although the user who
5885@c reported this suggested removing the file, manually
5886@c removing it from CVS/Entries, and then "cvs update"
5887(Note that you can use @code{cvs log} to determine the default keyword
5888substitution method for a file and @code{cvs status} to determine
5889the keyword substitution method for a working copy.)
5890
5891However, in using @code{cvs admin -k} to change the
5892keyword expansion, be aware that the keyword expansion
5893mode is not version controlled.  This means that, for
5894example, that if you have a text file in old releases,
5895and a binary file with the same name in new releases,
5896@sc{cvs} provides no way to check out the file in text
5897or binary mode depending on what version you are
5898checking out.  There is no good workaround for this
5899problem.
5900
5901You can also set a default for whether @code{cvs add}
5902and @code{cvs import} treat a file as binary based on
5903its name; for example you could say that files who
5904names end in @samp{.exe} are binary.  @xref{Wrappers}.
5905There is currently no way to have @sc{cvs} detect
5906whether a file is binary based on its contents.  The
5907main difficulty with designing such a feature is that
5908it is not clear how to distinguish between binary and
5909non-binary files, and the rules to apply would vary
5910considerably with the operating system.
5911@c For example, it would be good on MS-DOS-family OSes
5912@c for anything containing ^Z to be binary.  Having
5913@c characters with the 8th bit set imply binary is almost
5914@c surely a bad idea in the context of ISO-8859-* and
5915@c other such character sets.  On VMS or the Mac, we
5916@c could use the OS's file typing.  This is a
5917@c commonly-desired feature, and something of this sort
5918@c may make sense.  But there are a lot of pitfalls here.
5919@c
5920@c Another, probably better, way to tell is to read the
5921@c file in text mode, write it to a temp file in text
5922@c mode, and then do a binary mode compare of the two
5923@c files.  If they differ, it is a binary file.  This
5924@c might have problems on VMS (or some other system
5925@c with several different text modes), but in general
5926@c should be relatively portable.  The only other
5927@c downside I can think of is that it would be fairly
5928@c slow, but that is perhaps a small price to pay for
5929@c not having your files corrupted.  Another issue is
5930@c what happens if you import a text file with bare
5931@c linefeeds on Windows.  Such files will show up on
5932@c Windows sometimes (I think some native windows
5933@c programs even write them, on occasion).  Perhaps it
5934@c is reasonable to treat such files as binary; after
5935@c all it is something of a presumption to assume that
5936@c the user would want the linefeeds converted to CRLF.
5937
5938@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
5939@node Multiple developers
5940@chapter Multiple developers
5941@cindex Multiple developers
5942@cindex Team of developers
5943@cindex File locking
5944@cindex Locking files
5945@cindex Working copy
5946@cindex Reserved checkouts
5947@cindex Unreserved checkouts
5948@cindex RCS-style locking
5949
5950When more than one person works on a software project
5951things often get complicated.  Often, two people try to
5952edit the same file simultaneously.  One solution, known
5953as @dfn{file locking} or @dfn{reserved checkouts}, is
5954to allow only one person to edit each file at a time.
5955This is the only solution with some version control
5956systems, including @sc{rcs} and @sc{sccs}.  Currently
5957the usual way to get reserved checkouts with @sc{cvs}
5958is the @code{cvs admin -l} command (@pxref{admin
5959options}).  This is not as nicely integrated into
5960@sc{cvs} as the watch features, described below, but it
5961seems that most people with a need for reserved
5962checkouts find it adequate.
5963@c Or "find it better than worrying about implementing
5964@c nicely integrated reserved checkouts" or ...?
5965
5966As of @sc{cvs} version 1.12.10, another technique for getting most of the
5967effect of reserved checkouts is to enable advisory locks.  To enable advisory
5968locks, have all developers put "edit -c", "commit -c" in their
5969.cvsrc file, and turn on watches in the repository.  This
5970prevents them from doing a @code{cvs edit} if anyone is
5971already editting the file.  It also may
5972be possible to use plain watches together with suitable
5973procedures (not enforced by software), to avoid having
5974two people edit at the same time.
5975
5976@c Our unreserved checkout model might not
5977@c be quite the same as others.  For example, I
5978@c think that some systems will tend to create a branch
5979@c in the case where CVS prints "up-to-date check failed".
5980@c It isn't clear to me whether we should try to
5981@c explore these subtleties; it could easily just
5982@c confuse people.
5983The default model with @sc{cvs} is known as
5984@dfn{unreserved checkouts}.  In this model, developers
5985can edit their own @dfn{working copy} of a file
5986simultaneously.  The first person that commits his
5987changes has no automatic way of knowing that another
5988has started to edit it.  Others will get an error
5989message when they try to commit the file.  They must
5990then use @sc{cvs} commands to bring their working copy
5991up to date with the repository revision.  This process
5992is almost automatic.
5993
5994@c FIXME? should probably use the word "watch" here, to
5995@c tie this into the text below and above.
5996@sc{cvs} also supports mechanisms which facilitate
5997various kinds of communication, without actually
5998enforcing rules like reserved checkouts do.
5999
6000The rest of this chapter describes how these various
6001models work, and some of the issues involved in
6002choosing between them.
6003
6004@ignore
6005Here is a draft reserved checkout design or discussion
6006of the issues.  This seems like as good a place as any
6007for this.
6008
6009Might want a cvs lock/cvs unlock--in which the names
6010differ from edit/unedit because the network must be up
6011for these to work.  unedit gives an error if there is a
6012reserved checkout in place (so that people don't
6013accidentally leave locks around); unlock gives an error
6014if one is not in place (this is more arguable; perhaps
6015it should act like unedit in that case).
6016
6017On the other hand, might want it so that emacs,
6018scripts, etc., can get ready to edit a file without
6019having to know which model is in use.  In that case we
6020would have a "cvs watch lock" (or .cvsrc?) (that is,
6021three settings, "on", "off", and "lock").  Having cvs
6022watch lock set would cause a get to record in the CVS
6023directory which model is in use, and cause "cvs edit"
6024to change behaviors.  We'd want a way to query which
6025setting is in effect (this would be handy even if it is
6026only "on" or "off" as presently).  If lock is in
6027effect, then commit would require a lock before
6028allowing a checkin; chmod wouldn't suffice (might be
6029debatable--see chmod comment below, in watches--but it
6030is the way people expect RCS to work and I can't think
6031of any significant downside.  On the other hand, maybe
6032it isn't worth bothering, because people who are used
6033to RCS wouldn't think to use chmod anyway).
6034
6035Implementation: use file attributes or use RCS
6036locking.  The former avoids more dependence on RCS
6037behaviors we will need to re-implement as we librarify
6038RCS, and makes it easier to import/export RCS files (in
6039that context, want to ignore the locker field).  But
6040note that RCS locks are per-branch, which is the
6041correct behavior (this is also an issue for the "watch
6042on" features; they should be per-branch too).
6043
6044Here are a few more random notes about implementation
6045details, assuming "cvs watch lock" and
6046
6047CVS/Watched file?  Or try to fit this into CVS/Entries somehow?
6048Cases: (1) file is checked out (unreserved or with watch on) by old
6049version of @sc{cvs}, now we do something with new one, (2) file is checked
6050out by new version, now we do something with old one.
6051
6052Remote protocol would have a "Watched" analogous to "Mode".  Of course
6053it would apply to all Updated-like requests.  How do we keep this
6054setting up to date?  I guess that there wants to be a Watched request,
6055and the server would send a new one if it isn't up to date? (Ugh--hard
6056to implement and slows down "cvs -q update"--is there an easier way?)
6057
6058"cvs edit"--checks CVS/Watched, and if watch lock, then sends
6059"edit-lock" request.  Which comes back with a Checked-in with
6060appropriate Watched (off, on, lock, locked, or some such?), or error
6061message if already locked.
6062
6063"cvs commit"--only will commit if off/on/locked.  lock is not OK.
6064
6065Doc:
6066note that "cvs edit" must be connected to network if watch lock is in
6067effect.
6068
6069Talk about what to do if someone has locked a file and you want to
6070edit that file.  (breaking locks, or lack thereof).
6071
6072
6073One other idea (which could work along with the
6074existing "cvs admin -l" reserved checkouts, as well as
6075the above):
6076
6077"cvs editors" could show who has the file locked, if
6078someone does.
6079
6080@end ignore
6081
6082@menu
6083* File status::                 A file can be in several states
6084* Updating a file::             Bringing a file up-to-date
6085* Conflicts example::           An informative example
6086* Informing others::            To cooperate you must inform
6087* Concurrency::                 Simultaneous repository access
6088* Watches::                     Mechanisms to track who is editing files
6089* Choosing a model::            Reserved or unreserved checkouts?
6090@end menu
6091
6092@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
6093@node File status
6094@section File status
6095@cindex File status
6096@cindex Status of a file
6097
6098@c Shouldn't this start with an example or something,
6099@c introducing the unreserved checkout model?  Before we
6100@c dive into listing states?
6101Based on what operations you have performed on a
6102checked out file, and what operations others have
6103performed to that file in the repository, one can
6104classify a file in a number of states.  The states, as
6105reported by the @code{status} command, are:
6106
6107@c The order of items is chosen to group logically
6108@c similar outputs together.
6109@c People who want alphabetical can use the index...
6110@table @asis
6111@cindex Up-to-date
6112@item Up-to-date
6113The file is identical with the latest revision in the
6114repository for the branch in use.
6115@c FIXME: should we clarify "in use"?  The answer is
6116@c sticky tags, and trying to distinguish branch sticky
6117@c tags from non-branch sticky tags seems rather awkward
6118@c here.
6119@c FIXME: What happens with non-branch sticky tags?  Is
6120@c a stuck file "Up-to-date" or "Needs checkout" or what?
6121
6122@item Locally Modified
6123@cindex Locally Modified
6124You have edited the file, and not yet committed your changes.
6125
6126@item Locally Added
6127@cindex Locally Added
6128You have added the file with @code{add}, and not yet
6129committed your changes.
6130@c There are many cases involving the file being
6131@c added/removed/modified in the working directory, and
6132@c added/removed/modified in the repository, which we
6133@c don't try to describe here.  I'm not sure that "cvs
6134@c status" produces a non-confusing output in most of
6135@c those cases.
6136
6137@item Locally Removed
6138@cindex Locally Removed
6139You have removed the file with @code{remove}, and not yet
6140committed your changes.
6141
6142@item Needs Checkout
6143@cindex Needs Checkout
6144Someone else has committed a newer revision to the
6145repository.  The name is slightly misleading; you will
6146ordinarily use @code{update} rather than
6147@code{checkout} to get that newer revision.
6148
6149@item Needs Patch
6150@cindex Needs Patch
6151@c See also newb-123j0 in sanity.sh (although that case
6152@c should probably be changed rather than documented).
6153Like Needs Checkout, but the @sc{cvs} server will send
6154a patch rather than the entire file.  Sending a patch or
6155sending an entire file accomplishes the same thing.
6156
6157@item Needs Merge
6158@cindex Needs Merge
6159Someone else has committed a newer revision to the repository, and you
6160have also made modifications to the file.
6161
6162@item Unresolved Conflict
6163@cindex Unresolved Conflict
6164@c FIXCVS - This file status needs to be changed to some more informative
6165@c text that distinguishes it more clearly from each of the Locally Added,
6166@c File had conflicts on merge, and Unknown status types, but an exact and
6167@c succinct wording escapes me at the moment.
6168A file with the same name as this new file has been added to the repository
6169from a second workspace.  This file will need to be moved out of the way
6170to allow an @code{update} to complete.
6171
6172@item File had conflicts on merge
6173@cindex File had conflicts on merge
6174@c is it worth saying that this message was "Unresolved
6175@c Conflict" in CVS 1.9 and earlier?  I'm inclined to
6176@c think that is unnecessarily confusing to new users.
6177This is like Locally Modified, except that a previous
6178@code{update} command gave a conflict.  If you have not
6179already done so, you need to
6180resolve the conflict as described in @ref{Conflicts example}.
6181
6182@item Unknown
6183@cindex Unknown
6184@sc{cvs} doesn't know anything about this file.  For
6185example, you have created a new file and have not run
6186@code{add}.
6187@c
6188@c "Entry Invalid" and "Classify Error" are also in the
6189@c status.c.  The latter definitely indicates a CVS bug
6190@c (should it be worded more like "internal error" so
6191@c people submit bug reports if they see it?).  The former
6192@c I'm not as sure; I haven't tracked down whether/when it
6193@c appears in "cvs status" output.
6194
6195@end table
6196
6197To help clarify the file status, @code{status} also
6198reports the @code{Working revision} which is the
6199revision that the file in the working directory derives
6200from, and the @code{Repository revision} which is the
6201latest revision in the repository for the branch in
6202use.
6203The @samp{Commit Identifier} reflects the unique commitid
6204of the @code{commit}.
6205@c FIXME: should we clarify "in use"?  The answer is
6206@c sticky tags, and trying to distinguish branch sticky
6207@c tags from non-branch sticky tags seems rather awkward
6208@c here.
6209@c FIXME: What happens with non-branch sticky tags?
6210@c What is the Repository Revision there?  See the
6211@c comment at vn_rcs in cvs.h, which is kind of
6212@c confused--we really need to document better what this
6213@c field contains.
6214@c Q: Should we document "New file!" and other such
6215@c outputs or are they self-explanatory?
6216@c FIXME: what about the date to the right of "Working
6217@c revision"?  It doesn't appear with client/server and
6218@c seems unnecessary (redundant with "ls -l") so
6219@c perhaps it should be removed for non-client/server too?
6220@c FIXME: Need some examples.
6221@c FIXME: Working revision can also be something like
6222@c "-1.3" for a locally removed file.  Not at all
6223@c self-explanatory (and it is possible that CVS should
6224@c be changed rather than documenting this).
6225
6226@c Would be nice to have an @example showing output
6227@c from cvs status, with comments showing the xref
6228@c where each part of the output is described.  This
6229@c might fit in nicely if it is desirable to split this
6230@c node in two; one to introduce "cvs status" and one
6231@c to list each of the states.
6232The options to @code{status} are listed in
6233@ref{Invoking CVS}.  For information on its @code{Sticky tag}
6234and @code{Sticky date} output, see @ref{Sticky tags}.
6235For information on its @code{Sticky options} output,
6236see the @samp{-k} option in @ref{update options}.
6237
6238You can think of the @code{status} and @code{update}
6239commands as somewhat complementary.  You use
6240@code{update} to bring your files up to date, and you
6241can use @code{status} to give you some idea of what an
6242@code{update} would do (of course, the state of the
6243repository might change before you actually run
6244@code{update}).  In fact, if you want a command to
6245display file status in a more brief format than is
6246displayed by the @code{status} command, you can invoke
6247
6248@cindex update, to display file status
6249@example
6250$ cvs -n -q update
6251@end example
6252
6253The @samp{-n} option means to not actually do the
6254update, but merely to display statuses; the @samp{-q}
6255option avoids printing the name of each directory.  For
6256more information on the @code{update} command, and
6257these options, see @ref{Invoking CVS}.
6258
6259@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
6260@node Updating a file
6261@section Bringing a file up to date
6262@cindex Bringing a file up to date
6263@cindex Updating a file
6264@cindex Merging a file
6265@cindex Update, introduction
6266
6267When you want to update or merge a file, use the @code{cvs update -d}
6268command.  For files that are not up to date this is roughly equivalent
6269to a @code{checkout} command: the newest revision of the file is
6270extracted from the repository and put in your working directory.  The
6271@code{-d} option, not necessary with @code{checkout}, tells @sc{cvs}
6272that you wish it to create directories added by other developers.
6273
6274Your modifications to a file are never lost when you
6275use @code{update}.  If no newer revision exists,
6276running @code{update} has no effect.  If you have
6277edited the file, and a newer revision is available,
6278@sc{cvs} will merge all changes into your working copy.
6279
6280For instance, imagine that you checked out revision 1.4 and started
6281editing it.  In the meantime someone else committed revision 1.5, and
6282shortly after that revision 1.6.  If you run @code{update} on the file
6283now, @sc{cvs} will incorporate all changes between revision 1.4 and 1.6 into
6284your file.
6285
6286@cindex Overlap
6287If any of the changes between 1.4 and 1.6 were made too
6288close to any of the changes you have made, an
6289@dfn{overlap} occurs.  In such cases a warning is
6290printed, and the resulting file includes both
6291versions of the lines that overlap, delimited by
6292special markers.
6293@xref{update}, for a complete description of the
6294@code{update} command.
6295
6296@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
6297@node Conflicts example
6298@section Conflicts example
6299@cindex Merge, an example
6300@cindex Example of merge
6301@cindex driver.c (merge example)
6302
6303Suppose revision 1.4 of @file{driver.c} contains this:
6304
6305@example
6306#include <stdio.h>
6307
6308void main()
6309@{
6310    parse();
6311    if (nerr == 0)
6312        gencode();
6313    else
6314        fprintf(stderr, "No code generated.\n");
6315    exit(nerr == 0 ? 0 : 1);
6316@}
6317@end example
6318
6319@noindent
6320Revision 1.6 of @file{driver.c} contains this:
6321
6322@example
6323#include <stdio.h>
6324
6325int main(int argc,
6326         char **argv)
6327@{
6328    parse();
6329    if (argc != 1)
6330    @{
6331        fprintf(stderr, "tc: No args expected.\n");
6332        exit(1);
6333    @}
6334    if (nerr == 0)
6335        gencode();
6336    else
6337        fprintf(stderr, "No code generated.\n");
6338    exit(!!nerr);
6339@}
6340@end example
6341
6342@noindent
6343Your working copy of @file{driver.c}, based on revision
63441.4, contains this before you run @samp{cvs update}:
6345@c -- Really include "cvs"?
6346
6347@example
6348#include <stdlib.h>
6349#include <stdio.h>
6350
6351void main()
6352@{
6353    init_scanner();
6354    parse();
6355    if (nerr == 0)
6356        gencode();
6357    else
6358        fprintf(stderr, "No code generated.\n");
6359    exit(nerr == 0 ? EXIT_SUCCESS : EXIT_FAILURE);
6360@}
6361@end example
6362
6363@noindent
6364You run @samp{cvs update}:
6365@c -- Really include "cvs"?
6366
6367@example
6368$ cvs update driver.c
6369RCS file: /usr/local/cvsroot/yoyodyne/tc/driver.c,v
6370retrieving revision 1.4
6371retrieving revision 1.6
6372Merging differences between 1.4 and 1.6 into driver.c
6373rcsmerge warning: overlaps during merge
6374cvs update: conflicts found in driver.c
6375C driver.c
6376@end example
6377
6378@noindent
6379@cindex Conflicts (merge example)
6380@sc{cvs} tells you that there were some conflicts.
6381Your original working file is saved unmodified in
6382@file{.#driver.c.1.4}.  The new version of
6383@file{driver.c} contains this:
6384
6385@example
6386#include <stdlib.h>
6387#include <stdio.h>
6388
6389int main(int argc,
6390         char **argv)
6391@{
6392    init_scanner();
6393    parse();
6394    if (argc != 1)
6395    @{
6396        fprintf(stderr, "tc: No args expected.\n");
6397        exit(1);
6398    @}
6399    if (nerr == 0)
6400        gencode();
6401    else
6402        fprintf(stderr, "No code generated.\n");
6403@asis{}<<<<<<< driver.c
6404    exit(nerr == 0 ? EXIT_SUCCESS : EXIT_FAILURE);
6405@asis{}=======
6406    exit(!!nerr);
6407@asis{}>>>>>>> 1.6
6408@}
6409@end example
6410
6411@noindent
6412@cindex Markers, conflict
6413@cindex Conflict markers
6414@cindex <<<<<<<
6415@cindex >>>>>>>
6416@cindex =======
6417
6418Note how all non-overlapping modifications are incorporated in your working
6419copy, and that the overlapping section is clearly marked with
6420@samp{<<<<<<<}, @samp{=======} and @samp{>>>>>>>}.
6421
6422@cindex Resolving a conflict
6423@cindex Conflict resolution
6424You resolve the conflict by editing the file, removing the markers and
6425the erroneous line.  Suppose you end up with this file:
6426@c -- Add xref to the pcl-cvs manual when it talks
6427@c -- about this.
6428@example
6429#include <stdlib.h>
6430#include <stdio.h>
6431
6432int main(int argc,
6433         char **argv)
6434@{
6435    init_scanner();
6436    parse();
6437    if (argc != 1)
6438    @{
6439        fprintf(stderr, "tc: No args expected.\n");
6440        exit(1);
6441    @}
6442    if (nerr == 0)
6443        gencode();
6444    else
6445        fprintf(stderr, "No code generated.\n");
6446    exit(nerr == 0 ? EXIT_SUCCESS : EXIT_FAILURE);
6447@}
6448@end example
6449
6450@noindent
6451You can now go ahead and commit this as revision 1.7.
6452
6453@example
6454$ cvs commit -m "Initialize scanner. Use symbolic exit values." driver.c
6455Checking in driver.c;
6456/usr/local/cvsroot/yoyodyne/tc/driver.c,v  <--  driver.c
6457new revision: 1.7; previous revision: 1.6
6458done
6459@end example
6460
6461For your protection, @sc{cvs} will refuse to check in a
6462file if a conflict occurred and you have not resolved
6463the conflict.  Currently to resolve a conflict, you
6464must change the timestamp on the file.  In previous
6465versions of @sc{cvs}, you also needed to
6466insure that the file contains no conflict markers.
6467Because
6468your file may legitimately contain conflict markers (that
6469is, occurrences of @samp{>>>>>>> } at the start of a
6470line that don't mark a conflict), the current
6471version of @sc{cvs} will print a warning and proceed to
6472check in the file.
6473@c The old behavior was really icky; the only way out
6474@c was to start hacking on
6475@c the @code{CVS/Entries} file or other such workarounds.
6476@c
6477@c If the timestamp thing isn't considered nice enough,
6478@c maybe there should be a "cvs resolved" command
6479@c which clears the conflict indication.  For a nice user
6480@c interface, this should be invoked by an interactive
6481@c merge tool like emerge rather than by the user
6482@c directly--such a tool can verify that the user has
6483@c really dealt with each conflict.
6484
6485@cindex emerge
6486If you use release 1.04 or later of pcl-cvs (a @sc{gnu}
6487Emacs front-end for @sc{cvs}) you can use an Emacs
6488package called emerge to help you resolve conflicts.
6489See the documentation for pcl-cvs.
6490
6491@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
6492@node Informing others
6493@section Informing others about commits
6494@cindex Informing others
6495@cindex Spreading information
6496@cindex Mail, automatic mail on commit
6497
6498It is often useful to inform others when you commit a
6499new revision of a file.  The @samp{-i} option of the
6500@file{modules} file, or the @file{loginfo} file, can be
6501used to automate this process.  @xref{modules}.
6502@xref{loginfo}.  You can use these features of @sc{cvs}
6503to, for instance, instruct @sc{cvs} to mail a
6504message to all developers, or post a message to a local
6505newsgroup.
6506@c -- More text would be nice here.
6507
6508@node Concurrency
6509@section Several developers simultaneously attempting to run CVS
6510
6511@cindex Locks, cvs, introduction
6512@c For a discussion of *why* CVS creates locks, see
6513@c the comment at the start of src/lock.c
6514If several developers try to run @sc{cvs} at the same
6515time, one may get the following message:
6516
6517@example
6518[11:43:23] waiting for bach's lock in /usr/local/cvsroot/foo
6519@end example
6520
6521@cindex #cvs.rfl, removing
6522@cindex #cvs.wfl, removing
6523@cindex #cvs.lock, removing
6524@sc{cvs} will try again every 30 seconds, and either
6525continue with the operation or print the message again,
6526if it still needs to wait.  If a lock seems to stick
6527around for an undue amount of time, find the person
6528holding the lock and ask them about the cvs command
6529they are running.  If they aren't running a cvs
6530command, look in the repository directory mentioned in
6531the message and remove files which they own whose names
6532start with @file{#cvs.rfl},
6533@file{#cvs.wfl}, or @file{#cvs.lock}.
6534
6535Note that these locks are to protect @sc{cvs}'s
6536internal data structures and have no relationship to
6537the word @dfn{lock} in the sense used by
6538@sc{rcs}---which refers to reserved checkouts
6539(@pxref{Multiple developers}).
6540
6541Any number of people can be reading from a given
6542repository at a time; only when someone is writing do
6543the locks prevent other people from reading or writing.
6544
6545@cindex Atomic transactions, lack of
6546@cindex Transactions, atomic, lack of
6547@c the following talks about what one might call commit/update
6548@c atomicity.
6549@c Probably also should say something about
6550@c commit/commit atomicity, that is, "An update will
6551@c not get partial versions of more than one commit".
6552@c CVS currently has this property and I guess we can
6553@c make it a documented feature.
6554@c For example one person commits
6555@c a/one.c and b/four.c and another commits a/two.c and
6556@c b/three.c.  Then an update cannot get the new a/one.c
6557@c and a/two.c and the old b/four.c and b/three.c.
6558One might hope for the following property:
6559
6560@quotation
6561If someone commits some changes in one cvs command,
6562then an update by someone else will either get all the
6563changes, or none of them.
6564@end quotation
6565
6566@noindent
6567but @sc{cvs} does @emph{not} have this property.  For
6568example, given the files
6569
6570@example
6571a/one.c
6572a/two.c
6573b/three.c
6574b/four.c
6575@end example
6576
6577@noindent
6578if someone runs
6579
6580@example
6581cvs ci a/two.c b/three.c
6582@end example
6583
6584@noindent
6585and someone else runs @code{cvs update} at the same
6586time, the person running @code{update} might get only
6587the change to @file{b/three.c} and not the change to
6588@file{a/two.c}.
6589
6590@node Watches
6591@section Mechanisms to track who is editing files
6592@cindex Watches
6593
6594For many groups, use of @sc{cvs} in its default mode is
6595perfectly satisfactory.  Users may sometimes go to
6596check in a modification only to find that another
6597modification has intervened, but they deal with it and
6598proceed with their check in.  Other groups prefer to be
6599able to know who is editing what files, so that if two
6600people try to edit the same file they can choose to
6601talk about who is doing what when rather than be
6602surprised at check in time.  The features in this
6603section allow such coordination, while retaining the
6604ability of two developers to edit the same file at the
6605same time.
6606
6607@c Some people might ask why CVS does not enforce the
6608@c rule on chmod, by requiring a cvs edit before a cvs
6609@c commit.  The main reason is that it could always be
6610@c circumvented--one could edit the file, and
6611@c then when ready to check it in, do the cvs edit and put
6612@c in the new contents and do the cvs commit.  One
6613@c implementation note: if we _do_ want to have cvs commit
6614@c require a cvs edit, we should store the state on
6615@c whether the cvs edit has occurred in the working
6616@c directory, rather than having the server try to keep
6617@c track of what working directories exist.
6618@c FIXME: should the above discussion be part of the
6619@c manual proper, somewhere, not just in a comment?
6620For maximum benefit developers should use @code{cvs
6621edit} (not @code{chmod}) to make files read-write to
6622edit them, and @code{cvs release} (not @code{rm}) to
6623discard a working directory which is no longer in use,
6624but @sc{cvs} is not able to enforce this behavior.
6625
6626If a development team wants stronger enforcement of
6627watches and all team members are using a @sc{cvs} client version 1.12.10 or
6628greater to access a @sc{cvs} server version 1.12.10 or greater, they can
6629enable advisory locks.  To enable advisory locks, have all developers
6630put "edit -c" and "commit -c" into all .cvsrc files,
6631and make files default to read only by turning on watches
6632or putting "cvs -r" into all .cvsrc files.
6633This prevents multiple people from editting a file at
6634the same time (unless explicitly overriden with @samp{-f}).
6635
6636@c I'm a little dissatisfied with this presentation,
6637@c because "watch on"/"edit"/"editors" are one set of
6638@c functionality, and "watch add"/"watchers" is another
6639@c which is somewhat orthogonal even though they interact in
6640@c various ways.  But I think it might be
6641@c confusing to describe them separately (e.g. "watch
6642@c add" with loginfo).  I don't know.
6643
6644@menu
6645* Setting a watch::             Telling CVS to watch certain files
6646* Getting Notified::            Telling CVS to notify you
6647* Editing files::               How to edit a file which is being watched
6648* Watch information::           Information about who is watching and editing
6649* Watches Compatibility::       Watches interact poorly with CVS 1.6 or earlier
6650@end menu
6651
6652@node Setting a watch
6653@subsection Telling CVS to watch certain files
6654
6655To enable the watch features, you first specify that
6656certain files are to be watched.
6657
6658@cindex watch on (subcommand)
6659@deffn Command {cvs watch on} [@code{-lR}] [@var{files}]@dots{}
6660
6661@cindex Read-only files, and watches
6662Specify that developers should run @code{cvs edit}
6663before editing @var{files}.  @sc{cvs} will create working
6664copies of @var{files} read-only, to remind developers
6665to run the @code{cvs edit} command before working on
6666them.
6667
6668If @var{files} includes the name of a directory, @sc{cvs}
6669arranges to watch all files added to the corresponding
6670repository directory, and sets a default for files
6671added in the future; this allows the user to set
6672notification policies on a per-directory basis.  The
6673contents of the directory are processed recursively,
6674unless the @code{-l} option is given.
6675The @code{-R} option can be used to force recursion if the @code{-l}
6676option is set in @file{~/.cvsrc} (@pxref{~/.cvsrc}).
6677
6678If @var{files} is omitted, it defaults to the current directory.
6679
6680@cindex watch off (subcommand)
6681@end deffn
6682
6683@deffn Command {cvs watch off} [@code{-lR}] [@var{files}]@dots{}
6684
6685Do not create @var{files} read-only on checkout; thus,
6686developers will not be reminded to use @code{cvs edit}
6687and @code{cvs unedit}.
6688@ignore
6689@sc{cvs} will check out @var{files}
6690read-write as usual, unless other permissions override
6691due to the @code{PreservePermissions} option being
6692enabled in the @file{config} administrative file
6693(@pxref{Special Files}, @pxref{config})
6694@end ignore
6695
6696The @var{files} and options are processed as for @code{cvs
6697watch on}.
6698
6699@end deffn
6700
6701@node Getting Notified
6702@subsection Telling CVS to notify you
6703
6704You can tell @sc{cvs} that you want to receive
6705notifications about various actions taken on a file.
6706You can do this without using @code{cvs watch on} for
6707the file, but generally you will want to use @code{cvs
6708watch on}, to remind developers to use the @code{cvs edit}
6709command.
6710
6711@cindex watch add (subcommand)
6712@deffn Command {cvs watch add} [@code{-lR}] [@code{-a} @var{action}]@dots{} [@var{files}]@dots{}
6713
6714Add the current user to the list of people to receive notification of
6715work done on @var{files}.
6716
6717The @code{-a} option specifies what kinds of events @sc{cvs} should notify
6718the user about.  @var{action} is one of the following:
6719
6720@table @code
6721
6722@item edit
6723Another user has applied the @code{cvs edit} command (described
6724below) to a watched file.
6725
6726@item commit
6727Another user has committed changes to one of the named @var{files}.
6728
6729@item unedit
6730Another user has abandoned editing a file (other than by committing changes).
6731They can do this in several ways, by:
6732
6733@itemize @bullet
6734
6735@item
6736applying the @code{cvs unedit} command (described below) to the file
6737
6738@item
6739applying the @code{cvs release} command (@pxref{release}) to the file's parent directory
6740(or recursively to a directory more than one level up)
6741
6742@item
6743deleting the file and allowing @code{cvs update} to recreate it
6744
6745@end itemize
6746
6747@item all
6748All of the above.
6749
6750@item none
6751None of the above.  (This is useful with @code{cvs edit},
6752described below.)
6753
6754@end table
6755
6756The @code{-a} option may appear more than once, or not at all.  If
6757omitted, the action defaults to @code{all}.
6758
6759The @var{files} and options are processed as for
6760@code{cvs watch on}.
6761
6762@end deffn
6763
6764
6765@cindex watch remove (subcommand)
6766@deffn Command {cvs watch remove} [@code{-lR}] [@code{-a} @var{action}]@dots{} [@var{files}]@dots{}
6767
6768Remove a notification request established using @code{cvs watch add};
6769the arguments are the same.  If the @code{-a} option is present, only
6770watches for the specified actions are removed.
6771
6772@end deffn
6773
6774@cindex notify (admin file)
6775When the conditions exist for notification, @sc{cvs}
6776calls the @file{notify} administrative file.  Edit
6777@file{notify} as one edits the other administrative
6778files (@pxref{Intro administrative files}).  This
6779file follows the usual conventions for administrative
6780files (@pxref{syntax}), where each line is a regular
6781expression followed by a command to execute.  The
6782command should contain a single occurrence of @samp{%s}
6783which will be replaced by the user to notify; the rest
6784of the information regarding the notification will be
6785supplied to the command on standard input.  The
6786standard thing to put in the @code{notify} file is the
6787single line:
6788
6789@example
6790ALL mail %s -s "CVS notification"
6791@end example
6792
6793@noindent
6794This causes users to be notified by electronic mail.
6795@c FIXME: should it be this hard to set up this
6796@c behavior (and the result when one fails to do so,
6797@c silent failure to notify, so non-obvious)?  Should
6798@c CVS give a warning if no line in notify matches (and
6799@c document the use of "DEFAULT :" for the case where
6800@c skipping the notification is indeed desired)?
6801
6802@cindex users (admin file)
6803Note that if you set this up in the straightforward
6804way, users receive notifications on the server machine.
6805One could of course write a @file{notify} script which
6806directed notifications elsewhere, but to make this
6807easy, @sc{cvs} allows you to associate a notification
6808address for each user.  To do so create a file
6809@file{users} in @file{CVSROOT} with a line for each
6810user in the format @var{user}:@var{value}.  Then
6811instead of passing the name of the user to be notified
6812to @file{notify}, @sc{cvs} will pass the @var{value}
6813(normally an email address on some other machine).
6814
6815@sc{cvs} does not notify you for your own changes.
6816Currently this check is done based on whether the user
6817name of the person taking the action which triggers
6818notification matches the user name of the person
6819getting notification.  In fact, in general, the watches
6820features only track one edit by each user.  It probably
6821would be more useful if watches tracked each working
6822directory separately, so this behavior might be worth
6823changing.
6824@c "behavior might be worth changing" is an effort to
6825@c point to future directions while also not promising
6826@c that "they" (as in "why don't they fix CVS to....")
6827@c will do this.
6828@c one implementation issue is identifying whether a
6829@c working directory is same or different.  Comparing
6830@c pathnames/hostnames is hopeless, but having the server
6831@c supply a serial number which the client stores in the
6832@c CVS directory as a magic cookie should work.
6833
6834@node Editing files
6835@subsection How to edit a file which is being watched
6836
6837@cindex Checkout, as term for getting ready to edit
6838Since a file which is being watched is checked out
6839read-only, you cannot simply edit it.  To make it
6840read-write, and inform others that you are planning to
6841edit it, use the @code{cvs edit} command.  Some systems
6842call this a @dfn{checkout}, but @sc{cvs} uses that term
6843for obtaining a copy of the sources (@pxref{Getting the
6844source}), an operation which those systems call a
6845@dfn{get} or a @dfn{fetch}.
6846@c Issue to think about: should we transition CVS
6847@c towards the "get" terminology?  "cvs get" is already a
6848@c synonym for "cvs checkout" and that section of the
6849@c manual refers to "Getting the source".  If this is
6850@c done, needs to be done gingerly (for example, we should
6851@c still accept "checkout" in .cvsrc files indefinitely
6852@c even if the CVS's messages are changed from "cvs checkout: "
6853@c to "cvs get: ").
6854@c There is a concern about whether "get" is not as
6855@c good for novices because it is a more general term
6856@c than "checkout" (and thus arguably harder to assign
6857@c a technical meaning for).
6858
6859@cindex edit (subcommand)
6860@deffn Command {cvs edit} [@code{-lR}] [@code{-a} @var{action}]@dots{} [@var{files}]@dots{}
6861
6862Prepare to edit the working files @var{files}.  @sc{cvs} makes the
6863@var{files} read-write, and notifies users who have requested
6864@code{edit} notification for any of @var{files}.
6865
6866The @code{cvs edit} command accepts the same options as the
6867@code{cvs watch add} command, and establishes a temporary watch for the
6868user on @var{files}; @sc{cvs} will remove the watch when @var{files} are
6869@code{unedit}ed or @code{commit}ted.  If the user does not wish to
6870receive notifications, she should specify @code{-a none}.
6871
6872The @var{files} and the options are processed as for the @code{cvs
6873watch} commands.
6874
6875There are two additional options that @code{cvs edit} understands as of
6876@sc{cvs} client and server versions 1.12.10 but @code{cvs watch} does not.
6877The first is @code{-c}, which causes @code{cvs edit} to fail if anyone else
6878is editting the file.  This is probably only useful when @samp{edit -c} and
6879@samp{commit -c} are specified in all developers' @file{.cvsrc} files.  This
6880behavior may be overriden this via the @code{-f} option, which overrides
6881@code{-c} and allows multiple edits to succeed.
6882
6883@ignore
6884@strong{Caution: If the @code{PreservePermissions}
6885option is enabled in the repository (@pxref{config}),
6886@sc{cvs} will not change the permissions on any of the
6887@var{files}.  The reason for this change is to ensure
6888that using @samp{cvs edit} does not interfere with the
6889ability to store file permissions in the @sc{cvs}
6890repository.}
6891@end ignore
6892
6893@end deffn
6894
6895Normally when you are done with a set of changes, you
6896use the @code{cvs commit} command, which checks in your
6897changes and returns the watched files to their usual
6898read-only state.  But if you instead decide to abandon
6899your changes, or not to make any changes, you can use
6900the @code{cvs unedit} command.
6901
6902@cindex unedit (subcommand)
6903@cindex Abandoning work
6904@cindex Reverting to repository version
6905@deffn Command {cvs unedit} [@code{-lR}] [@var{files}]@dots{}
6906
6907Abandon work on the working files @var{files}, and revert them to the
6908repository versions on which they are based.  @sc{cvs} makes those
6909@var{files} read-only for which users have requested notification using
6910@code{cvs watch on}.  @sc{cvs} notifies users who have requested @code{unedit}
6911notification for any of @var{files}.
6912
6913The @var{files} and options are processed as for the
6914@code{cvs watch} commands.
6915
6916If watches are not in use, the @code{unedit} command
6917probably does not work, and the way to revert to the
6918repository version is with the command @code{cvs update -C file}
6919(@pxref{update}).
6920The meaning is
6921not precisely the same; the latter may also
6922bring in some changes which have been made in the
6923repository since the last time you updated.
6924@c It would be a useful enhancement to CVS to make
6925@c unedit work in the non-watch case as well.
6926@end deffn
6927
6928When using client/server @sc{cvs}, you can use the
6929@code{cvs edit} and @code{cvs unedit} commands even if
6930@sc{cvs} is unable to successfully communicate with the
6931server; the notifications will be sent upon the next
6932successful @sc{cvs} command.
6933
6934@node Watch information
6935@subsection Information about who is watching and editing
6936
6937@cindex watchers (subcommand)
6938@deffn Command {cvs watchers} [@code{-lR}] [@var{files}]@dots{}
6939
6940List the users currently watching changes to @var{files}.  The report
6941includes the files being watched, and the mail address of each watcher.
6942
6943The @var{files} and options are processed as for the
6944@code{cvs watch} commands.
6945
6946@end deffn
6947
6948
6949@cindex editors (subcommand)
6950@deffn Command {cvs editors} [@code{-lR}] [@var{files}]@dots{}
6951
6952List the users currently working on @var{files}.  The report
6953includes the mail address of each user, the time when the user began
6954working with the file, and the host and path of the working directory
6955containing the file.
6956
6957The @var{files} and options are processed as for the
6958@code{cvs watch} commands.
6959
6960@end deffn
6961
6962@node Watches Compatibility
6963@subsection Using watches with old versions of CVS
6964
6965@cindex CVS 1.6, and watches
6966If you use the watch features on a repository, it
6967creates @file{CVS} directories in the repository and
6968stores the information about watches in that directory.
6969If you attempt to use @sc{cvs} 1.6 or earlier with the
6970repository, you get an error message such as the
6971following (all on one line):
6972
6973@example
6974cvs update: cannot open CVS/Entries for reading:
6975No such file or directory
6976@end example
6977
6978@noindent
6979and your operation will likely be aborted.  To use the
6980watch features, you must upgrade all copies of @sc{cvs}
6981which use that repository in local or server mode.  If
6982you cannot upgrade, use the @code{watch off} and
6983@code{watch remove} commands to remove all watches, and
6984that will restore the repository to a state which
6985@sc{cvs} 1.6 can cope with.
6986
6987@node Choosing a model
6988@section Choosing between reserved or unreserved checkouts
6989@cindex Choosing, reserved or unreserved checkouts
6990
6991Reserved and unreserved checkouts each have pros and
6992cons.  Let it be said that a lot of this is a matter of
6993opinion or what works given different groups' working
6994styles, but here is a brief description of some of the
6995issues.  There are many ways to organize a team of
6996developers.  @sc{cvs} does not try to enforce a certain
6997organization.  It is a tool that can be used in several
6998ways.
6999
7000Reserved checkouts can be very counter-productive.  If
7001two persons want to edit different parts of a file,
7002there may be no reason to prevent either of them from
7003doing so.  Also, it is common for someone to take out a
7004lock on a file, because they are planning to edit it,
7005but then forget to release the lock.
7006
7007@c "many groups"?  specifics?  cites to papers on this?
7008@c some way to weasel-word it a bit more so we don't
7009@c need facts :-)?
7010People, especially people who are familiar with
7011reserved checkouts, often wonder how often conflicts
7012occur if unreserved checkouts are used, and how
7013difficult they are to resolve.  The experience with
7014many groups is that they occur rarely and usually are
7015relatively straightforward to resolve.
7016
7017The rarity of serious conflicts may be surprising, until one realizes
7018that they occur only when two developers disagree on the proper design
7019for a given section of code; such a disagreement suggests that the
7020team has not been communicating properly in the first place.  In order
7021to collaborate under @emph{any} source management regimen, developers
7022must agree on the general design of the system; given this agreement,
7023overlapping changes are usually straightforward to merge.
7024
7025In some cases unreserved checkouts are clearly
7026inappropriate.  If no merge tool exists for the kind of
7027file you are managing (for example word processor files
7028or files edited by Computer Aided Design programs), and
7029it is not desirable to change to a program which uses a
7030mergeable data format, then resolving conflicts is
7031going to be unpleasant enough that you generally will
7032be better off to simply avoid the conflicts instead, by
7033using reserved checkouts.
7034
7035The watches features described above in @ref{Watches}
7036can be considered to be an intermediate model between
7037reserved checkouts and unreserved checkouts.  When you
7038go to edit a file, it is possible to find out who else
7039is editing it.  And rather than having the system
7040simply forbid both people editing the file, it can tell
7041you what the situation is and let you figure out
7042whether it is a problem in that particular case or not.
7043Therefore, for some groups watches can be
7044considered the best of both the reserved checkout and unreserved
7045checkout worlds.
7046
7047As of @sc{cvs} client and server versions 1.12.10, you may also enable
7048advisory locks by putting @samp{edit -c} and @samp{commit -c} in all
7049developers' @file{.cvsrc} files.  After this is done, @code{cvs edit}
7050will fail if there are any other editors, and @code{cvs commit} will
7051fail if the committer has not registered to edit the file via @code{cvs edit}.
7052This is most effective in conjunction with files checked out read-only by
7053default, which may be enabled by turning on watches in the repository or by
7054putting @samp{cvs -r} in all @file{.cvsrc} files.
7055
7056
7057@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
7058@node Revision management
7059@chapter Revision management
7060@cindex Revision management
7061
7062@c -- This chapter could be expanded a lot.
7063@c -- Experiences are very welcome!
7064
7065If you have read this far, you probably have a pretty
7066good grasp on what @sc{cvs} can do for you.  This
7067chapter talks a little about things that you still have
7068to decide.
7069
7070If you are doing development on your own using @sc{cvs}
7071you could probably skip this chapter.  The questions
7072this chapter takes up become more important when more
7073than one person is working in a repository.
7074
7075@menu
7076* When to commit::              Some discussion on the subject
7077@end menu
7078
7079@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7080@node When to commit
7081@section When to commit?
7082@cindex When to commit
7083@cindex Committing, when to
7084@cindex Policy
7085
7086Your group should decide which policy to use regarding
7087commits.  Several policies are possible, and as your
7088experience with @sc{cvs} grows you will probably find
7089out what works for you.
7090
7091If you commit files too quickly you might commit files
7092that do not even compile.  If your partner updates his
7093working sources to include your buggy file, he will be
7094unable to compile the code.  On the other hand, other
7095persons will not be able to benefit from the
7096improvements you make to the code if you commit very
7097seldom, and conflicts will probably be more common.
7098
7099It is common to only commit files after making sure
7100that they can be compiled.  Some sites require that the
7101files pass a test suite.  Policies like this can be
7102enforced using the commitinfo file
7103(@pxref{commitinfo}), but you should think twice before
7104you enforce such a convention.  By making the
7105development environment too controlled it might become
7106too regimented and thus counter-productive to the real
7107goal, which is to get software written.
7108
7109@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
7110@node Keyword substitution
7111@chapter Keyword substitution
7112@cindex Keyword substitution
7113@cindex Keyword expansion
7114@cindex Identifying files
7115
7116@comment   Be careful when editing this chapter.
7117@comment   Remember that this file is kept under
7118@comment   version control, so we must not accidentally
7119@comment   include a valid keyword in the running text.
7120
7121As long as you edit source files inside a working
7122directory you can always find out the state of
7123your files via @samp{cvs status} and @samp{cvs log}.
7124But as soon as you export the files from your
7125development environment it becomes harder to identify
7126which revisions they are.
7127
7128@sc{cvs} can use a mechanism known as @dfn{keyword
7129substitution} (or @dfn{keyword expansion}) to help
7130identifying the files.  Embedded strings of the form
7131@code{$@var{keyword}$} and
7132@code{$@var{keyword}:@dots{}$} in a file are replaced
7133with strings of the form
7134@code{$@var{keyword}:@var{value}$} whenever you obtain
7135a new revision of the file.
7136
7137@menu
7138* Keyword list::                   Keywords
7139* Using keywords::                 Using keywords
7140* Avoiding substitution::          Avoiding substitution
7141* Substitution modes::             Substitution modes
7142* Configuring keyword expansion::  Configuring keyword expansion
7143* Log keyword::                    Problems with the $@splitrcskeyword{Log}$ keyword.
7144@end menu
7145
7146@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7147@node Keyword list
7148@section Keyword List
7149@cindex Keyword List
7150
7151@c FIXME: need some kind of example here I think,
7152@c perhaps in a
7153@c "Keyword intro" node.  The intro in the "Keyword
7154@c substitution" node itself seems OK, but to launch
7155@c into a list of the keywords somehow seems too abrupt.
7156
7157This is a list of the keywords:
7158
7159@table @code
7160@cindex Author keyword
7161@item $@splitrcskeyword{Author}$
7162The login name of the user who checked in the revision.
7163
7164@cindex CVSHeader keyword
7165@item $@splitrcskeyword{CVSHeader}$
7166A standard header (similar to $@splitrcskeyword{Header}$, but with
7167the CVS root stripped off). It contains the relative
7168pathname of the @sc{rcs} file to the CVS root, the
7169revision number, the date (UTC), the author, the state,
7170and the locker (if locked). Files will normally never
7171be locked when you use @sc{cvs}.
7172
7173Note that this keyword has only been recently
7174introduced to @sc{cvs} and may cause problems with
7175existing installations if $@splitrcskeyword{CVSHeader}$ is already
7176in the files for a different purpose. This keyword may
7177be excluded using the @code{KeywordExpand=eCVSHeader}
7178in the @file{CVSROOT/config} file. 
7179See @ref{Configuring keyword expansion} for more details.
7180
7181@cindex Date keyword
7182@item $@splitrcskeyword{Date}$
7183The date and time (UTC) the revision was checked in.
7184
7185@cindex Header keyword
7186@item $@splitrcskeyword{Header}$
7187A standard header containing the full pathname of the
7188@sc{rcs} file, the revision number, the date (UTC), the
7189author, the state, and the locker (if locked).  Files
7190will normally never be locked when you use @sc{cvs}.
7191
7192@cindex Id keyword
7193@item $@splitrcskeyword{Id}$
7194Same as @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Header}$}, except that the @sc{rcs}
7195filename is without a path.
7196
7197@cindex Name keyword
7198@item $@splitrcskeyword{Name}$
7199Tag name used to check out this file.  The keyword is
7200expanded only if one checks out with an explicit tag
7201name.  For example, when running the command @code{cvs
7202co -r first}, the keyword expands to @samp{Name: first}.
7203
7204@cindex Locker keyword
7205@item $@splitrcskeyword{Locker}$
7206The login name of the user who locked the revision
7207(empty if not locked, which is the normal case unless
7208@code{cvs admin -l} is in use).
7209
7210@cindex Log keyword
7211@cindex MaxCommentLeaderLength
7212@cindex UseArchiveCommentLeader
7213@cindex Log keyword, configuring substitution behavior
7214@item $@splitrcskeyword{Log}$
7215The log message supplied during commit, preceded by a
7216header containing the @sc{rcs} filename, the revision
7217number, the author, and the date (UTC).  Existing log
7218messages are @emph{not} replaced.  Instead, the new log
7219message is inserted after @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}:@dots{}$}.
7220By default, each new line is prefixed with the same string which
7221precedes the @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$} keyword, unless it exceeds the
7222@code{MaxCommentLeaderLength} set in @file{CVSROOT/config}.
7223
7224For example, if the file contains:
7225
7226@example
7227  /* Here is what people have been up to:
7228   *
7229   * $@splitrcskeyword{Log}: frob.c,v $
7230   * Revision 1.1  1997/01/03 14:23:51  joe
7231   * Add the superfrobnicate option
7232   *
7233   */
7234@end example
7235
7236@noindent
7237then additional lines which are added when expanding
7238the @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$} keyword will be preceded by @samp{   * }.
7239Unlike previous versions of @sc{cvs} and @sc{rcs}, the
7240@dfn{comment leader} from the @sc{rcs} file is not used.
7241The @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$} keyword is useful for
7242accumulating a complete change log in a source file,
7243but for several reasons it can be problematic.
7244
7245If the prefix of the @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$} keyword turns out to be
7246longer than @code{MaxCommentLeaderLength}, CVS will skip expansion of this
7247keyword unless @code{UseArchiveCommentLeader} is also set in
7248@file{CVSROOT/config} and a @samp{comment leader} is set in the RCS archive
7249file, in which case the comment leader will be used instead.  For more on
7250setting the comment leader in the RCS archive file, @xref{admin}.  For more
7251on configuring the default @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$} substitution
7252behavior, @xref{config}.
7253
7254@xref{Log keyword}.
7255
7256@cindex RCSfile keyword
7257@item $@splitrcskeyword{RCSfile}$
7258The name of the RCS file without a path.
7259
7260@cindex Revision keyword
7261@item $@splitrcskeyword{Revision}$
7262The revision number assigned to the revision.
7263
7264@cindex Source keyword
7265@item $@splitrcskeyword{Source}$
7266The full pathname of the RCS file.
7267
7268@cindex State keyword
7269@item $@splitrcskeyword{State}$
7270The state assigned to the revision.  States can be
7271assigned with @code{cvs admin -s}---see @ref{admin options}.
7272
7273@cindex Local keyword
7274@item Local keyword
7275The @code{LocalKeyword} option in the @file{CVSROOT/config} file
7276may be used to specify a local keyword which is to be
7277used as an alias for one of the keywords: $@splitrcskeyword{Id}$,
7278$@splitrcskeyword{Header}$, or $@splitrcskeyword{CVSHeader}$. For
7279example, if the @file{CVSROOT/config} file contains
7280a line with @code{LocalKeyword=MYBSD=CVSHeader}, then a
7281file with the local keyword $@splitrcskeyword{MYBSD}$ will be
7282expanded as if it were a $@splitrcskeyword{CVSHeader}$ keyword. If
7283the src/frob.c file contained this keyword, it might
7284look something like this:
7285
7286@example
7287  /*
7288   * $@splitrcskeyword{MYBSD}: src/frob.c,v 1.1 2003/05/04 09:27:45 john Exp $ 
7289   */
7290@end example
7291
7292Many repositories make use of a such a ``local
7293keyword'' feature. An old patch to @sc{cvs} provided
7294the @code{LocalKeyword} feature using a @code{tag=}
7295option and called this the ``custom tag'' or ``local
7296tag'' feature. It was used in conjunction with the
7297what they called the @code{tagexpand=} option. In
7298@sc{cvs} this other option is known as the
7299@code{KeywordExpand} option. 
7300See @ref{Configuring keyword expansion} for more
7301details.
7302
7303Examples from popular projects include:
7304$@splitrcskeyword{FreeBSD}$, $@splitrcskeyword{NetBSD}$,
7305$@splitrcskeyword{OpenBSD}$, $@splitrcskeyword{XFree86}$,
7306$@splitrcskeyword{Xorg}$.
7307
7308The advantage of this is that you can include your
7309local version information in a file using this local
7310keyword without disrupting the upstream version
7311information (which may be a different local keyword or
7312a standard keyword). Allowing bug reports and the like
7313to more properly identify the source of the original
7314bug to the third-party and reducing the number of
7315conflicts that arise during an import of a new version.
7316
7317All keyword expansion except the local keyword may be
7318disabled using the @code{KeywordExpand} option in
7319the @file{CVSROOT/config} file---see 
7320@ref{Configuring keyword expansion} for more details.
7321
7322@end table
7323
7324@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7325@node Using keywords
7326@section Using keywords
7327
7328To include a keyword string you simply include the
7329relevant text string, such as @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Id}$}, inside the
7330file, and commit the file.  @sc{cvs} will automatically (Or,
7331more accurately, as part of the update run that
7332automatically happens after a commit.)
7333expand the string as part of the commit operation.
7334
7335It is common to embed the @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Id}$} string in
7336the source files so that it gets passed through to
7337generated files.  For example, if you are managing
7338computer program source code, you might include a
7339variable which is initialized to contain that string.
7340Or some C compilers may provide a @code{#pragma ident}
7341directive.  Or a document management system might
7342provide a way to pass a string through to generated
7343files.
7344
7345@c Would be nice to give an example, but doing this in
7346@c portable C is not possible and the problem with
7347@c picking any one language (VMS HELP files, Ada,
7348@c troff, whatever) is that people use CVS for all
7349@c kinds of files.
7350
7351@cindex Ident (shell command)
7352The @code{ident} command (which is part of the @sc{rcs}
7353package) can be used to extract keywords and their
7354values from a file.  This can be handy for text files,
7355but it is even more useful for extracting keywords from
7356binary files.
7357
7358@example
7359$ ident samp.c
7360samp.c:
7361     $@splitrcskeyword{Id}: samp.c,v 1.5 1993/10/19 14:57:32 ceder Exp $
7362$ gcc samp.c
7363$ ident a.out
7364a.out:
7365     $@splitrcskeyword{Id}: samp.c,v 1.5 1993/10/19 14:57:32 ceder Exp $
7366@end example
7367
7368@cindex What (shell command)
7369S@sc{ccs} is another popular revision control system.
7370It has a command, @code{what}, which is very similar to
7371@code{ident} and used for the same purpose.  Many sites
7372without @sc{rcs} have @sc{sccs}.  Since @code{what}
7373looks for the character sequence @code{@@(#)} it is
7374easy to include keywords that are detected by either
7375command.  Simply prefix the keyword with the
7376magic @sc{sccs} phrase, like this:
7377
7378@example
7379static char *id="@@(#) $@splitrcskeyword{Id}: ab.c,v 1.5 1993/10/19 14:57:32 ceder Exp $";
7380@end example
7381
7382@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7383@node Avoiding substitution
7384@section Avoiding substitution
7385
7386Keyword substitution has its disadvantages.  Sometimes
7387you might want the literal text string
7388@samp{$@splitrcskeyword{Author}$} to appear inside a file without
7389@sc{cvs} interpreting it as a keyword and expanding it
7390into something like @samp{$@splitrcskeyword{Author}: ceder $}.
7391
7392There is unfortunately no way to selectively turn off
7393keyword substitution.  You can use @samp{-ko}
7394(@pxref{Substitution modes}) to turn off keyword
7395substitution entirely.
7396
7397In many cases you can avoid using keywords in
7398the source, even though they appear in the final
7399product.  For example, the source for this manual
7400contains @samp{$@@asis@{@}Author$} whenever the text
7401@samp{$@splitrcskeyword{Author}$} should appear.  In @code{nroff}
7402and @code{troff} you can embed the null-character
7403@code{\&} inside the keyword for a similar effect.
7404
7405It is also possible to specify an explicit list of
7406keywords to include or exclude using the
7407@code{KeywordExpand} option in the
7408@file{CVSROOT/config} file--see @ref{Configuring keyword expansion}
7409for more details. This feature is intended primarily
7410for use with the @code{LocalKeyword} option--see
7411@ref{Keyword list}.
7412
7413@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7414@node Substitution modes
7415@section Substitution modes
7416@cindex Keyword substitution, changing modes
7417@cindex -k (keyword substitution)
7418@cindex Kflag
7419
7420@c FIXME: This could be made more coherent, by expanding it
7421@c with more examples or something.
7422Each file has a stored default substitution mode, and
7423each working directory copy of a file also has a
7424substitution mode.  The former is set by the @samp{-k}
7425option to @code{cvs add} and @code{cvs admin}; the
7426latter is set by the @samp{-k} or @samp{-A} options to @code{cvs
7427checkout} or @code{cvs update}.
7428@code{cvs diff} and @code{cvs rdiff} also
7429have @samp{-k} options.
7430For some examples,
7431see @ref{Binary files}, and @ref{Merging and keywords}.
7432@c The fact that -A is overloaded to mean both reset
7433@c sticky options and reset sticky tags/dates is
7434@c somewhat questionable.  Perhaps there should be
7435@c separate options to reset sticky options (e.g. -k
7436@c A") and tags/dates (someone suggested -r HEAD could
7437@c do this instead of setting a sticky tag of "HEAD"
7438@c as in the status quo but I haven't thought much
7439@c about that idea.  Of course -r .reset or something
7440@c could be coined if this needs to be a new option).
7441@c On the other hand, having -A mean "get things back
7442@c into the state after a fresh checkout" has a certain
7443@c appeal, and maybe there is no sufficient reason for
7444@c creeping featurism in this area.
7445
7446The modes available are:
7447
7448@table @samp
7449@item -kkv
7450Generate keyword strings using the default form, e.g.
7451@code{$@splitrcskeyword{Revision}: 5.7 $} for the @code{Revision}
7452keyword.
7453
7454@item -kkvl
7455Like @samp{-kkv}, except that a locker's name is always
7456inserted if the given revision is currently locked.
7457The locker's name is only relevant if @code{cvs admin
7458-l} is in use.
7459
7460@item -kk
7461Generate only keyword names in keyword strings; omit
7462their values.  For example, for the @code{Revision}
7463keyword, generate the string @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Revision}$}
7464instead of @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Revision}: 5.7 $}.  This option
7465is useful to ignore differences due to keyword
7466substitution when comparing different revisions of a
7467file (@pxref{Merging and keywords}).
7468
7469@item -ko
7470Generate the old keyword string, present in the working
7471file just before it was checked in.  For example, for
7472the @code{Revision} keyword, generate the string
7473@code{$@splitrcskeyword{Revision}: 1.1 $} instead of
7474@code{$@splitrcskeyword{Revision}: 5.7 $} if that is how the
7475string appeared when the file was checked in.
7476
7477@item -kb
7478Like @samp{-ko}, but also inhibit conversion of line
7479endings between the canonical form in which they are
7480stored in the repository (linefeed only), and the form
7481appropriate to the operating system in use on the
7482client.  For systems, like unix, which use linefeed
7483only to terminate lines, this is very similar to
7484@samp{-ko}.  For more information on binary files, see
7485@ref{Binary files}.  In @sc{cvs} version 1.12.2 and later
7486@samp{-kb}, as set by @code{cvs add}, @code{cvs admin}, or
7487@code{cvs import} may not be overridden by a @samp{-k} option
7488specified on the command line.
7489
7490@item -kv
7491Generate only keyword values for keyword strings.  For
7492example, for the @code{Revision} keyword, generate the string
7493@code{5.7} instead of @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Revision}: 5.7 $}.
7494This can help generate files in programming languages
7495where it is hard to strip keyword delimiters like
7496@code{$@splitrcskeyword{Revision}: $} from a string.  However,
7497further keyword substitution cannot be performed once
7498the keyword names are removed, so this option should be
7499used with care.
7500
7501One often would like to use @samp{-kv} with @code{cvs
7502export}---@pxref{export}.  But be aware that doesn't
7503handle an export containing binary files correctly.
7504
7505@end table
7506
7507@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7508@node Configuring keyword expansion
7509@section Configuring Keyword Expansion
7510@cindex Configuring keyword expansion
7511
7512In a repository that includes third-party software on
7513vendor branches, it is sometimes helpful to configure
7514CVS to use a local keyword instead of the standard
7515$@splitrcskeyword{Id}$ or $@splitrcskeyword{Header}$ keywords. Examples from
7516real projects include $@splitrcskeyword{Xorg}$, $@splitrcskeyword{XFree86}$,
7517$@splitrcskeyword{FreeBSD}$, $@splitrcskeyword{NetBSD}$,
7518$@splitrcskeyword{OpenBSD}$, and even $@splitrcskeyword{dotat}$.
7519The advantage of this is that
7520you can include your local version information in a
7521file using this local keyword (sometimes called a
7522``custom tag'' or a ``local tag'') without disrupting
7523the upstream version information (which may be a
7524different local keyword or a standard keyword). In
7525these cases, it is typically desirable to disable the
7526expansion of all keywords except the configured local
7527keyword.
7528
7529The @code{KeywordExpand} option in the
7530@file{CVSROOT/config} file is intended to allow for the
7531either the explicit exclusion of a keyword or list of
7532keywords, or for the explicit inclusion of a keyword or
7533a list of keywords. This list may include the
7534@code{LocalKeyword} that has been configured.
7535
7536The @code{KeywordExpand} option is followed by
7537@code{=} and the next character may either be @code{i}
7538to start an inclusion list or @code{e} to start an
7539exclusion list. If the following lines were added to
7540the @file{CVSROOT/config} file:
7541
7542@example
7543        # Add a "MyBSD" keyword and restrict keyword
7544        # expansion
7545        LocalKeyword=MyBSD=CVSHeader
7546        KeywordExpand=iMyBSD
7547@end example
7548
7549then only the $@splitrcskeyword{MyBSD}$ keyword would be expanded.
7550A list may be used. The this example:
7551
7552@example
7553        # Add a "MyBSD" keyword and restrict keyword
7554        # expansion to the MyBSD, Name and Date keywords.
7555        LocalKeyword=MyBSD=CVSHeader
7556        KeywordExpand=iMyBSD,Name,Date
7557@end example
7558
7559would allow $@splitrcskeyword{MyBSD}$, $@splitrcskeyword{Name}$, and
7560$@splitrcskeyword{Date}$ to be expanded.
7561
7562It is also possible to configure an exclusion list
7563using the following:
7564
7565@example
7566        # Do not expand the non-RCS keyword CVSHeader
7567        KeywordExpand=eCVSHeader
7568@end example
7569
7570This allows @sc{cvs} to ignore the recently introduced
7571$@splitrcskeyword{CVSHeader}$ keyword and retain all of the
7572others. The exclusion entry could also contain the
7573standard RCS keyword list, but this could be confusing
7574to users that expect RCS keywords to be expanded, so
7575care should be taken to properly set user expectations
7576for a repository that is configured in that manner.
7577
7578If there is a desire to not have any RCS keywords
7579expanded and not use the @code{-ko} flags everywhere,
7580an administrator may disable all keyword expansion
7581using the @file{CVSROOT/config} line:
7582
7583@example
7584	# Do not expand any RCS keywords
7585	KeywordExpand=i
7586@end example
7587
7588this could be confusing to users that expect RCS
7589keywords like $@splitrcskeyword{Id}$ to be expanded properly,
7590so care should be taken to properly set user
7591expectations for a repository so configured.
7592
7593It should be noted that a patch to provide both the
7594@code{KeywordExpand} and @code{LocalKeyword} features
7595has been around a long time. However, that patch
7596implemented these features using @code{tag=} and
7597@code{tagexpand=} keywords and those keywords are NOT
7598recognized.
7599
7600@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7601@node Log keyword
7602@section Problems with the $@splitrcskeyword{Log}$ keyword.
7603
7604The @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$} keyword is somewhat
7605controversial.  As long as you are working on your
7606development system the information is easily accessible
7607even if you do not use the @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$}
7608keyword---just do a @code{cvs log}.  Once you export
7609the file the history information might be useless
7610anyhow.
7611
7612A more serious concern is that @sc{cvs} is not good at
7613handling @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$} entries when a branch is
7614merged onto the main trunk.  Conflicts often result
7615from the merging operation.
7616@c Might want to check whether the CVS implementation
7617@c of RCS_merge has this problem the same way rcsmerge
7618@c does.  I would assume so....
7619
7620People also tend to "fix" the log entries in the file
7621(correcting spelling mistakes and maybe even factual
7622errors).  If that is done the information from
7623@code{cvs log} will not be consistent with the
7624information inside the file.  This may or may not be a
7625problem in real life.
7626
7627It has been suggested that the @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$}
7628keyword should be inserted @emph{last} in the file, and
7629not in the files header, if it is to be used at all.
7630That way the long list of change messages will not
7631interfere with everyday source file browsing.
7632
7633@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
7634@node Tracking sources
7635@chapter Tracking third-party sources
7636@cindex Third-party sources
7637@cindex Tracking sources
7638
7639@c FIXME: Need discussion of added and removed files.
7640@c FIXME: This doesn't really adequately introduce the
7641@c concepts of "vendor" and "you".  They don't *have*
7642@c to be separate organizations or separate people.
7643@c We want a description which is somewhat more based on
7644@c the technical issues of which sources go where, but
7645@c also with enough examples of how this relates to
7646@c relationships like customer-supplier, developer-QA,
7647@c maintainer-contributor, or whatever, to make it
7648@c seem concrete.
7649If you modify a program to better fit your site, you
7650probably want to include your modifications when the next
7651release of the program arrives.  @sc{cvs} can help you with
7652this task.
7653
7654@cindex Vendor
7655@cindex Vendor branch
7656@cindex Branch, vendor-
7657In the terminology used in @sc{cvs}, the supplier of the
7658program is called a @dfn{vendor}.  The unmodified
7659distribution from the vendor is checked in on its own
7660branch, the @dfn{vendor branch}.  @sc{cvs} reserves branch
76611.1.1 for this use.
7662
7663When you modify the source and commit it, your revision
7664will end up on the main trunk.  When a new release is
7665made by the vendor, you commit it on the vendor branch
7666and copy the modifications onto the main trunk.
7667
7668Use the @code{import} command to create and update
7669the vendor branch.  When you import a new file,
7670(usually) the vendor branch is made the `head' revision, so
7671anyone that checks out a copy of the file gets that
7672revision.  When a local modification is committed it is
7673placed on the main trunk, and made the `head'
7674revision.
7675
7676@menu
7677* First import::                Importing for the first time
7678* Update imports::              Updating with the import command
7679* Reverting local changes::     Reverting to the latest vendor release
7680* Binary files in imports::     Binary files require special handling
7681* Keywords in imports::         Keyword substitution might be undesirable
7682* Multiple vendor branches::    What if you get sources from several places?
7683@end menu
7684
7685@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7686@node First import
7687@section Importing for the first time
7688@cindex Importing modules
7689
7690@c Should mention naming conventions for vendor tags,
7691@c release tags, and perhaps directory names.
7692Use the @code{import} command to check in the sources
7693for the first time.  When you use the @code{import}
7694command to track third-party sources, the @dfn{vendor
7695tag} and @dfn{release tags} are useful.  The
7696@dfn{vendor tag} is a symbolic name for the branch
7697(which is always 1.1.1, unless you use the @samp{-b
7698@var{branch}} flag---see @ref{Multiple vendor branches}.).  The
7699@dfn{release tags} are symbolic names for a particular
7700release, such as @samp{FSF_0_04}.
7701
7702@c I'm not completely sure this belongs here.  But
7703@c we need to say it _somewhere_ reasonably obvious; it
7704@c is a common misconception among people first learning CVS
7705Note that @code{import} does @emph{not} change the
7706directory in which you invoke it.  In particular, it
7707does not set up that directory as a @sc{cvs} working
7708directory; if you want to work with the sources import
7709them first and then check them out into a different
7710directory (@pxref{Getting the source}).
7711
7712@cindex wdiff (import example)
7713Suppose you have the sources to a program called
7714@code{wdiff} in a directory @file{wdiff-0.04},
7715and are going to make private modifications that you
7716want to be able to use even when new releases are made
7717in the future.  You start by importing the source to
7718your repository:
7719
7720@example
7721$ cd wdiff-0.04
7722$ cvs import -m "Import of FSF v. 0.04" fsf/wdiff FSF_DIST WDIFF_0_04
7723@end example
7724
7725The vendor tag is named @samp{FSF_DIST} in the above
7726example, and the only release tag assigned is
7727@samp{WDIFF_0_04}.
7728@c FIXME: Need to say where fsf/wdiff comes from.
7729
7730@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7731@node Update imports
7732@section Updating with the import command
7733
7734When a new release of the source arrives, you import it into the
7735repository with the same @code{import} command that you used to set up
7736the repository in the first place.  The only difference is that you
7737specify a different release tag this time:
7738
7739@example
7740$ tar xfz wdiff-0.05.tar.gz
7741$ cd wdiff-0.05
7742$ cvs import -m "Import of FSF v. 0.05" fsf/wdiff FSF_DIST WDIFF_0_05
7743@end example
7744
7745@strong{WARNING: If you use a release tag that already exists in one of the
7746repository archives, files removed by an import may not be detected.}
7747
7748For files that have not been modified locally, the newly created
7749revision becomes the head revision.  If you have made local
7750changes, @code{import} will warn you that you must merge the changes
7751into the main trunk, and tell you to use @samp{checkout -j} to do so:
7752
7753@c FIXME: why "wdiff" here and "fsf/wdiff" in the
7754@c "import"?  I think the assumption is that one has
7755@c "wdiff fsf/wdiff" or some such in modules, but it
7756@c would be better to not use modules in this example.
7757@example
7758$ cvs checkout -jFSF_DIST:yesterday -jFSF_DIST wdiff
7759@end example
7760
7761@noindent
7762The above command will check out the latest revision of
7763@samp{wdiff}, merging the changes made on the vendor branch @samp{FSF_DIST}
7764since yesterday into the working copy.  If any conflicts arise during
7765the merge they should be resolved in the normal way (@pxref{Conflicts
7766example}).  Then, the modified files may be committed.
7767
7768However, it is much better to use the two release tags rather than using
7769a date on the branch as suggested above:
7770
7771@example
7772$ cvs checkout -jWDIFF_0_04 -jWDIFF_0_05 wdiff
7773@end example
7774
7775@noindent
7776The reason this is better is that
7777using a date, as suggested above, assumes that you do
7778not import more than one release of a product per day.
7779More importantly, using the release tags allows @sc{cvs} to detect files
7780that were removed between the two vendor releases and mark them for
7781removal.  Since @code{import} has no way to detect removed files, you
7782should do a merge like this even if @code{import} doesn't tell you to.
7783
7784@node Reverting local changes
7785@section Reverting to the latest vendor release
7786
7787You can also revert local changes completely and return
7788to the latest vendor release by changing the `head'
7789revision back to the vendor branch on all files.  For
7790example, if you have a checked-out copy of the sources
7791in @file{~/work.d/wdiff}, and you want to revert to the
7792vendor's version for all the files in that directory,
7793you would type:
7794
7795@example
7796$ cd ~/work.d/wdiff
7797$ cvs admin -bFSF_DIST .
7798@end example
7799
7800@noindent
7801You must specify the @samp{-bFSF_DIST} without any space
7802after the @samp{-b}.  @xref{admin options}.
7803
7804@node Binary files in imports
7805@section How to handle binary files with cvs import
7806
7807Use the @samp{-k} wrapper option to tell import which
7808files are binary.  @xref{Wrappers}.
7809
7810@node Keywords in imports
7811@section How to handle keyword substitution with cvs import
7812
7813The sources which you are importing may contain
7814keywords (@pxref{Keyword substitution}).  For example,
7815the vendor may use @sc{cvs} or some other system
7816which uses similar keyword expansion syntax.  If you
7817just import the files in the default fashion, then
7818the keyword expansions supplied by the vendor will
7819be replaced by keyword expansions supplied by your
7820own copy of @sc{cvs}.  It may be more convenient to
7821maintain the expansions supplied by the vendor, so
7822that this information can supply information about
7823the sources that you imported from the vendor.
7824
7825To maintain the keyword expansions supplied by the
7826vendor, supply the @samp{-ko} option to @code{cvs
7827import} the first time you import the file.
7828This will turn off keyword expansion
7829for that file entirely, so if you want to be more
7830selective you'll have to think about what you want
7831and use the @samp{-k} option to @code{cvs update} or
7832@code{cvs admin} as appropriate.
7833@c Supplying -ko to import if the file already existed
7834@c has no effect.  Not clear to me whether it should
7835@c or not.
7836
7837@node Multiple vendor branches
7838@section Multiple vendor branches
7839
7840All the examples so far assume that there is only one
7841vendor from which you are getting sources.  In some
7842situations you might get sources from a variety of
7843places.  For example, suppose that you are dealing with
7844a project where many different people and teams are
7845modifying the software.  There are a variety of ways to
7846handle this, but in some cases you have a bunch of
7847source trees lying around and what you want to do more
7848than anything else is just to all put them in @sc{cvs} so
7849that you at least have them in one place.
7850
7851For handling situations in which there may be more than
7852one vendor, you may specify the @samp{-b} option to
7853@code{cvs import}.  It takes as an argument the vendor
7854branch to import to.  The default is @samp{-b 1.1.1}.
7855
7856For example, suppose that there are two teams, the red
7857team and the blue team, that are sending you sources.
7858You want to import the red team's efforts to branch
78591.1.1 and use the vendor tag RED.  You want to import
7860the blue team's efforts to branch 1.1.3 and use the
7861vendor tag BLUE.  So the commands you might use are:
7862
7863@example
7864$ cvs import dir RED RED_1-0
7865$ cvs import -b 1.1.3 dir BLUE BLUE_1-5
7866@end example
7867
7868Note that if your vendor tag does not match your
7869@samp{-b} option, @sc{cvs} will not detect this case!  For
7870example,
7871
7872@example
7873$ cvs import -b 1.1.3 dir RED RED_1-0
7874@end example
7875
7876@noindent
7877Be careful; this kind of mismatch is sure to sow
7878confusion or worse.  I can't think of a useful purpose
7879for the ability to specify a mismatch here, but if you
7880discover such a use, don't.  @sc{cvs} is likely to make this
7881an error in some future release.
7882
7883@c Probably should say more about the semantics of
7884@c multiple branches.  What about the default branch?
7885@c What about joining (perhaps not as useful with
7886@c multiple branches, or perhaps it is.  Either way
7887@c should be mentioned).
7888
7889@c I'm not sure about the best location for this.  In
7890@c one sense, it might belong right after we've introduced
7891@c CVS's basic version control model, because people need
7892@c to figure out builds right away.  The current location
7893@c is based on the theory that it kind of akin to the
7894@c "Revision management" section.
7895@node Builds
7896@chapter How your build system interacts with CVS
7897@cindex Builds
7898@cindex make
7899
7900As mentioned in the introduction, @sc{cvs} does not
7901contain software for building your software from source
7902code.  This section describes how various aspects of
7903your build system might interact with @sc{cvs}.
7904
7905@c Is there a way to discuss this without reference to
7906@c tools other than CVS?  I'm not sure there is; I
7907@c wouldn't think that people who learn CVS first would
7908@c even have this concern.
7909One common question, especially from people who are
7910accustomed to @sc{rcs}, is how to make their build get
7911an up to date copy of the sources.  The answer to this
7912with @sc{cvs} is two-fold.  First of all, since
7913@sc{cvs} itself can recurse through directories, there
7914is no need to modify your @file{Makefile} (or whatever
7915configuration file your build tool uses) to make sure
7916each file is up to date.  Instead, just use two
7917commands, first @code{cvs -q update} and then
7918@code{make} or whatever the command is to invoke your
7919build tool.  Secondly, you do not necessarily
7920@emph{want} to get a copy of a change someone else made
7921until you have finished your own work.  One suggested
7922approach is to first update your sources, then
7923implement, build and
7924test the change you were thinking of, and then commit
7925your sources (updating first if necessary).  By
7926periodically (in between changes, using the approach
7927just described) updating your entire tree, you ensure
7928that your sources are sufficiently up to date.
7929
7930@cindex Bill of materials
7931One common need is to record which versions of which
7932source files went into a particular build.  This kind
7933of functionality is sometimes called @dfn{bill of
7934materials} or something similar.  The best way to do
7935this with @sc{cvs} is to use the @code{tag} command to
7936record which versions went into a given build
7937(@pxref{Tags}).
7938
7939Using @sc{cvs} in the most straightforward manner
7940possible, each developer will have a copy of the entire
7941source tree which is used in a particular build.  If
7942the source tree is small, or if developers are
7943geographically dispersed, this is the preferred
7944solution.  In fact one approach for larger projects is
7945to break a project down into smaller
7946@c I say subsystem instead of module because they may or
7947@c may not use the modules file.
7948separately-compiled subsystems, and arrange a way of
7949releasing them internally so that each developer need
7950check out only those subsystems which they are
7951actively working on.
7952
7953Another approach is to set up a structure which allows
7954developers to have their own copies of some files, and
7955for other files to access source files from a central
7956location.  Many people have come up with some such a
7957@c two such people are paul@sander.cupertino.ca.us (for
7958@c a previous employer)
7959@c and gunnar.tornblom@se.abb.com (spicm and related tools),
7960@c but as far as I know
7961@c no one has nicely packaged or released such a system (or
7962@c instructions for constructing one).
7963system using features such as the symbolic link feature
7964found in many operating systems, or the @code{VPATH}
7965feature found in many versions of @code{make}.  One build
7966tool which is designed to help with this kind of thing
7967is Odin (see
7968@code{ftp://ftp.cs.colorado.edu/pub/distribs/odin}).
7969@c Should we be saying more about Odin?  Or how you use
7970@c it with CVS?  Also, the Prime Time Freeware for Unix
7971@c disk (see http://www.ptf.com/) has Odin (with a nice
7972@c paragraph summarizing it on the web), so that might be a
7973@c semi-"official" place to point people.
7974@c
7975@c Of course, many non-CVS systems have this kind of
7976@c functionality, for example OSF's ODE
7977@c (http://www.osf.org/ode/) or mk
7978@c (http://www.grin.net/~pzi/mk-3.18.4.docs/mk_toc.html
7979@c He has changed providers in the past; a search engine search
7980@c for "Peter Ziobrzynski" probably won't get too many
7981@c spurious hits :-).  A more stable URL might be
7982@c ftp://ftp.uu.net/pub/cmvc/mk).  But I'm not sure
7983@c there is any point in mentioning them here unless they
7984@c can work with CVS.
7985
7986@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
7987@node Special Files
7988@chapter Special Files
7989
7990@cindex Special files
7991@cindex Device nodes
7992@cindex Ownership, saving in CVS
7993@cindex Permissions, saving in CVS
7994@cindex Hard links
7995@cindex Symbolic links
7996
7997In normal circumstances, @sc{cvs} works only with regular
7998files.  Every file in a project is assumed to be
7999persistent; it must be possible to open, read and close
8000them; and so on.  @sc{cvs} also ignores file permissions and
8001ownerships, leaving such issues to be resolved by the
8002developer at installation time.  In other words, it is
8003not possible to "check in" a device into a repository;
8004if the device file cannot be opened, @sc{cvs} will refuse to
8005handle it.  Files also lose their ownerships and
8006permissions during repository transactions.
8007
8008@ignore
8009If the configuration variable @code{PreservePermissions}
8010(@pxref{config}) is set in the repository, @sc{cvs} will
8011save the following file characteristics in the
8012repository:
8013
8014@itemize @bullet
8015@item user and group ownership
8016@item permissions
8017@item major and minor device numbers
8018@item symbolic links
8019@item hard link structure
8020@end itemize
8021
8022Using the @code{PreservePermissions} option affects the
8023behavior of @sc{cvs} in several ways.  First, some of the
8024new operations supported by @sc{cvs} are not accessible to
8025all users.  In particular, file ownership and special
8026file characteristics may only be changed by the
8027superuser.  When the @code{PreservePermissions}
8028configuration variable is set, therefore, users will
8029have to be `root' in order to perform @sc{cvs} operations.
8030
8031When @code{PreservePermissions} is in use, some @sc{cvs}
8032operations (such as @samp{cvs status}) will not
8033recognize a file's hard link structure, and so will
8034emit spurious warnings about mismatching hard links.
8035The reason is that @sc{cvs}'s internal structure does not
8036make it easy for these operations to collect all the
8037necessary data about hard links, so they check for file
8038conflicts with inaccurate data.
8039
8040A more subtle difference is that @sc{cvs} considers a file
8041to have changed only if its contents have changed
8042(specifically, if the modification time of the working
8043file does not match that of the repository's file).
8044Therefore, if only the permissions, ownership or hard
8045linkage have changed, or if a device's major or minor
8046numbers have changed, @sc{cvs} will not notice.  In order to
8047commit such a change to the repository, you must force
8048the commit with @samp{cvs commit -f}.  This also means
8049that if a file's permissions have changed and the
8050repository file is newer than the working copy,
8051performing @samp{cvs update} will silently change the
8052permissions on the working copy.
8053
8054Changing hard links in a @sc{cvs} repository is particularly
8055delicate.  Suppose that file @file{foo} is linked to
8056file @file{old}, but is later relinked to file
8057@file{new}.  You can wind up in the unusual situation
8058where, although @file{foo}, @file{old} and @file{new}
8059have all had their underlying link patterns changed,
8060only @file{foo} and @file{new} have been modified, so
8061@file{old} is not considered a candidate for checking
8062in.  It can be very easy to produce inconsistent
8063results this way.  Therefore, we recommend that when it
8064is important to save hard links in a repository, the
8065prudent course of action is to @code{touch} any file
8066whose linkage or status has changed since the last
8067checkin.  Indeed, it may be wise to @code{touch *}
8068before each commit in a directory with complex hard
8069link structures.
8070
8071It is worth noting that only regular files may
8072be merged, for reasons that hopefully are obvious.  If
8073@samp{cvs update} or @samp{cvs checkout -j} attempts to
8074merge a symbolic link with a regular file, or two
8075device files for different kinds of devices, @sc{cvs} will
8076report a conflict and refuse to perform the merge.  At
8077the same time, @samp{cvs diff} will not report any
8078differences between these files, since no meaningful
8079textual comparisons can be made on files which contain
8080no text.
8081
8082The @code{PreservePermissions} features do not work
8083with client/server @sc{cvs}.  Another limitation is
8084that hard links must be to other files within the same
8085directory; hard links across directories are not
8086supported.
8087@end ignore
8088
8089@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
8090@c ----- START MAN 1 -----
8091@node CVS commands
8092@appendix Guide to CVS commands
8093
8094This appendix describes the overall structure of
8095@sc{cvs} commands, and describes some commands in
8096detail (others are described elsewhere; for a quick
8097reference to @sc{cvs} commands, @pxref{Invoking CVS}).
8098@c The idea is that we want to move the commands which
8099@c are described here into the main body of the manual,
8100@c in the process reorganizing the manual to be
8101@c organized around what the user wants to do, not
8102@c organized around CVS commands.
8103@c
8104@c Note that many users do expect a manual which is
8105@c organized by command.  At least some users do.
8106@c One good addition to the "organized by command"
8107@c section (if any) would be "see also" links.
8108@c The awk manual might be a good example; it has a
8109@c reference manual which is more verbose than Invoking
8110@c CVS but probably somewhat less verbose than CVS
8111@c Commands.
8112
8113@menu
8114* Structure::                   Overall structure of CVS commands
8115* Exit status::                 Indicating CVS's success or failure
8116* ~/.cvsrc::                    Default options with the ~/.cvsrc file
8117* Global options::              Options you give to the left of cvs_command
8118* Common options::              Options you give to the right of cvs_command
8119* Date input formats::		Acceptable formats for date specifications
8120* admin::                       Administration
8121* annotate::                    What revision modified each line of a file?
8122* checkout::                    Checkout sources for editing
8123* commit::                      Check files into the repository
8124* diff::                        Show differences between revisions
8125* export::                      Export sources from CVS, similar to checkout
8126* history::                     Show status of files and users
8127* import::                      Import sources into CVS, using vendor branches
8128* log::                         Show log messages for files
8129* ls & rls::                    List files in the repository
8130* rdiff::                       'patch' format diffs between releases
8131* release::                     Indicate that a directory is no longer in use
8132* server & pserver::            Act as a server for a client on stdin/stdout
8133* update::                      Bring work tree in sync with repository
8134@end menu
8135
8136@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
8137@node Structure
8138@appendixsec Overall structure of CVS commands
8139@cindex Structure
8140@cindex CVS command structure
8141@cindex Command structure
8142@cindex Format of CVS commands
8143
8144The overall format of all @sc{cvs} commands is:
8145
8146@example
8147cvs [ cvs_options ] cvs_command [ command_options ] [ command_args ]
8148@end example
8149
8150@table @code
8151@item cvs
8152The name of the @sc{cvs} program.
8153
8154@item cvs_options
8155Some options that affect all sub-commands of @sc{cvs}.  These are
8156described below.
8157
8158@item cvs_command
8159One of several different sub-commands.  Some of the commands have
8160aliases that can be used instead; those aliases are noted in the
8161reference manual for that command.  There are only two situations
8162where you may omit @samp{cvs_command}: @samp{cvs -H} elicits a
8163list of available commands, and @samp{cvs -v} displays version
8164information on @sc{cvs} itself.
8165
8166@item command_options
8167Options that are specific for the command.
8168
8169@item command_args
8170Arguments to the commands.
8171@end table
8172
8173There is unfortunately some confusion between
8174@code{cvs_options} and @code{command_options}.
8175When given as a @code{cvs_option}, some options only
8176affect some of the commands.  When given as a
8177@code{command_option} it may have a different meaning, and
8178be accepted by more commands.  In other words, do not
8179take the above categorization too seriously.  Look at
8180the documentation instead.
8181
8182@node Exit status
8183@appendixsec CVS's exit status
8184@cindex Exit status, of CVS
8185
8186@sc{cvs} can indicate to the calling environment whether it
8187succeeded or failed by setting its @dfn{exit status}.
8188The exact way of testing the exit status will vary from
8189one operating system to another.  For example in a unix
8190shell script the @samp{$?} variable will be 0 if the
8191last command returned a successful exit status, or
8192greater than 0 if the exit status indicated failure.
8193
8194If @sc{cvs} is successful, it returns a successful status;
8195if there is an error, it prints an error message and
8196returns a failure status.  The one exception to this is
8197the @code{cvs diff} command.  It will return a
8198successful status if it found no differences, or a
8199failure status if there were differences or if there
8200was an error.  Because this behavior provides no good
8201way to detect errors, in the future it is possible that
8202@code{cvs diff} will be changed to behave like the
8203other @sc{cvs} commands.
8204@c It might seem like checking whether cvs -q diff
8205@c produces empty or non-empty output can tell whether
8206@c there were differences or not.  But it seems like
8207@c there are cases with output but no differences
8208@c (testsuite basica-8b).  It is not clear to me how
8209@c useful it is for a script to be able to check
8210@c whether there were differences.
8211@c FIXCVS? In previous versions of CVS, cvs diff
8212@c returned 0 for no differences, 1 for differences, or
8213@c 2 for errors.  Is this behavior worth trying to
8214@c bring back (but what does it mean for VMS?)?
8215
8216@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
8217@node ~/.cvsrc
8218@appendixsec Default options and the ~/.cvsrc file
8219@cindex .cvsrc file
8220@cindex Option defaults
8221
8222There are some @code{command_options} that are used so
8223often that you might have set up an alias or some other
8224means to make sure you always specify that option.  One
8225example (the one that drove the implementation of the
8226@file{.cvsrc} support, actually) is that many people find the
8227default output of the @samp{diff} command to be very
8228hard to read, and that either context diffs or unidiffs
8229are much easier to understand.
8230
8231The @file{~/.cvsrc} file is a way that you can add
8232default options to @code{cvs_commands} within cvs,
8233instead of relying on aliases or other shell scripts.
8234
8235The format of the @file{~/.cvsrc} file is simple.  The
8236file is searched for a line that begins with the same
8237name as the @code{cvs_command} being executed.  If a
8238match is found, then the remainder of the line is split
8239up (at whitespace characters) into separate options and
8240added to the command arguments @emph{before} any
8241options from the command line.
8242
8243If a command has two names (e.g., @code{checkout} and
8244@code{co}), the official name, not necessarily the one
8245used on the command line, will be used to match against
8246the file.  So if this is the contents of the user's
8247@file{~/.cvsrc} file:
8248
8249@example
8250log -N
8251diff -uN
8252rdiff -u
8253update -Pd
8254checkout -P
8255release -d
8256@end example
8257
8258@noindent
8259the command @samp{cvs checkout foo} would have the
8260@samp{-P} option added to the arguments, as well as
8261@samp{cvs co foo}.
8262
8263With the example file above, the output from @samp{cvs
8264diff foobar} will be in unidiff format.  @samp{cvs diff
8265-c foobar} will provide context diffs, as usual.
8266Getting "old" format diffs would be slightly more
8267complicated, because @code{diff} doesn't have an option
8268to specify use of the "old" format, so you would need
8269@samp{cvs -f diff foobar}.
8270
8271In place of the command name you can use @code{cvs} to
8272specify global options (@pxref{Global options}).  For
8273example the following line in @file{.cvsrc}
8274
8275@example
8276cvs -z6
8277@end example
8278
8279@noindent
8280causes @sc{cvs} to use compression level 6.
8281
8282@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
8283@node Global options
8284@appendixsec Global options
8285@cindex Options, global
8286@cindex Global options
8287@cindex Left-hand options
8288
8289The available @samp{cvs_options} (that are given to the
8290left of @samp{cvs_command}) are:
8291
8292@table @code
8293@item --allow-root=@var{rootdir}
8294May be invoked multiple times to specify one legal @sc{cvsroot} directory with
8295each invocation.  Also causes CVS to preparse the configuration file for each
8296specified root, which can be useful when configuring write proxies,  See
8297@ref{Password authentication server} & @ref{Write proxies}.
8298
8299@cindex Authentication, stream
8300@cindex Stream authentication
8301@item -a
8302Authenticate all communication between the client and
8303the server.  Only has an effect on the @sc{cvs} client.
8304As of this writing, this is only implemented when using
8305a GSSAPI connection (@pxref{GSSAPI authenticated}).
8306Authentication prevents certain sorts of attacks
8307involving hijacking the active @sc{tcp} connection.
8308Enabling authentication does not enable encryption.
8309
8310@cindex RCSBIN, overriding
8311@cindex Overriding RCSBIN
8312@item -b @var{bindir}
8313In @sc{cvs} 1.9.18 and older, this specified that
8314@sc{rcs} programs are in the @var{bindir} directory.
8315Current versions of @sc{cvs} do not run @sc{rcs}
8316programs; for compatibility this option is accepted,
8317but it does nothing.
8318
8319@cindex TMPDIR, environment variable
8320@cindex temporary file directory, set via command line
8321@cindex temporary file directory, set via environment variable
8322@cindex temporary file directory, set via config
8323@cindex temporary files, location of
8324@item -T @var{tempdir}
8325Use @var{tempdir} as the directory where temporary files are
8326located.
8327
8328The @sc{cvs} client and server store temporary files in a temporary directory.
8329The path to this temporary directory is set via, in order of precedence:
8330
8331@itemize @bullet
8332@item
8333The argument to the global @samp{-T} option.
8334
8335@item
8336The value set for @code{TmpDir} in the config file (server only -
8337@pxref{config}).
8338
8339@item
8340The contents of the @code{$TMPDIR} environment variable (@code{%TMPDIR%} on
8341Windows - @pxref{Environment variables}).
8342
8343@item
8344/tmp
8345
8346@end itemize
8347
8348Temporary directories should always be specified as an absolute pathname.
8349When running a CVS client, @samp{-T} affects only the local process;
8350specifying @samp{-T} for the client has no effect on the server and
8351vice versa.
8352
8353@cindex CVSROOT, overriding
8354@cindex Overriding CVSROOT
8355@item -d @var{cvs_root_directory}
8356Use @var{cvs_root_directory} as the root directory
8357pathname of the repository.  Overrides the setting of
8358the @code{$CVSROOT} environment variable.  @xref{Repository}.
8359
8360@cindex EDITOR, overriding
8361@cindex Overriding EDITOR
8362@item -e @var{editor}
8363Use @var{editor} to enter revision log information.  Overrides the
8364setting of the @code{$CVSEDITOR} and @code{$EDITOR}
8365environment variables.  For more information, see
8366@ref{Committing your changes}.
8367
8368@item -f
8369Do not read the @file{~/.cvsrc} file.  This
8370option is most often used because of the
8371non-orthogonality of the @sc{cvs} option set.  For
8372example, the @samp{cvs log} option @samp{-N} (turn off
8373display of tag names) does not have a corresponding
8374option to turn the display on.  So if you have
8375@samp{-N} in the @file{~/.cvsrc} entry for @samp{log},
8376you may need to use @samp{-f} to show the tag names.
8377
8378@item -H
8379@itemx --help
8380Display usage information about the specified @samp{cvs_command}
8381(but do not actually execute the command).  If you don't specify
8382a command name, @samp{cvs -H} displays overall help for
8383@sc{cvs}, including a list of other help options.
8384@c It seems to me it is better to document it this way
8385@c rather than trying to update this documentation
8386@c every time that we add a --help-foo option.  But
8387@c perhaps that is confusing...
8388
8389@cindex Read-only repository mode
8390@item -R
8391Turns on read-only repository mode.  This allows one to check out from a
8392read-only repository, such as within an anoncvs server, or from a @sc{cd-rom}
8393repository.
8394
8395Same effect as if the @code{CVSREADONLYFS} environment
8396variable is set. Using @samp{-R} can also considerably
8397speed up checkouts over NFS.
8398
8399@cindex Read-only mode
8400@item -n
8401Do not change any files.  Attempt to execute the
8402@samp{cvs_command}, but only to issue reports; do not remove,
8403update, or merge any existing files, or create any new files.
8404
8405Note that @sc{cvs} will not necessarily produce exactly
8406the same output as without @samp{-n}.  In some cases
8407the output will be the same, but in other cases
8408@sc{cvs} will skip some of the processing that would
8409have been required to produce the exact same output.
8410
8411@item -Q
8412Cause the command to be really quiet; the command will only
8413generate output for serious problems.
8414
8415@item -q
8416Cause the command to be somewhat quiet; informational messages,
8417such as reports of recursion through subdirectories, are
8418suppressed.
8419
8420@cindex Read-only files, and -r
8421@item -r
8422Make new working files read-only.  Same effect
8423as if the @code{$CVSREAD} environment variable is set
8424(@pxref{Environment variables}).  The default is to
8425make working files writable, unless watches are on
8426(@pxref{Watches}).
8427
8428@item -s @var{variable}=@var{value}
8429Set a user variable (@pxref{Variables}).
8430
8431@cindex Trace
8432@item -t
8433Trace program execution; display messages showing the steps of
8434@sc{cvs} activity.  Particularly useful with @samp{-n} to explore the
8435potential impact of an unfamiliar command.
8436
8437@item -v
8438@item --version
8439Display version and copyright information for @sc{cvs}.
8440
8441@cindex CVSREAD, overriding
8442@cindex Overriding CVSREAD
8443@item -w
8444Make new working files read-write.  Overrides the
8445setting of the @code{$CVSREAD} environment variable.
8446Files are created read-write by default, unless @code{$CVSREAD} is
8447set or @samp{-r} is given.
8448@c Note that -w only overrides -r and CVSREAD; it has
8449@c no effect on files which are readonly because of
8450@c "cvs watch on".  My guess is that is the way it
8451@c should be (or should "cvs -w get" on a watched file
8452@c be the same as a get and a cvs edit?), but I'm not
8453@c completely sure whether to document it this way.
8454
8455@item -x
8456@cindex Encryption
8457Encrypt all communication between the client and the
8458server.  Only has an effect on the @sc{cvs} client.  As
8459of this writing, this is only implemented when using a
8460GSSAPI connection (@pxref{GSSAPI authenticated}) or a
8461Kerberos connection (@pxref{Kerberos authenticated}).
8462Enabling encryption implies that message traffic is
8463also authenticated.  Encryption support is not
8464available by default; it must be enabled using a
8465special configure option, @file{--enable-encryption},
8466when you build @sc{cvs}.
8467
8468@item -z @var{level}
8469@cindex Compression
8470@cindex Gzip
8471Request compression @var{level} for network traffic.
8472@sc{cvs} interprets @var{level} identically to the @code{gzip} program.
8473Valid levels are 1 (high speed, low compression) to
84749 (low speed, high compression), or 0 to disable
8475compression (the default).  Data sent to the server will
8476be compressed at the requested level and the client will request
8477the server use the same compression level for data returned.  The
8478server will use the closest level allowed by the server administrator to
8479compress returned data.  This option only has an effect when passed to
8480the @sc{cvs} client.
8481@end table
8482
8483@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
8484@node Common options
8485@appendixsec Common command options
8486@cindex Common options
8487@cindex Right-hand options
8488
8489This section describes the @samp{command_options} that
8490are available across several @sc{cvs} commands.  These
8491options are always given to the right of
8492@samp{cvs_command}. Not all
8493commands support all of these options; each option is
8494only supported for commands where it makes sense.
8495However, when a command has one of these options you
8496can almost always count on the same behavior of the
8497option as in other commands.  (Other command options,
8498which are listed with the individual commands, may have
8499different behavior from one @sc{cvs} command to the other).
8500
8501@strong{Note: the @samp{history} command is an exception; it supports
8502many options that conflict even with these standard options.}
8503
8504@table @code
8505@cindex Dates
8506@cindex Time
8507@cindex Specifying dates
8508@item -D @var{date_spec}
8509Use the most recent revision no later than @var{date_spec}.
8510@var{date_spec} is a single argument, a date description
8511specifying a date in the past.
8512
8513The specification is @dfn{sticky} when you use it to make a
8514private copy of a source file; that is, when you get a working
8515file using @samp{-D}, @sc{cvs} records the date you specified, so that
8516further updates in the same directory will use the same date
8517(for more information on sticky tags/dates, @pxref{Sticky tags}).
8518
8519@samp{-D} is available with the @code{annotate}, @code{checkout},
8520@code{diff}, @code{export}, @code{history}, @code{ls},
8521@code{rdiff}, @code{rls}, @code{rtag}, @code{tag}, and @code{update} commands.
8522(The @code{history} command uses this option in a
8523slightly different way; @pxref{history options}).
8524
8525For a complete description of the date formats accepted by @sc{cvs},
8526@ref{Date input formats}.
8527@c What other formats should we accept?  I don't want
8528@c to start accepting a whole mess of non-standard
8529@c new formats (there are a lot which are in wide use in
8530@c one context or another), but practicality does
8531@c dictate some level of flexibility.
8532@c * POSIX.2 (e.g. touch, ls output, date) and other
8533@c POSIX and/or de facto unix standards (e.g. at).  The
8534@c practice here is too inconsistent to be of any use.
8535@c * VMS dates.  This is not a formal standard, but
8536@c there is a published specification (see SYS$ASCTIM
8537@c and SYS$BINTIM in the _VMS System Services Reference
8538@c Manual_), it is implemented consistently in VMS
8539@c utilities, and VMS users will expect CVS running on
8540@c VMS to support this format (and if we're going to do
8541@c that, better to make CVS support it on all
8542@c platforms.  Maybe).
8543@c
8544@c One more note: In output, CVS should consistently
8545@c use one date format, and that format should be one that
8546@c it accepts in input as well.  The former isn't
8547@c really true (see survey below), and I'm not
8548@c sure that either of those formats is accepted in
8549@c input.
8550@c
8551@c cvs log
8552@c   current 1996/01/02 13:45:31
8553@c   Internet 02 Jan 1996 13:45:31 UT
8554@c   ISO 1996-01-02 13:45:31
8555@c cvs ann
8556@c   current 02-Jan-96
8557@c   Internet-like 02 Jan 96
8558@c   ISO 96-01-02
8559@c cvs status
8560@c   current Tue Jun 11 02:54:53 1996
8561@c   Internet [Tue,] 11 Jun 1996 02:54:53
8562@c   ISO 1996-06-11 02:54:53
8563@c   note: date possibly should be omitted entirely for
8564@c   other reasons.
8565@c cvs editors
8566@c   current Tue Jun 11 02:54:53 1996 GMT
8567@c cvs history
8568@c   current 06/11 02:54 +0000
8569@c any others?
8570@c There is a good chance the proper solution has to
8571@c involve at least some level of letting the user
8572@c decide which format (with the default being the
8573@c formats CVS has always used; changing these might be
8574@c _very_ disruptive since scripts may very well be
8575@c parsing them).
8576@c
8577@c Another random bit of prior art concerning dates is
8578@c the strptime function which takes templates such as
8579@c "%m/%d/%y", and apparent a variant of getdate()
8580@c which also honors them.  See
8581@c X/Open CAE Specification, System Interfaces and
8582@c Headers Issue 4, Version 2 (September 1994), in the
8583@c entry for getdate() on page 231
8584
8585Remember to quote the argument to the @samp{-D}
8586flag so that your shell doesn't interpret spaces as
8587argument separators.  A command using the @samp{-D}
8588flag can look like this:
8589
8590@example
8591$ cvs diff -D "1 hour ago" cvs.texinfo
8592@end example
8593
8594@cindex Forcing a tag match
8595@item -f
8596When you specify a particular date or tag to @sc{cvs} commands, they
8597normally ignore files that do not contain the tag (or did not
8598exist prior to the date) that you specified.  Use the @samp{-f} option
8599if you want files retrieved even when there is no match for the
8600tag or date.  (The most recent revision of the file
8601will be used).
8602
8603Note that even with @samp{-f}, a tag that you specify
8604must exist (that is, in some file, not necessary in
8605every file).  This is so that @sc{cvs} will continue to
8606give an error if you mistype a tag name.
8607
8608@need 800
8609@samp{-f} is available with these commands:
8610@code{annotate}, @code{checkout}, @code{export},
8611@code{rdiff}, @code{rtag}, and @code{update}.
8612
8613@strong{WARNING:  The @code{commit} and @code{remove}
8614commands also have a
8615@samp{-f} option, but it has a different behavior for
8616those commands.  See @ref{commit options}, and
8617@ref{Removing files}.}
8618
8619@item -k @var{kflag}
8620Override the default processing of RCS keywords other than
8621@samp{-kb}.  @xref{Keyword substitution}, for the meaning of
8622@var{kflag}.  Used with the @code{checkout} and @code{update}
8623commands, your @var{kflag} specification is
8624@dfn{sticky}; that is, when you use this option
8625with a @code{checkout} or @code{update} command,
8626@sc{cvs} associates your selected @var{kflag} with any files
8627it operates on, and continues to use that @var{kflag} with future
8628commands on the same files until you specify otherwise.
8629
8630The @samp{-k} option is available with the @code{add},
8631@code{checkout}, @code{diff}, @code{export}, @code{import},
8632@code{rdiff}, and @code{update} commands.
8633
8634@strong{WARNING: Prior to CVS version 1.12.2, the @samp{-k} flag
8635overrode the @samp{-kb} indication for a binary file.  This could
8636sometimes corrupt binary files.  @xref{Merging and keywords}, for
8637more.}
8638
8639@item -l
8640Local; run only in current working directory, rather than
8641recursing through subdirectories.
8642
8643Available with the following commands: @code{annotate}, @code{checkout},
8644@code{commit}, @code{diff}, @code{edit}, @code{editors}, @code{export},
8645@code{log}, @code{rdiff}, @code{remove}, @code{rtag},
8646@code{status}, @code{tag}, @code{unedit}, @code{update}, @code{watch},
8647and @code{watchers}.
8648
8649@cindex Editor, avoiding invocation of
8650@cindex Avoiding editor invocation
8651@item -m @var{message}
8652Use @var{message} as log information, instead of
8653invoking an editor.
8654
8655Available with the following commands: @code{add},
8656@code{commit} and @code{import}.
8657
8658@item -n
8659Do not run any tag program.  (A program can be
8660specified to run in the modules
8661database (@pxref{modules}); this option bypasses it).
8662
8663@strong{Note: this is not the same as the @samp{cvs -n}
8664program option, which you can specify to the left of a cvs command!}
8665
8666Available with the @code{checkout}, @code{commit}, @code{export},
8667and @code{rtag} commands.
8668
8669@item -P
8670Prune empty directories.  See @ref{Removing directories}.
8671
8672@item -p
8673Pipe the files retrieved from the repository to standard output,
8674rather than writing them in the current directory.  Available
8675with the @code{checkout} and @code{update} commands.
8676
8677@item -R
8678Process directories recursively.  This is the default for all @sc{cvs}
8679commands, with the exception of @code{ls} & @code{rls}.
8680
8681Available with the following commands: @code{annotate}, @code{checkout},
8682@code{commit}, @code{diff}, @code{edit}, @code{editors}, @code{export},
8683@code{ls}, @code{rdiff}, @code{remove}, @code{rls}, @code{rtag},
8684@code{status}, @code{tag}, @code{unedit}, @code{update}, @code{watch},
8685and @code{watchers}.
8686
8687@item -r @var{tag}
8688@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
8689@cindex HEAD, special tag
8690@cindex BASE, special tag
8691Use the revision specified by the @var{tag} argument (and the @var{date}
8692argument for the commands which accept it) instead of the
8693default @dfn{head} revision.  As well as arbitrary tags defined
8694with the @code{tag} or @code{rtag} command, two special tags are
8695always available: @samp{HEAD} refers to the most recent version
8696available in the repository, and @samp{BASE} refers to the
8697revision you last checked out into the current working directory.
8698
8699@c FIXME: What does HEAD really mean?  I believe that
8700@c the current answer is the head of the default branch
8701@c for all cvs commands except diff.  For diff, it
8702@c seems to be (a) the head of the trunk (or the default
8703@c branch?) if there is no sticky tag, (b) the head of the
8704@c branch for the sticky tag, if there is a sticky tag.
8705@c (b) is ugly as it differs
8706@c from what HEAD means for other commands, but people
8707@c and/or scripts are quite possibly used to it.
8708@c See "head" tests in sanity.sh.
8709@c Probably the best fix is to introduce two new
8710@c special tags, ".thead" for the head of the trunk,
8711@c and ".bhead" for the head of the current branch.
8712@c Then deprecate HEAD.  This has the advantage of
8713@c not surprising people with a change to HEAD, and a
8714@c side benefit of also phasing out the poorly-named
8715@c HEAD (see discussion of reserved tag names in node
8716@c "Tags").  Of course, .thead and .bhead should be
8717@c carefully implemented (with the implementation the
8718@c same for "diff" as for everyone else), test cases
8719@c written (similar to the ones in "head"), new tests
8720@c cases written for things like default branches, &c.
8721
8722The tag specification is sticky when you use this
8723with @code{checkout} or @code{update} to make your own
8724copy of a file: @sc{cvs} remembers the tag and continues to use it on
8725future update commands, until you specify otherwise (for more information
8726on sticky tags/dates, @pxref{Sticky tags}).
8727
8728The tag can be either a symbolic or numeric tag, as
8729described in @ref{Tags}, or the name of a branch, as
8730described in @ref{Branching and merging}.
8731When @var{tag} is the name of a
8732branch, some commands accept the optional @var{date} argument to specify
8733the revision as of the given date on the branch.
8734When a command expects a specific revision,
8735the name of a branch is interpreted as the most recent
8736revision on that branch.
8737
8738Specifying the @samp{-q} global option along with the
8739@samp{-r} command option is often useful, to suppress
8740the warning messages when the @sc{rcs} file
8741does not contain the specified tag.
8742
8743@strong{Note: this is not the same as the overall @samp{cvs -r} option,
8744which you can specify to the left of a @sc{cvs} command!}
8745
8746@samp{-r @var{tag}} is available with the @code{commit} and @code{history}
8747commands.
8748
8749@samp{-r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]} is available with the @code{annotate},
8750@code{checkout}, @code{diff}, @code{export}, @code{rdiff}, @code{rtag},
8751and @code{update} commands.
8752
8753@item -W
8754Specify file names that should be filtered.  You can
8755use this option repeatedly.  The spec can be a file
8756name pattern of the same type that you can specify in
8757the @file{.cvswrappers} file.
8758Available with the following commands: @code{import},
8759and @code{update}.
8760
8761@end table
8762
8763@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
8764@include getdate-cvs.texi
8765
8766@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
8767@node admin
8768@appendixsec admin---Administration
8769@cindex Admin (subcommand)
8770
8771@itemize @bullet
8772@item
8773Requires: repository, working directory.
8774@item
8775Changes: repository.
8776@item
8777Synonym: rcs
8778@end itemize
8779
8780This is the @sc{cvs} interface to assorted
8781administrative facilities.  Some of them have
8782questionable usefulness for @sc{cvs} but exist for
8783historical purposes.  Some of the questionable options
8784are likely to disappear in the future.  This command
8785@emph{does} work recursively, so extreme care should be
8786used.
8787
8788@cindex cvsadmin
8789@cindex UserAdminOptions, in CVSROOT/config
8790On unix, if there is a group named @code{cvsadmin},
8791only members of that group can run @code{cvs admin}
8792commands, except for those specified using the
8793@code{UserAdminOptions} configuration option in the
8794@file{CVSROOT/config} file.  Options specified using
8795@code{UserAdminOptions} can be run by any user.  See
8796@ref{config} for more on @code{UserAdminOptions}.
8797
8798The @code{cvsadmin} group should exist on the server,
8799or any system running the non-client/server @sc{cvs}.
8800To disallow @code{cvs admin} for all users, create a
8801group with no users in it.  On NT, the @code{cvsadmin}
8802feature does not exist and all users
8803can run @code{cvs admin}.
8804
8805@menu
8806* admin options::               admin options
8807@end menu
8808
8809@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8810@node admin options
8811@appendixsubsec admin options
8812
8813Some of these options have questionable usefulness for
8814@sc{cvs} but exist for historical purposes.  Some even
8815make it impossible to use @sc{cvs} until you undo the
8816effect!
8817
8818@table @code
8819@item -A@var{oldfile}
8820Might not work together with @sc{cvs}.  Append the
8821access list of @var{oldfile} to the access list of the
8822@sc{rcs} file.
8823
8824@item -a@var{logins}
8825Might not work together with @sc{cvs}.  Append the
8826login names appearing in the comma-separated list
8827@var{logins} to the access list of the @sc{rcs} file.
8828
8829@item -b[@var{rev}]
8830Set the default branch to @var{rev}.  In @sc{cvs}, you
8831normally do not manipulate default branches; sticky
8832tags (@pxref{Sticky tags}) are a better way to decide
8833which branch you want to work on.  There is one reason
8834to run @code{cvs admin -b}: to revert to the vendor's
8835version when using vendor branches (@pxref{Reverting
8836local changes}).
8837There can be no space between @samp{-b} and its argument.
8838@c Hmm, we don't document the usage where rev is
8839@c omitted.  Maybe that usage can/should be deprecated
8840@c (and replaced with -bHEAD or something?) (so we can toss
8841@c the optional argument).  Note that -bHEAD does not
8842@c work, as of 17 Sep 1997, but probably will once "cvs
8843@c admin" is internal to CVS.
8844
8845@cindex Comment leader
8846@item -c@var{string}
8847Sets the comment leader to @var{string}.  The comment
8848leader is not used by current versions of @sc{cvs} or
8849@sc{rcs} 5.7.  Therefore, you can almost surely not
8850worry about it.  @xref{Keyword substitution}.
8851
8852@item -e[@var{logins}]
8853Might not work together with @sc{cvs}.  Erase the login
8854names appearing in the comma-separated list
8855@var{logins} from the access list of the RCS file.  If
8856@var{logins} is omitted, erase the entire access list.
8857There can be no space between @samp{-e} and its argument.
8858
8859@item -I
8860Run interactively, even if the standard input is not a
8861terminal.  This option does not work with the
8862client/server @sc{cvs} and is likely to disappear in
8863a future release of @sc{cvs}.
8864
8865@item -i
8866Useless with @sc{cvs}.  This creates and initializes a
8867new @sc{rcs} file, without depositing a revision.  With
8868@sc{cvs}, add files with the @code{cvs add} command
8869(@pxref{Adding files}).
8870
8871@item -k@var{subst}
8872Set the default keyword
8873substitution to @var{subst}.  @xref{Keyword
8874substitution}.  Giving an explicit @samp{-k} option to
8875@code{cvs update}, @code{cvs export}, or @code{cvs
8876checkout} overrides this default.
8877
8878@item -l[@var{rev}]
8879Lock the revision with number @var{rev}.  If a branch
8880is given, lock the latest revision on that branch.  If
8881@var{rev} is omitted, lock the latest revision on the
8882default branch.  There can be no space between
8883@samp{-l} and its argument.
8884
8885This can be used in conjunction with the
8886@file{rcslock.pl} script in the @file{contrib}
8887directory of the @sc{cvs} source distribution to
8888provide reserved checkouts (where only one user can be
8889editing a given file at a time).  See the comments in
8890that file for details (and see the @file{README} file
8891in that directory for disclaimers about the unsupported
8892nature of contrib).  According to comments in that
8893file, locking must set to strict (which is the default).
8894
8895@item -L
8896Set locking to strict.  Strict locking means that the
8897owner of an RCS file is not exempt from locking for
8898checkin.  For use with @sc{cvs}, strict locking must be
8899set; see the discussion under the @samp{-l} option above.
8900
8901@cindex Changing a log message
8902@cindex Replacing a log message
8903@cindex Correcting a log message
8904@cindex Fixing a log message
8905@cindex Log message, correcting
8906@item -m@var{rev}:@var{msg}
8907Replace the log message of revision @var{rev} with
8908@var{msg}.
8909
8910@c The rcs -M option, to suppress sending mail, has never been
8911@c documented as a cvs admin option.
8912
8913@item -N@var{name}[:[@var{rev}]]
8914Act like @samp{-n}, except override any previous
8915assignment of @var{name}.  For use with magic branches,
8916see @ref{Magic branch numbers}.
8917
8918@item -n@var{name}[:[@var{rev}]]
8919Associate the symbolic name @var{name} with the branch
8920or revision @var{rev}.  It is normally better to use
8921@samp{cvs tag} or @samp{cvs rtag} instead.  Delete the
8922symbolic name if both @samp{:} and @var{rev} are
8923omitted; otherwise, print an error message if
8924@var{name} is already associated with another number.
8925If @var{rev} is symbolic, it is expanded before
8926association.  A @var{rev} consisting of a branch number
8927followed by a @samp{.} stands for the current latest
8928revision in the branch.  A @samp{:} with an empty
8929@var{rev} stands for the current latest revision on the
8930default branch, normally the trunk.  For example,
8931@samp{cvs admin -n@var{name}:} associates @var{name} with the
8932current latest revision of all the RCS files;
8933this contrasts with @samp{cvs admin -n@var{name}:$} which
8934associates @var{name} with the revision numbers
8935extracted from keyword strings in the corresponding
8936working files.
8937
8938@cindex Deleting revisions
8939@cindex Outdating revisions
8940@cindex Saving space
8941@item -o@var{range}
8942Deletes (@dfn{outdates}) the revisions given by
8943@var{range}.
8944
8945Note that this command can be quite dangerous unless
8946you know @emph{exactly} what you are doing (for example
8947see the warnings below about how the
8948@var{rev1}:@var{rev2} syntax is confusing).
8949
8950If you are short on disc this option might help you.
8951But think twice before using it---there is no way short
8952of restoring the latest backup to undo this command!
8953If you delete different revisions than you planned,
8954either due to carelessness or (heaven forbid) a @sc{cvs}
8955bug, there is no opportunity to correct the error
8956before the revisions are deleted.  It probably would be
8957a good idea to experiment on a copy of the repository
8958first.
8959
8960Specify @var{range} in one of the following ways:
8961
8962@table @code
8963@item @var{rev1}::@var{rev2}
8964Collapse all revisions between rev1 and rev2, so that
8965@sc{cvs} only stores the differences associated with going
8966from rev1 to rev2, not intermediate steps.  For
8967example, after @samp{-o 1.3::1.5} one can retrieve
8968revision 1.3, revision 1.5, or the differences to get
8969from 1.3 to 1.5, but not the revision 1.4, or the
8970differences between 1.3 and 1.4.  Other examples:
8971@samp{-o 1.3::1.4} and @samp{-o 1.3::1.3} have no
8972effect, because there are no intermediate revisions to
8973remove.
8974
8975@item ::@var{rev}
8976Collapse revisions between the beginning of the branch
8977containing @var{rev} and @var{rev} itself.  The
8978branchpoint and @var{rev} are left intact.  For
8979example, @samp{-o ::1.3.2.6} deletes revision 1.3.2.1,
8980revision 1.3.2.5, and everything in between, but leaves
89811.3 and 1.3.2.6 intact.
8982
8983@item @var{rev}::
8984Collapse revisions between @var{rev} and the end of the
8985branch containing @var{rev}.  Revision @var{rev} is
8986left intact but the head revision is deleted.
8987
8988@item @var{rev}
8989Delete the revision @var{rev}.  For example, @samp{-o
89901.3} is equivalent to @samp{-o 1.2::1.4}.
8991
8992@item @var{rev1}:@var{rev2}
8993Delete the revisions from @var{rev1} to @var{rev2},
8994inclusive, on the same branch.  One will not be able to
8995retrieve @var{rev1} or @var{rev2} or any of the
8996revisions in between.  For example, the command
8997@samp{cvs admin -oR_1_01:R_1_02 .} is rarely useful.
8998It means to delete revisions up to, and including, the
8999tag R_1_02.  But beware!  If there are files that have not
9000changed between R_1_02 and R_1_03 the file will have
9001@emph{the same} numerical revision number assigned to
9002the tags R_1_02 and R_1_03.  So not only will it be
9003impossible to retrieve R_1_02; R_1_03 will also have to
9004be restored from the tapes!  In most cases you want to
9005specify @var{rev1}::@var{rev2} instead.
9006
9007@item :@var{rev}
9008Delete revisions from the beginning of the
9009branch containing @var{rev} up to and including
9010@var{rev}.
9011
9012@item @var{rev}:
9013Delete revisions from revision @var{rev}, including
9014@var{rev} itself, to the end of the branch containing
9015@var{rev}.
9016@end table
9017
9018None of the revisions to be deleted may have
9019branches or locks.
9020
9021If any of the revisions to be deleted have symbolic
9022names, and one specifies one of the @samp{::} syntaxes,
9023then @sc{cvs} will give an error and not delete any
9024revisions.  If you really want to delete both the
9025symbolic names and the revisions, first delete the
9026symbolic names with @code{cvs tag -d}, then run
9027@code{cvs admin -o}.  If one specifies the
9028non-@samp{::} syntaxes, then @sc{cvs} will delete the
9029revisions but leave the symbolic names pointing to
9030nonexistent revisions.  This behavior is preserved for
9031compatibility with previous versions of @sc{cvs}, but
9032because it isn't very useful, in the future it may
9033change to be like the @samp{::} case.
9034
9035Due to the way @sc{cvs} handles branches @var{rev}
9036cannot be specified symbolically if it is a branch.
9037@xref{Magic branch numbers}, for an explanation.
9038@c FIXME: is this still true?  I suspect not.
9039
9040Make sure that no-one has checked out a copy of the
9041revision you outdate.  Strange things will happen if he
9042starts to edit it and tries to check it back in.  For
9043this reason, this option is not a good way to take back
9044a bogus commit; commit a new revision undoing the bogus
9045change instead (@pxref{Merging two revisions}).
9046
9047@item -q
9048Run quietly; do not print diagnostics.
9049
9050@item -s@var{state}[:@var{rev}]
9051Useful with @sc{cvs}.  Set the state attribute of the
9052revision @var{rev} to @var{state}.  If @var{rev} is a
9053branch number, assume the latest revision on that
9054branch.  If @var{rev} is omitted, assume the latest
9055revision on the default branch.  Any identifier is
9056acceptable for @var{state}.  A useful set of states is
9057@samp{Exp} (for experimental), @samp{Stab} (for
9058stable), and @samp{Rel} (for released).  By default,
9059the state of a new revision is set to @samp{Exp} when
9060it is created.  The state is visible in the output from
9061@var{cvs log} (@pxref{log}), and in the
9062@samp{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$} and @samp{$@splitrcskeyword{State}$} keywords
9063(@pxref{Keyword substitution}).  Note that @sc{cvs}
9064uses the @code{dead} state for its own purposes (@pxref{Attic}); to
9065take a file to or from the @code{dead} state use
9066commands like @code{cvs remove} and @code{cvs add}
9067(@pxref{Adding and removing}), not @code{cvs admin -s}.
9068
9069@item -t[@var{file}]
9070Useful with @sc{cvs}.  Write descriptive text from the
9071contents of the named @var{file} into the RCS file,
9072deleting the existing text.  The @var{file} pathname
9073may not begin with @samp{-}.  The descriptive text can be seen in the
9074output from @samp{cvs log} (@pxref{log}).
9075There can be no space between @samp{-t} and its argument.
9076
9077If @var{file} is omitted,
9078obtain the text from standard input, terminated by
9079end-of-file or by a line containing @samp{.} by itself.
9080Prompt for the text if interaction is possible; see
9081@samp{-I}.
9082
9083@item -t-@var{string}
9084Similar to @samp{-t@var{file}}. Write descriptive text
9085from the @var{string} into the @sc{rcs} file, deleting
9086the existing text.
9087There can be no space between @samp{-t} and its argument.
9088
9089@c The rcs -T option, do not update last-mod time for
9090@c minor changes, has never been documented as a
9091@c cvs admin option.
9092
9093@item -U
9094Set locking to non-strict.  Non-strict locking means
9095that the owner of a file need not lock a revision for
9096checkin.  For use with @sc{cvs}, strict locking must be
9097set; see the discussion under the @samp{-l} option
9098above.
9099
9100@item -u[@var{rev}]
9101See the option @samp{-l} above, for a discussion of
9102using this option with @sc{cvs}.  Unlock the revision
9103with number @var{rev}.  If a branch is given, unlock
9104the latest revision on that branch.  If @var{rev} is
9105omitted, remove the latest lock held by the caller.
9106Normally, only the locker of a revision may unlock it;
9107somebody else unlocking a revision breaks the lock.
9108This causes the original locker to be sent a @code{commit}
9109notification (@pxref{Getting Notified}).
9110There can be no space between @samp{-u} and its argument.
9111
9112@item -V@var{n}
9113In previous versions of @sc{cvs}, this option meant to
9114write an @sc{rcs} file which would be acceptable to
9115@sc{rcs} version @var{n}, but it is now obsolete and
9116specifying it will produce an error.
9117@c Note that -V without an argument has never been
9118@c documented as a cvs admin option.
9119
9120@item -x@var{suffixes}
9121In previous versions of @sc{cvs}, this was documented
9122as a way of specifying the names of the @sc{rcs}
9123files.  However, @sc{cvs} has always required that the
9124@sc{rcs} files used by @sc{cvs} end in @samp{,v}, so
9125this option has never done anything useful.
9126
9127@c The rcs -z option, to specify the timezone, has
9128@c never been documented as a cvs admin option.
9129@end table
9130
9131@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
9132@node annotate
9133@appendixsec annotate---What revision modified each line of a file?
9134@cindex annotate (subcommand)
9135
9136@itemize @bullet
9137@item
9138Synopsis: annotate [options] files@dots{}
9139@item
9140Requires: repository.
9141@item
9142Changes: nothing.
9143@end itemize
9144
9145For each file in @var{files}, print the head revision
9146of the trunk, together with information on the last
9147modification for each line.  
9148
9149@menu
9150* annotate options::            annotate options
9151* annotate example::            annotate example
9152@end menu
9153
9154@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9155@node annotate options
9156@appendixsubsec annotate options
9157
9158These standard options are supported by @code{annotate}
9159(@pxref{Common options}, for a complete description of
9160them):
9161
9162@table @code
9163@item -l
9164Local directory only, no recursion.
9165
9166@item -R
9167Process directories recursively.
9168
9169@item -f
9170Use head revision if tag/date not found.
9171
9172@item -F
9173Annotate binary files.
9174
9175@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
9176Annotate file as of specified revision/tag or, when @var{date} is specified
9177and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
9178existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{Common options}.
9179
9180@item -D @var{date}
9181Annotate file as of specified date.
9182@end table
9183
9184@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9185@node annotate example
9186@appendixsubsec annotate example
9187
9188For example:
9189
9190@example
9191$ cvs annotate ssfile
9192Annotations for ssfile
9193***************
91941.1          (mary     27-Mar-96): ssfile line 1
91951.2          (joe      28-Mar-96): ssfile line 2
9196@end example
9197
9198The file @file{ssfile} currently contains two lines.
9199The @code{ssfile line 1} line was checked in by
9200@code{mary} on March 27.  Then, on March 28, @code{joe}
9201added a line @code{ssfile line 2}, without modifying
9202the @code{ssfile line 1} line.  This report doesn't
9203tell you anything about lines which have been deleted
9204or replaced; you need to use @code{cvs diff} for that
9205(@pxref{diff}).
9206
9207The options to @code{cvs annotate} are listed in
9208@ref{Invoking CVS}, and can be used to select the files
9209and revisions to annotate.  The options are described
9210in more detail there and in @ref{Common options}.
9211
9212@c FIXME: maybe an example using the options?  Just
9213@c what it means to select a revision might be worth a
9214@c few words of explanation ("you want to see who
9215@c changed this line *before* 1.4"...).
9216
9217@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
9218@node checkout
9219@appendixsec checkout---Check out sources for editing
9220@cindex checkout (subcommand)
9221@cindex co (subcommand)
9222
9223@itemize @bullet
9224@item
9225Synopsis: checkout [options] modules@dots{}
9226@item
9227Requires: repository.
9228@item
9229Changes: working directory.
9230@item
9231Synonyms: co, get
9232@end itemize
9233
9234Create or update a working directory containing copies of the
9235source files specified by @var{modules}.  You must execute
9236@code{checkout} before using most of the other @sc{cvs}
9237commands, since most of them operate on your working
9238directory.
9239
9240The @var{modules} are either
9241symbolic names for some
9242collection of source directories and files, or paths to
9243directories or files in the repository.  The symbolic
9244names are defined in the @samp{modules} file.
9245@xref{modules}.
9246@c Needs an example, particularly of the non-"modules"
9247@c case but probably of both.
9248
9249@c FIXME: this seems like a very odd place to introduce
9250@c people to how CVS works.  The bit about unreserved
9251@c checkouts is also misleading as it depends on how
9252@c things are set up.
9253Depending on the modules you specify, @code{checkout} may
9254recursively create directories and populate them with
9255the appropriate source files.  You can then edit these
9256source files at any time (regardless of whether other
9257software developers are editing their own copies of the
9258sources); update them to include new changes applied by
9259others to the source repository; or commit your work as
9260a permanent change to the source repository.
9261
9262Note that @code{checkout} is used to create
9263directories.  The top-level directory created is always
9264added to the directory where @code{checkout} is
9265invoked, and usually has the same name as the specified
9266module.  In the case of a module alias, the created
9267sub-directory may have a different name, but you can be
9268sure that it will be a sub-directory, and that
9269@code{checkout} will show the relative path leading to
9270each file as it is extracted into your private work
9271area (unless you specify the @samp{-Q} global option).
9272
9273The files created by @code{checkout} are created
9274read-write, unless the @samp{-r} option to @sc{cvs}
9275(@pxref{Global options}) is specified, the
9276@code{CVSREAD} environment variable is specified
9277(@pxref{Environment variables}), or a watch is in
9278effect for that file (@pxref{Watches}).
9279
9280Note that running @code{checkout} on a directory that was already
9281built by a prior @code{checkout} is also permitted.
9282This is similar to specifying the @samp{-d} option
9283to the @code{update} command in the sense that new
9284directories that have been created in the repository
9285will appear in your work area.
9286However, @code{checkout} takes a module name whereas
9287@code{update} takes a directory name.  Also
9288to use @code{checkout} this way it must be run from the
9289top level directory (where you originally ran
9290@code{checkout} from), so before you run
9291@code{checkout} to update an existing directory, don't
9292forget to change your directory to the top level
9293directory.
9294
9295For the output produced by the @code{checkout} command
9296see @ref{update output}.
9297
9298@menu
9299* checkout options::            checkout options
9300* checkout examples::           checkout examples
9301@end menu
9302
9303@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9304@node checkout options
9305@appendixsubsec checkout options
9306
9307These standard options are supported by @code{checkout}
9308(@pxref{Common options}, for a complete description of
9309them):
9310
9311@table @code
9312@item -D @var{date}
9313Use the most recent revision no later than @var{date}.
9314This option is sticky, and implies @samp{-P}.  See
9315@ref{Sticky tags}, for more information on sticky tags/dates.
9316
9317@item -f
9318Only useful with the @samp{-D} or @samp{-r} flags.  If no matching revision is
9319found, retrieve the most recent revision (instead of ignoring the file).
9320
9321@item -k @var{kflag}
9322Process keywords according to @var{kflag}.  See
9323@ref{Keyword substitution}.
9324This option is sticky; future updates of
9325this file in this working directory will use the same
9326@var{kflag}.  The @code{status} command can be viewed
9327to see the sticky options.  See @ref{Invoking CVS}, for
9328more information on the @code{status} command.
9329
9330@item -l
9331Local; run only in current working directory.
9332
9333@item -n
9334Do not run any checkout program (as specified
9335with the @samp{-o} option in the modules file;
9336@pxref{modules}).
9337
9338@item -P
9339Prune empty directories.  See @ref{Moving directories}.
9340
9341@item -p
9342Pipe files to the standard output.
9343
9344@item -R
9345Checkout directories recursively.  This option is on by default.
9346
9347@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
9348Checkout the revision specified by @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is specified
9349and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
9350existed on @var{date}.  This option is sticky, and implies @samp{-P}.
9351See @ref{Sticky tags}, for more information on sticky tags/dates.  Also,
9352see @ref{Common options}.
9353@end table
9354
9355In addition to those, you can use these special command
9356options with @code{checkout}:
9357
9358@table @code
9359@item -A
9360Reset any sticky tags, dates, or @samp{-k} options.
9361See @ref{Sticky tags}, for more information on sticky tags/dates.
9362
9363@item -c
9364Copy the module file, sorted, to the standard output,
9365instead of creating or modifying any files or
9366directories in your working directory.
9367
9368@item -d @var{dir}
9369Create a directory called @var{dir} for the working
9370files, instead of using the module name.  In general,
9371using this flag is equivalent to using @samp{mkdir
9372@var{dir}; cd @var{dir}} followed by the checkout
9373command without the @samp{-d} flag.
9374
9375There is an important exception, however.  It is very
9376convenient when checking out a single item to have the
9377output appear in a directory that doesn't contain empty
9378intermediate directories.  In this case @emph{only},
9379@sc{cvs} tries to ``shorten'' pathnames to avoid those empty
9380directories.
9381
9382For example, given a module @samp{foo} that contains
9383the file @samp{bar.c}, the command @samp{cvs co -d dir
9384foo} will create directory @samp{dir} and place
9385@samp{bar.c} inside.  Similarly, given a module
9386@samp{bar} which has subdirectory @samp{baz} wherein
9387there is a file @samp{quux.c}, the command @samp{cvs co
9388-d dir bar/baz} will create directory @samp{dir} and
9389place @samp{quux.c} inside.
9390
9391Using the @samp{-N} flag will defeat this behavior.
9392Given the same module definitions above, @samp{cvs co
9393-N -d dir foo} will create directories @samp{dir/foo}
9394and place @samp{bar.c} inside, while @samp{cvs co -N -d
9395dir bar/baz} will create directories @samp{dir/bar/baz}
9396and place @samp{quux.c} inside.
9397
9398@item -j @var{tag}
9399With two @samp{-j} options, merge changes from the
9400revision specified with the first @samp{-j} option to
9401the revision specified with the second @samp{j} option,
9402into the working directory.
9403
9404With one @samp{-j} option, merge changes from the
9405ancestor revision to the revision specified with the
9406@samp{-j} option, into the working directory.  The
9407ancestor revision is the common ancestor of the
9408revision which the working directory is based on, and
9409the revision specified in the @samp{-j} option.
9410
9411In addition, each -j option can contain an optional
9412date specification which, when used with branches, can
9413limit the chosen revision to one within a specific
9414date.  An optional date is specified by adding a colon
9415(:) to the tag:
9416@samp{-j@var{Symbolic_Tag}:@var{Date_Specifier}}.
9417
9418@xref{Branching and merging}.
9419
9420@item -N
9421Only useful together with @samp{-d @var{dir}}.  With
9422this option, @sc{cvs} will not ``shorten'' module paths
9423in your working directory when you check out a single
9424module.  See the @samp{-d} flag for examples and a
9425discussion.
9426
9427@item -s
9428Like @samp{-c}, but include the status of all modules,
9429and sort it by the status string.  @xref{modules}, for
9430info about the @samp{-s} option that is used inside the
9431modules file to set the module status.
9432@end table
9433
9434@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9435@node checkout examples
9436@appendixsubsec checkout examples
9437
9438Get a copy of the module @samp{tc}:
9439
9440@example
9441$ cvs checkout tc
9442@end example
9443
9444Get a copy of the module @samp{tc} as it looked one day
9445ago:
9446
9447@example
9448$ cvs checkout -D yesterday tc
9449@end example
9450
9451@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
9452@node commit
9453@appendixsec commit---Check files into the repository
9454@cindex commit (subcommand)
9455
9456@itemize @bullet
9457@item
9458Synopsis: commit [-lnRf] [-m 'log_message' |
9459-F file] [-r revision] [files@dots{}]
9460@item
9461Requires: working directory, repository.
9462@item
9463Changes: repository.
9464@item
9465Synonym: ci
9466@end itemize
9467
9468Use @code{commit} when you want to incorporate changes
9469from your working source files into the source
9470repository.
9471
9472If you don't specify particular files to commit, all of
9473the files in your working current directory are
9474examined.  @code{commit} is careful to change in the
9475repository only those files that you have really
9476changed.  By default (or if you explicitly specify the
9477@samp{-R} option), files in subdirectories are also
9478examined and committed if they have changed; you can
9479use the @samp{-l} option to limit @code{commit} to the
9480current directory only.
9481
9482@code{commit} verifies that the selected files are up
9483to date with the current revisions in the source
9484repository; it will notify you, and exit without
9485committing, if any of the specified files must be made
9486current first with @code{update} (@pxref{update}).
9487@code{commit} does not call the @code{update} command
9488for you, but rather leaves that for you to do when the
9489time is right.
9490
9491When all is well, an editor is invoked to allow you to
9492enter a log message that will be written to one or more
9493logging programs (@pxref{modules}, and @pxref{loginfo})
9494and placed in the @sc{rcs} file inside the
9495repository.  This log message can be retrieved with the
9496@code{log} command; see @ref{log}.  You can specify the
9497log message on the command line with the @samp{-m
9498@var{message}} option, and thus avoid the editor invocation,
9499or use the @samp{-F @var{file}} option to specify
9500that the argument file contains the log message.
9501
9502At @code{commit}, a unique commitid is placed in the @sc{rcs}
9503file inside the repository. All files committed at once
9504get the same commitid. The commitid can be retrieved with
9505the @code{log} and @code{status} command; see @ref{log},
9506@ref{File status}.
9507
9508@menu
9509* commit options::              commit options
9510* commit examples::             commit examples
9511@end menu
9512
9513@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9514@node commit options
9515@appendixsubsec commit options
9516
9517These standard options are supported by @code{commit}
9518(@pxref{Common options}, for a complete description of
9519them):
9520
9521@table @code
9522@item -l
9523Local; run only in current working directory.
9524
9525@item -R
9526Commit directories recursively.  This is on by default.
9527
9528@item -r @var{revision}
9529Commit to @var{revision}.  @var{revision} must be
9530either a branch, or a revision on the main trunk that
9531is higher than any existing revision number
9532(@pxref{Assigning revisions}).  You
9533cannot commit to a specific revision on a branch.
9534@c FIXME: Need xref for branch case.
9535@end table
9536
9537@code{commit} also supports these options:
9538
9539@table @code
9540@item -c
9541Refuse to commit files unless the user has registered a valid edit on the
9542file via @code{cvs edit}.  This is most useful when @samp{commit -c}
9543and @samp{edit -c} have been placed in all @file{.cvsrc} files.
9544A commit can be forced anyways by either regestering an edit retroactively
9545via @code{cvs edit} (no changes to the file will be lost) or using the
9546@code{-f} option to commit.  Support for @code{commit -c} requires both
9547client and a server versions 1.12.10 or greater.
9548
9549@item -F @var{file}
9550Read the log message from @var{file}, instead
9551of invoking an editor.
9552
9553@item -f
9554Note that this is not the standard behavior of
9555the @samp{-f} option as defined in @ref{Common options}.
9556
9557Force @sc{cvs} to commit a new revision even if you haven't
9558made any changes to the file.  As of @sc{cvs} version 1.12.10,
9559it also causes the @code{-c} option to be ignored.  If the current revision
9560of @var{file} is 1.7, then the following two commands
9561are equivalent:
9562
9563@example
9564$ cvs commit -f @var{file}
9565$ cvs commit -r 1.8 @var{file}
9566@end example
9567
9568@c This is odd, but it's how CVS has worked for some
9569@c time.
9570The @samp{-f} option disables recursion (i.e., it
9571implies @samp{-l}).  To force @sc{cvs} to commit a new
9572revision for all files in all subdirectories, you must
9573use @samp{-f -R}.
9574
9575@item -m @var{message}
9576Use @var{message} as the log message, instead of
9577invoking an editor.
9578@end table
9579
9580@need 2000
9581@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9582@node commit examples
9583@appendixsubsec commit examples
9584
9585@c FIXME: this material wants to be somewhere
9586@c in "Branching and merging".
9587
9588@appendixsubsubsec Committing to a branch
9589
9590You can commit to a branch revision (one that has an
9591even number of dots) with the @samp{-r} option.  To
9592create a branch revision, use the @samp{-b} option
9593of the @code{rtag} or @code{tag} commands
9594(@pxref{Branching and merging}).  Then, either @code{checkout} or
9595@code{update} can be used to base your sources on the
9596newly created branch.  From that point on, all
9597@code{commit} changes made within these working sources
9598will be automatically added to a branch revision,
9599thereby not disturbing main-line development in any
9600way.  For example, if you had to create a patch to the
96011.2 version of the product, even though the 2.0 version
9602is already under development, you might do:
9603
9604@example
9605$ cvs rtag -b -r FCS1_2 FCS1_2_Patch product_module
9606$ cvs checkout -r FCS1_2_Patch product_module
9607$ cd product_module
9608[[ hack away ]]
9609$ cvs commit
9610@end example
9611
9612@noindent
9613This works automatically since the @samp{-r} option is
9614sticky.
9615
9616@appendixsubsubsec Creating the branch after editing
9617
9618Say you have been working on some extremely
9619experimental software, based on whatever revision you
9620happened to checkout last week.  If others in your
9621group would like to work on this software with you, but
9622without disturbing main-line development, you could
9623commit your change to a new branch.  Others can then
9624checkout your experimental stuff and utilize the full
9625benefit of @sc{cvs} conflict resolution.  The scenario might
9626look like:
9627
9628@c FIXME: Should we be recommending tagging the branchpoint?
9629@example
9630[[ hacked sources are present ]]
9631$ cvs tag -b EXPR1
9632$ cvs update -r EXPR1
9633$ cvs commit
9634@end example
9635
9636The @code{update} command will make the @samp{-r
9637EXPR1} option sticky on all files.  Note that your
9638changes to the files will never be removed by the
9639@code{update} command.  The @code{commit} will
9640automatically commit to the correct branch, because the
9641@samp{-r} is sticky.  You could also do like this:
9642
9643@c FIXME: Should we be recommending tagging the branchpoint?
9644@example
9645[[ hacked sources are present ]]
9646$ cvs tag -b EXPR1
9647$ cvs commit -r EXPR1
9648@end example
9649
9650@noindent
9651but then, only those files that were changed by you
9652will have the @samp{-r EXPR1} sticky flag.  If you hack
9653away, and commit without specifying the @samp{-r EXPR1}
9654flag, some files may accidentally end up on the main
9655trunk.
9656
9657To work with you on the experimental change, others
9658would simply do
9659
9660@example
9661$ cvs checkout -r EXPR1 whatever_module
9662@end example
9663
9664@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
9665@node diff
9666@appendixsec diff---Show differences between revisions
9667@cindex diff (subcommand)
9668
9669@itemize @bullet
9670@item
9671Synopsis: diff [-lR] [-k kflag] [format_options] [(-r rev1[:date1] | -D date1) [-r rev2[:date2] | -D date2]] [files@dots{}]
9672@item
9673Requires: working directory, repository.
9674@item
9675Changes: nothing.
9676@end itemize
9677
9678The @code{diff} command is used to compare different
9679revisions of files.  The default action is to compare
9680your working files with the revisions they were based
9681on, and report any differences that are found.
9682
9683If any file names are given, only those files are
9684compared.  If any directories are given, all files
9685under them will be compared.
9686
9687The exit status for diff is different than for other
9688@sc{cvs} commands; for details @ref{Exit status}.
9689
9690@menu
9691* diff options::                diff options
9692* diff examples::               diff examples
9693@end menu
9694
9695@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9696@node diff options
9697@appendixsubsec diff options
9698
9699These standard options are supported by @code{diff}
9700(@pxref{Common options}, for a complete description of
9701them):
9702
9703@table @code
9704@item -D @var{date}
9705Use the most recent revision no later than @var{date}.
9706See @samp{-r} for how this affects the comparison.
9707
9708@item -k @var{kflag}
9709Process keywords according to @var{kflag}.  See
9710@ref{Keyword substitution}.
9711
9712@item -l
9713Local; run only in current working directory.
9714
9715@item -R
9716Examine directories recursively.  This option is on by
9717default.
9718
9719@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
9720Compare with revision specified by @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is specified
9721and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
9722existed on @var{date}.  Zero, one or two
9723@samp{-r} options can be present.  With no @samp{-r}
9724option, the working file will be compared with the
9725revision it was based on.  With one @samp{-r}, that
9726revision will be compared to your current working file.
9727With two @samp{-r} options those two revisions will be
9728compared (and your working file will not affect the
9729outcome in any way).
9730@c We should be a lot more explicit, with examples,
9731@c about the difference between "cvs diff" and "cvs
9732@c diff -r HEAD".  This often confuses new users.
9733
9734One or both @samp{-r} options can be replaced by a
9735@samp{-D @var{date}} option, described above.
9736@end table
9737
9738@c Conceptually, this is a disaster.  There are 3
9739@c zillion diff formats that we support via the diff
9740@c library.  It is not obvious to me that we should
9741@c document them all.  Maybe just the most common ones
9742@c like -c and -u, and think about phasing out the
9743@c obscure ones.
9744@c FIXCVS: also should be a way to specify an external
9745@c diff program (which can be different for different
9746@c file types) and pass through
9747@c arbitrary options, so that the user can do
9748@c "--pass=-Z --pass=foo" or something even if CVS
9749@c doesn't know about the "-Z foo" option to diff.
9750@c This would fit nicely with deprecating/eliminating
9751@c the obscure options of the diff library, because it
9752@c would let people specify an external GNU diff if
9753@c they are into that sort of thing.
9754The following options specify the format of the
9755output.  They have the same meaning as in GNU diff.
9756Most options have two equivalent names, one of which is a single letter
9757preceded by @samp{-}, and the other of which is a long name preceded by
9758@samp{--}.
9759
9760@table @samp
9761@item -@var{lines}
9762Show @var{lines} (an integer) lines of context.  This option does not
9763specify an output format by itself; it has no effect unless it is
9764combined with @samp{-c} or @samp{-u}.  This option is obsolete.  For proper
9765operation, @code{patch} typically needs at least two lines of context.
9766
9767@item -a
9768Treat all files as text and compare them line-by-line, even if they
9769do not seem to be text.
9770
9771@item -b
9772Ignore trailing white space and consider all other sequences of one or
9773more white space characters to be equivalent.
9774
9775@item -B
9776Ignore changes that just insert or delete blank lines.
9777
9778@item --binary
9779Read and write data in binary mode.
9780
9781@item --brief
9782Report only whether the files differ, not the details of the
9783differences.
9784
9785@item -c
9786Use the context output format.
9787
9788@item -C @var{lines}
9789@itemx --context@r{[}=@var{lines}@r{]}
9790Use the context output format, showing @var{lines} (an integer) lines of
9791context, or three if @var{lines} is not given.
9792For proper operation, @code{patch} typically needs at least two lines of
9793context.
9794
9795@item --changed-group-format=@var{format}
9796Use @var{format} to output a line group containing differing lines from
9797both files in if-then-else format.  @xref{Line group formats}.
9798
9799@item -d
9800Change the algorithm to perhaps find a smaller set of changes.  This makes
9801@code{diff} slower (sometimes much slower).
9802
9803@item -e
9804@itemx --ed
9805Make output that is a valid @code{ed} script.
9806
9807@item --expand-tabs
9808Expand tabs to spaces in the output, to preserve the alignment of tabs
9809in the input files.
9810
9811@item -f
9812Make output that looks vaguely like an @code{ed} script but has changes
9813in the order they appear in the file.
9814
9815@item -F @var{regexp}
9816In context and unified format, for each hunk of differences, show some
9817of the last preceding line that matches @var{regexp}.
9818
9819@item --forward-ed
9820Make output that looks vaguely like an @code{ed} script but has changes
9821in the order they appear in the file.
9822
9823@item -H
9824Use heuristics to speed handling of large files that have numerous
9825scattered small changes.
9826
9827@item --horizon-lines=@var{lines}
9828Do not discard the last @var{lines} lines of the common prefix
9829and the first @var{lines} lines of the common suffix.
9830
9831@item -i
9832Ignore changes in case; consider upper- and lower-case letters
9833equivalent.
9834
9835@item -I @var{regexp}
9836Ignore changes that just insert or delete lines that match @var{regexp}.
9837
9838@item --ifdef=@var{name}
9839Make merged if-then-else output using @var{name}.
9840
9841@item --ignore-all-space
9842Ignore white space when comparing lines.
9843
9844@item --ignore-blank-lines
9845Ignore changes that just insert or delete blank lines.
9846
9847@item --ignore-case
9848Ignore changes in case; consider upper- and lower-case to be the same.
9849
9850@item --ignore-matching-lines=@var{regexp}
9851Ignore changes that just insert or delete lines that match @var{regexp}.
9852
9853@item --ignore-space-change
9854Ignore trailing white space and consider all other sequences of one or
9855more white space characters to be equivalent.
9856
9857@item --initial-tab
9858Output a tab rather than a space before the text of a line in normal or
9859context format.  This causes the alignment of tabs in the line to look
9860normal.
9861
9862@item -L @var{label}
9863Use @var{label} instead of the file name in the context format
9864and unified format headers.
9865
9866@item --label=@var{label}
9867Use @var{label} instead of the file name in the context format
9868and unified format headers.
9869
9870@item --left-column
9871Print only the left column of two common lines in side by side format.
9872
9873@item --line-format=@var{format}
9874Use @var{format} to output all input lines in if-then-else format.
9875@xref{Line formats}.
9876
9877@item --minimal
9878Change the algorithm to perhaps find a smaller set of changes.  This
9879makes @code{diff} slower (sometimes much slower).
9880
9881@item -n
9882Output RCS-format diffs; like @samp{-f} except that each command
9883specifies the number of lines affected.
9884
9885@item -N
9886@itemx --new-file
9887In directory comparison, if a file is found in only one directory,
9888treat it as present but empty in the other directory.
9889
9890@item --new-group-format=@var{format}
9891Use @var{format} to output a group of lines taken from just the second
9892file in if-then-else format.  @xref{Line group formats}.
9893
9894@item --new-line-format=@var{format}
9895Use @var{format} to output a line taken from just the second file in
9896if-then-else format.  @xref{Line formats}.
9897
9898@item --old-group-format=@var{format}
9899Use @var{format} to output a group of lines taken from just the first
9900file in if-then-else format.  @xref{Line group formats}.
9901
9902@item --old-line-format=@var{format}
9903Use @var{format} to output a line taken from just the first file in
9904if-then-else format.  @xref{Line formats}.
9905
9906@item -p
9907Show which C function each change is in.
9908
9909@item --rcs
9910Output RCS-format diffs; like @samp{-f} except that each command
9911specifies the number of lines affected.
9912
9913@item --report-identical-files
9914@itemx -s
9915Report when two files are the same.
9916
9917@item --show-c-function
9918Show which C function each change is in.
9919
9920@item --show-function-line=@var{regexp}
9921In context and unified format, for each hunk of differences, show some
9922of the last preceding line that matches @var{regexp}.
9923
9924@item --side-by-side
9925Use the side by side output format.
9926
9927@item --speed-large-files
9928Use heuristics to speed handling of large files that have numerous
9929scattered small changes.
9930
9931@item --suppress-common-lines
9932Do not print common lines in side by side format.
9933
9934@item -t
9935Expand tabs to spaces in the output, to preserve the alignment of tabs
9936in the input files.
9937
9938@item -T
9939Output a tab rather than a space before the text of a line in normal or
9940context format.  This causes the alignment of tabs in the line to look
9941normal.
9942
9943@item --text
9944Treat all files as text and compare them line-by-line, even if they
9945do not appear to be text.
9946
9947@item -u
9948Use the unified output format.
9949
9950@item --unchanged-group-format=@var{format}
9951Use @var{format} to output a group of common lines taken from both files
9952in if-then-else format.  @xref{Line group formats}.
9953
9954@item --unchanged-line-format=@var{format}
9955Use @var{format} to output a line common to both files in if-then-else
9956format.  @xref{Line formats}.
9957
9958@item -U @var{lines}
9959@itemx --unified@r{[}=@var{lines}@r{]}
9960Use the unified output format, showing @var{lines} (an integer) lines of
9961context, or three if @var{lines} is not given.
9962For proper operation, @code{patch} typically needs at least two lines of
9963context.
9964
9965@item -w
9966Ignore white space when comparing lines.
9967
9968@item -W @var{columns}
9969@itemx --width=@var{columns}
9970Use an output width of @var{columns} in side by side format.
9971
9972@item -y
9973Use the side by side output format.
9974@end table
9975
9976@menu
9977* Line group formats::          Line group formats
9978* Line formats::                Line formats
9979@end menu
9980
9981@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9982@node Line group formats
9983@appendixsubsubsec Line group formats
9984
9985Line group formats let you specify formats suitable for many
9986applications that allow if-then-else input, including programming
9987languages and text formatting languages.  A line group format specifies
9988the output format for a contiguous group of similar lines.
9989
9990For example, the following command compares the TeX file @file{myfile}
9991with the original version from the repository,
9992and outputs a merged file in which old regions are
9993surrounded by @samp{\begin@{em@}}-@samp{\end@{em@}} lines, and new
9994regions are surrounded by @samp{\begin@{bf@}}-@samp{\end@{bf@}} lines.
9995
9996@example
9997cvs diff \
9998   --old-group-format='\begin@{em@}
9999%<\end@{em@}
10000' \
10001   --new-group-format='\begin@{bf@}
10002%>\end@{bf@}
10003' \
10004   myfile
10005@end example
10006
10007The following command is equivalent to the above example, but it is a
10008little more verbose, because it spells out the default line group formats.
10009
10010@example
10011cvs diff \
10012   --old-group-format='\begin@{em@}
10013%<\end@{em@}
10014' \
10015   --new-group-format='\begin@{bf@}
10016%>\end@{bf@}
10017' \
10018   --unchanged-group-format='%=' \
10019   --changed-group-format='\begin@{em@}
10020%<\end@{em@}
10021\begin@{bf@}
10022%>\end@{bf@}
10023' \
10024   myfile
10025@end example
10026
10027Here is a more advanced example, which outputs a diff listing with
10028headers containing line numbers in a ``plain English'' style.
10029
10030@example
10031cvs diff \
10032   --unchanged-group-format='' \
10033   --old-group-format='-------- %dn line%(n=1?:s) deleted at %df:
10034%<' \
10035   --new-group-format='-------- %dN line%(N=1?:s) added after %de:
10036%>' \
10037   --changed-group-format='-------- %dn line%(n=1?:s) changed at %df:
10038%<-------- to:
10039%>' \
10040   myfile
10041@end example
10042
10043To specify a line group format, use one of the options
10044listed below.  You can specify up to four line group formats, one for
10045each kind of line group.  You should quote @var{format}, because it
10046typically contains shell metacharacters.
10047
10048@table @samp
10049@item --old-group-format=@var{format}
10050These line groups are hunks containing only lines from the first file.
10051The default old group format is the same as the changed group format if
10052it is specified; otherwise it is a format that outputs the line group as-is.
10053
10054@item --new-group-format=@var{format}
10055These line groups are hunks containing only lines from the second
10056file.  The default new group format is same as the changed group
10057format if it is specified; otherwise it is a format that outputs the
10058line group as-is.
10059
10060@item --changed-group-format=@var{format}
10061These line groups are hunks containing lines from both files.  The
10062default changed group format is the concatenation of the old and new
10063group formats.
10064
10065@item --unchanged-group-format=@var{format}
10066These line groups contain lines common to both files.  The default
10067unchanged group format is a format that outputs the line group as-is.
10068@end table
10069
10070In a line group format, ordinary characters represent themselves;
10071conversion specifications start with @samp{%} and have one of the
10072following forms.
10073
10074@table @samp
10075@item %<
10076stands for the lines from the first file, including the trailing newline.
10077Each line is formatted according to the old line format (@pxref{Line formats}).
10078
10079@item %>
10080stands for the lines from the second file, including the trailing newline.
10081Each line is formatted according to the new line format.
10082
10083@item %=
10084stands for the lines common to both files, including the trailing newline.
10085Each line is formatted according to the unchanged line format.
10086
10087@item %%
10088stands for @samp{%}.
10089
10090@item %c'@var{C}'
10091where @var{C} is a single character, stands for @var{C}.
10092@var{C} may not be a backslash or an apostrophe.
10093For example, @samp{%c':'} stands for a colon, even inside
10094the then-part of an if-then-else format, which a colon would
10095normally terminate.
10096
10097@item %c'\@var{O}'
10098where @var{O} is a string of 1, 2, or 3 octal digits,
10099stands for the character with octal code @var{O}.
10100For example, @samp{%c'\0'} stands for a null character.
10101
10102@item @var{F}@var{n}
10103where @var{F} is a @code{printf} conversion specification and @var{n} is one
10104of the following letters, stands for @var{n}'s value formatted with @var{F}.
10105
10106@table @samp
10107@item e
10108The line number of the line just before the group in the old file.
10109
10110@item f
10111The line number of the first line in the group in the old file;
10112equals @var{e} + 1.
10113
10114@item l
10115The line number of the last line in the group in the old file.
10116
10117@item m
10118The line number of the line just after the group in the old file;
10119equals @var{l} + 1.
10120
10121@item n
10122The number of lines in the group in the old file; equals @var{l} - @var{f} + 1.
10123
10124@item E, F, L, M, N
10125Likewise, for lines in the new file.
10126
10127@end table
10128
10129The @code{printf} conversion specification can be @samp{%d},
10130@samp{%o}, @samp{%x}, or @samp{%X}, specifying decimal, octal,
10131lower case hexadecimal, or upper case hexadecimal output
10132respectively.  After the @samp{%} the following options can appear in
10133sequence: a @samp{-} specifying left-justification; an integer
10134specifying the minimum field width; and a period followed by an
10135optional integer specifying the minimum number of digits.
10136For example, @samp{%5dN} prints the number of new lines in the group
10137in a field of width 5 characters, using the @code{printf} format @code{"%5d"}.
10138
10139@item (@var{A}=@var{B}?@var{T}:@var{E})
10140If @var{A} equals @var{B} then @var{T} else @var{E}.
10141@var{A} and @var{B} are each either a decimal constant
10142or a single letter interpreted as above.
10143This format spec is equivalent to @var{T} if
10144@var{A}'s value equals @var{B}'s; otherwise it is equivalent to @var{E}.
10145
10146For example, @samp{%(N=0?no:%dN) line%(N=1?:s)} is equivalent to
10147@samp{no lines} if @var{N} (the number of lines in the group in the
10148new file) is 0, to @samp{1 line} if @var{N} is 1, and to @samp{%dN lines}
10149otherwise.
10150@end table
10151
10152@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10153@node Line formats
10154@appendixsubsubsec Line formats
10155
10156Line formats control how each line taken from an input file is
10157output as part of a line group in if-then-else format.
10158
10159For example, the following command outputs text with a one-column
10160change indicator to the left of the text.  The first column of output
10161is @samp{-} for deleted lines, @samp{|} for added lines, and a space
10162for unchanged lines.  The formats contain newline characters where
10163newlines are desired on output.
10164
10165@example
10166cvs diff \
10167   --old-line-format='-%l
10168' \
10169   --new-line-format='|%l
10170' \
10171   --unchanged-line-format=' %l
10172' \
10173   myfile
10174@end example
10175
10176To specify a line format, use one of the following options.  You should
10177quote @var{format}, since it often contains shell metacharacters.
10178
10179@table @samp
10180@item --old-line-format=@var{format}
10181formats lines just from the first file.
10182
10183@item --new-line-format=@var{format}
10184formats lines just from the second file.
10185
10186@item --unchanged-line-format=@var{format}
10187formats lines common to both files.
10188
10189@item --line-format=@var{format}
10190formats all lines; in effect, it sets all three above options simultaneously.
10191@end table
10192
10193In a line format, ordinary characters represent themselves;
10194conversion specifications start with @samp{%} and have one of the
10195following forms.
10196
10197@table @samp
10198@item %l
10199stands for the contents of the line, not counting its trailing
10200newline (if any).  This format ignores whether the line is incomplete.
10201
10202@item %L
10203stands for the contents of the line, including its trailing newline
10204(if any).  If a line is incomplete, this format preserves its
10205incompleteness.
10206
10207@item %%
10208stands for @samp{%}.
10209
10210@item %c'@var{C}'
10211where @var{C} is a single character, stands for @var{C}.
10212@var{C} may not be a backslash or an apostrophe.
10213For example, @samp{%c':'} stands for a colon.
10214
10215@item %c'\@var{O}'
10216where @var{O} is a string of 1, 2, or 3 octal digits,
10217stands for the character with octal code @var{O}.
10218For example, @samp{%c'\0'} stands for a null character.
10219
10220@item @var{F}n
10221where @var{F} is a @code{printf} conversion specification,
10222stands for the line number formatted with @var{F}.
10223For example, @samp{%.5dn} prints the line number using the
10224@code{printf} format @code{"%.5d"}.  @xref{Line group formats}, for
10225more about printf conversion specifications.
10226
10227@end table
10228
10229The default line format is @samp{%l} followed by a newline character.
10230
10231If the input contains tab characters and it is important that they line
10232up on output, you should ensure that @samp{%l} or @samp{%L} in a line
10233format is just after a tab stop (e.g.@: by preceding @samp{%l} or
10234@samp{%L} with a tab character), or you should use the @samp{-t} or
10235@samp{--expand-tabs} option.
10236
10237Taken together, the line and line group formats let you specify many
10238different formats.  For example, the following command uses a format
10239similar to @code{diff}'s normal format.  You can tailor this command
10240to get fine control over @code{diff}'s output.
10241
10242@example
10243cvs diff \
10244   --old-line-format='< %l
10245' \
10246   --new-line-format='> %l
10247' \
10248   --old-group-format='%df%(f=l?:,%dl)d%dE
10249%<' \
10250   --new-group-format='%dea%dF%(F=L?:,%dL)
10251%>' \
10252   --changed-group-format='%df%(f=l?:,%dl)c%dF%(F=L?:,%dL)
10253%<---
10254%>' \
10255   --unchanged-group-format='' \
10256   myfile
10257@end example
10258
10259@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10260@node diff examples
10261@appendixsubsec diff examples
10262
10263The following line produces a Unidiff (@samp{-u} flag)
10264between revision 1.14 and 1.19 of
10265@file{backend.c}.  Due to the @samp{-kk} flag no
10266keywords are substituted, so differences that only depend
10267on keyword substitution are ignored.
10268
10269@example
10270$ cvs diff -kk -u -r 1.14 -r 1.19 backend.c
10271@end example
10272
10273Suppose the experimental branch EXPR1 was based on a
10274set of files tagged RELEASE_1_0.  To see what has
10275happened on that branch, the following can be used:
10276
10277@example
10278$ cvs diff -r RELEASE_1_0 -r EXPR1
10279@end example
10280
10281A command like this can be used to produce a context
10282diff between two releases:
10283
10284@example
10285$ cvs diff -c -r RELEASE_1_0 -r RELEASE_1_1 > diffs
10286@end example
10287
10288If you are maintaining ChangeLogs, a command like the following
10289just before you commit your changes may help you write
10290the ChangeLog entry.  All local modifications that have
10291not yet been committed will be printed.
10292
10293@example
10294$ cvs diff -u | less
10295@end example
10296
10297@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
10298@node export
10299@appendixsec export---Export sources from CVS, similar to checkout
10300@cindex export (subcommand)
10301
10302@itemize @bullet
10303@item
10304Synopsis: export [-flNnR] (-r rev[:date] | -D date) [-k subst] [-d dir] module@dots{}
10305@item
10306Requires: repository.
10307@item
10308Changes: current directory.
10309@end itemize
10310
10311This command is a variant of @code{checkout}; use it
10312when you want a copy of the source for module without
10313the @sc{cvs} administrative directories.  For example, you
10314might use @code{export} to prepare source for shipment
10315off-site.  This command requires that you specify a
10316date or tag (with @samp{-D} or @samp{-r}), so that you
10317can count on reproducing the source you ship to others
10318(and thus it always prunes empty directories).
10319
10320One often would like to use @samp{-kv} with @code{cvs
10321export}.  This causes any keywords to be
10322expanded such that an import done at some other site
10323will not lose the keyword revision information.  But be
10324aware that doesn't handle an export containing binary
10325files correctly.  Also be aware that after having used
10326@samp{-kv}, one can no longer use the @code{ident}
10327command (which is part of the @sc{rcs} suite---see
10328ident(1)) which looks for keyword strings.  If
10329you want to be able to use @code{ident} you must not
10330use @samp{-kv}.
10331
10332@menu
10333* export options::              export options
10334@end menu
10335
10336@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10337@node export options
10338@appendixsubsec export options
10339
10340These standard options are supported by @code{export}
10341(@pxref{Common options}, for a complete description of
10342them):
10343
10344@table @code
10345@item -D @var{date}
10346Use the most recent revision no later than @var{date}.
10347
10348@item -f
10349If no matching revision is found, retrieve the most
10350recent revision (instead of ignoring the file).
10351
10352@item -l
10353Local; run only in current working directory.
10354
10355@item -n
10356Do not run any checkout program.
10357
10358@item -R
10359Export directories recursively.  This is on by default.
10360
10361@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
10362Export the revision specified by @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is specified
10363and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
10364existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{Common options}.
10365@end table
10366
10367In addition, these options (that are common to
10368@code{checkout} and @code{export}) are also supported:
10369
10370@table @code
10371@item -d @var{dir}
10372Create a directory called @var{dir} for the working
10373files, instead of using the module name.
10374@xref{checkout options}, for complete details on how
10375@sc{cvs} handles this flag.
10376
10377@item -k @var{subst}
10378Set keyword expansion mode (@pxref{Substitution modes}).
10379
10380@item -N
10381Only useful together with @samp{-d @var{dir}}.
10382@xref{checkout options}, for complete details on how
10383@sc{cvs} handles this flag.
10384@end table
10385
10386@ignore
10387@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10388@c @node export examples
10389@appendixsubsec export examples
10390
10391Contributed examples are gratefully accepted.
10392@c -- Examples here!!
10393@end ignore
10394
10395@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
10396@node history
10397@appendixsec history---Show status of files and users
10398@cindex history (subcommand)
10399
10400@itemize @bullet
10401@item
10402Synopsis:     history [-report] [-flags] [-options args] [files@dots{}]
10403@item
10404Requires: the file @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/history}
10405@item
10406Changes: nothing.
10407@end itemize
10408
10409@sc{cvs} can keep a history log that tracks each use of most @sc{cvs}
10410commands.  You can use @code{history} to display this information in
10411various formats.
10412
10413To enable logging, the @samp{LogHistory} config option must be set to
10414some value other than the empty string and the history file specified by
10415the @samp{HistoryLogPath} option must be writable by all users who may run
10416the @sc{cvs} executable (@pxref{config}).
10417
10418To enable the @code{history} command, logging must be enabled as above and
10419the @samp{HistorySearchPath} config option (@pxref{config}) must be set to
10420specify some number of the history logs created thereby and these files must
10421be readable by each user who might run the @code{history} command.
10422
10423Creating a repository via the @code{cvs init} command will enable logging of
10424all possible events to a single history log file
10425(@file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/history}) with read and write permissions for all
10426users (@pxref{Creating a repository}).
10427
10428@strong{Note: @code{history} uses @samp{-f}, @samp{-l},
10429@samp{-n}, and @samp{-p} in ways that conflict with the
10430normal use inside @sc{cvs} (@pxref{Common options}).}
10431
10432@menu
10433* history options::             history options
10434@end menu
10435
10436@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10437@node history options
10438@appendixsubsec history options
10439
10440Several options (shown above as @samp{-report})  control  what
10441kind of report is generated:
10442
10443@table @code
10444@item -c
10445Report on each time commit was used (i.e., each time
10446the repository was modified).
10447
10448@item -e
10449Everything (all record types).  Equivalent to
10450specifying @samp{-x} with all record types.  Of course,
10451@samp{-e} will also include record types which are
10452added in a future version of @sc{cvs}; if you are
10453writing a script which can only handle certain record
10454types, you'll want to specify @samp{-x}.
10455
10456@item -m @var{module}
10457Report on a particular module.  (You can meaningfully
10458use @samp{-m} more than once on the command line.)
10459
10460@item -o
10461Report on checked-out modules.  This is the default report type.
10462
10463@item -T
10464Report on all tags.
10465
10466@item -x @var{type}
10467Extract a particular set of record types @var{type} from the @sc{cvs}
10468history.  The types are indicated by single letters,
10469which you may specify in combination.
10470
10471Certain commands have a single record type:
10472
10473@table @code
10474@item F
10475release
10476@item O
10477checkout
10478@item E
10479export
10480@item T
10481rtag
10482@end table
10483
10484@noindent
10485One of five record types may result from an update:
10486
10487@table @code
10488@item C
10489A merge was necessary but collisions were
10490detected (requiring manual merging).
10491@item G
10492A merge was necessary and it succeeded.
10493@item U
10494A working file was copied from the repository.
10495@item P
10496A working file was patched to match the repository.
10497@item W
10498The working copy of a file was deleted during
10499update (because it was gone from the repository).
10500@end table
10501
10502@noindent
10503One of three record types results from commit:
10504
10505@table @code
10506@item A
10507A file was added for the first time.
10508@item M
10509A file was modified.
10510@item R
10511A file was removed.
10512@end table
10513@end table
10514
10515The options shown as @samp{-flags} constrain or expand
10516the report without requiring option arguments:
10517
10518@table @code
10519@item -a
10520Show data for all users (the default is to show data
10521only for the user executing @code{history}).
10522
10523@item -l
10524Show last modification only.
10525
10526@item -w
10527Show only the records for modifications done from the
10528same working directory where @code{history} is
10529executing.
10530@end table
10531
10532The options shown as @samp{-options @var{args}} constrain the report
10533based on an argument:
10534
10535@table @code
10536@item -b @var{str}
10537Show data back to a record containing  the  string
10538@var{str}  in  either the module name, the file name, or
10539the repository path.
10540
10541@item -D @var{date}
10542Show data since @var{date}.  This is slightly different
10543from the normal use of @samp{-D @var{date}}, which
10544selects the newest revision older than @var{date}.
10545
10546@item -f @var{file}
10547Show data for a particular file
10548(you can specify several @samp{-f} options on the same command line).
10549This is equivalent to specifying the file on the command line.
10550
10551@item -n @var{module}
10552Show data for a particular module
10553(you can specify several @samp{-n} options on the same command line).
10554
10555@item -p @var{repository}
10556Show data for a particular source repository  (you
10557can specify several @samp{-p} options on the same command
10558line).
10559
10560@item -r @var{rev}
10561Show records referring to revisions since the revision
10562or tag named @var{rev} appears in individual @sc{rcs}
10563files.  Each @sc{rcs} file is searched for the revision or
10564tag.
10565
10566@item -t @var{tag}
10567Show records since tag @var{tag} was last added to the
10568history file.  This differs from the @samp{-r} flag
10569above in that it reads only the history file, not the
10570@sc{rcs} files, and is much faster.
10571
10572@item -u @var{name}
10573Show records for user @var{name}.
10574
10575@item -z @var{timezone}
10576Show times in the selected records using the specified
10577time zone instead of UTC.
10578@end table
10579
10580@ignore
10581@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10582@c @node history examples
10583@appendixsubsec history examples
10584
10585Contributed examples will gratefully be accepted.
10586@c -- Examples here!
10587@end ignore
10588
10589@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
10590@node import
10591@appendixsec import---Import sources into CVS, using vendor branches
10592@cindex import (subcommand)
10593
10594@c FIXME: This node is way too long for one which has subnodes.
10595
10596@itemize @bullet
10597@item
10598Synopsis: import [-options] repository vendortag releasetag@dots{}
10599@item
10600Requires: Repository, source distribution directory.
10601@item
10602Changes: repository.
10603@end itemize
10604
10605Use @code{import} to incorporate an entire source
10606distribution from an outside source (e.g., a source
10607vendor) into your source repository directory.  You can
10608use this command both for initial creation of a
10609repository, and for wholesale updates to the module
10610from the outside source.  @xref{Tracking sources}, for
10611a discussion on this subject.
10612
10613The @var{repository} argument gives a directory name
10614(or a path to a directory) under the @sc{cvs} root directory
10615for repositories; if the directory did not exist,
10616import creates it.
10617
10618When you use import for updates to source that has been
10619modified in your source repository (since a prior
10620import), it will notify you of any files that conflict
10621in the two branches of development; use @samp{checkout
10622-j} to reconcile the differences, as import instructs
10623you to do.
10624
10625If @sc{cvs} decides a file should be ignored
10626(@pxref{cvsignore}), it does not import it and prints
10627@samp{I } followed by the filename (@pxref{import output}, for a
10628complete description of the output).
10629
10630If the file @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/cvswrappers} exists,
10631any file whose names match the specifications in that
10632file will be treated as packages and the appropriate
10633filtering will be performed on the file/directory
10634before being imported.  @xref{Wrappers}.
10635
10636The outside source is saved in a first-level
10637branch, by default 1.1.1.  Updates are leaves of this
10638branch; for example, files from the first imported
10639collection of source will be revision 1.1.1.1, then
10640files from the first imported update will be revision
106411.1.1.2, and so on.
10642
10643At least three arguments are required.
10644@var{repository} is needed to identify the collection
10645of source.  @var{vendortag} is a tag for the entire
10646branch (e.g., for 1.1.1).  You must also specify at
10647least one @var{releasetag} to uniquely identify the files at
10648the leaves created each time you execute @code{import}.  The
10649@var{releasetag} should be new, not previously existing in the
10650repository file, and uniquely identify the imported release,
10651
10652@c I'm not completely sure this belongs here.  But
10653@c we need to say it _somewhere_ reasonably obvious; it
10654@c is a common misconception among people first learning CVS
10655Note that @code{import} does @emph{not} change the
10656directory in which you invoke it.  In particular, it
10657does not set up that directory as a @sc{cvs} working
10658directory; if you want to work with the sources import
10659them first and then check them out into a different
10660directory (@pxref{Getting the source}).
10661
10662@menu
10663* import options::              import options
10664* import output::               import output
10665* import examples::             import examples
10666@end menu
10667
10668@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10669@node import options
10670@appendixsubsec import options
10671
10672This standard option is supported by @code{import}
10673(@pxref{Common options}, for a complete description):
10674
10675@table @code
10676@item -m @var{message}
10677Use @var{message} as log information, instead of
10678invoking an editor.
10679@end table
10680
10681There are the following additional special options.
10682
10683@table @code
10684@item -b @var{branch}
10685See @ref{Multiple vendor branches}.
10686
10687@item -k @var{subst}
10688Indicate the keyword expansion mode desired.  This
10689setting will apply to all files created during the
10690import, but not to any files that previously existed in
10691the repository.  See @ref{Substitution modes}, for a
10692list of valid @samp{-k} settings.
10693
10694@item -I @var{name}
10695Specify file names that should be ignored during
10696import.  You can use this option repeatedly.  To avoid
10697ignoring any files at all (even those ignored by
10698default), specify `-I !'.
10699
10700@var{name} can be a file name pattern of the same type
10701that you can specify in the @file{.cvsignore} file.
10702@xref{cvsignore}.
10703@c -- Is this really true?
10704
10705@item -W @var{spec}
10706Specify file names that should be filtered during
10707import.  You can use this option repeatedly.
10708
10709@var{spec} can be a file name pattern of the same type
10710that you can specify in the @file{.cvswrappers}
10711file. @xref{Wrappers}.
10712
10713@item -X
10714Modify the algorithm used by @sc{cvs} when importing new files
10715so that new files do not immediately appear on the main trunk.
10716
10717Specifically, this flag causes @sc{cvs} to mark new files as
10718if they were deleted on the main trunk, by taking the following
10719steps for each file in addition to those normally taken on import:
10720creating a new revision on the main trunk indicating that
10721the new file is @code{dead}, resetting the new file's default branch,
10722and placing the file in the Attic (@pxref{Attic}) directory.
10723
10724Use of this option can be forced on a repository-wide basis
10725by setting the @samp{ImportNewFilesToVendorBranchOnly} option in
10726CVSROOT/config (@pxref{config}).
10727@end table
10728
10729@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10730@node import output
10731@appendixsubsec import output
10732
10733@code{import} keeps you informed of its progress by printing a line
10734for each file, preceded by one character indicating the status of the file:
10735
10736@table @code
10737@item U @var{file}
10738The file already exists in the repository and has not been locally
10739modified; a new revision has been created (if necessary).
10740
10741@item N @var{file}
10742The file is a new file which has been added to the repository.
10743
10744@item C @var{file}
10745The file already exists in the repository but has been locally modified;
10746you will have to merge the changes.
10747
10748@item I @var{file}
10749The file is being ignored (@pxref{cvsignore}).
10750
10751@cindex Symbolic link, importing
10752@cindex Link, symbolic, importing
10753@c FIXME: also (somewhere else) probably
10754@c should be documenting what happens if you "cvs add"
10755@c a symbolic link.  Also maybe what happens if
10756@c you manually create symbolic links within the
10757@c repository (? - not sure why we'd want to suggest
10758@c doing that).
10759@item L @var{file}
10760The file is a symbolic link; @code{cvs import} ignores symbolic links.
10761People periodically suggest that this behavior should
10762be changed, but if there is a consensus on what it
10763should be changed to, it is not apparent.
10764(Various options in the @file{modules} file can be used
10765to recreate symbolic links on checkout, update, etc.;
10766@pxref{modules}.)
10767@end table
10768
10769@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10770@node import examples
10771@appendixsubsec import examples
10772
10773See @ref{Tracking sources}, and @ref{From files}.
10774
10775@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
10776@node log
10777@appendixsec log---Print out log information for files
10778@cindex log (subcommand)
10779
10780@itemize @bullet
10781@item
10782Synopsis: log [options] [files@dots{}]
10783@item
10784Requires: repository, working directory.
10785@item
10786Changes: nothing.
10787@end itemize
10788
10789Display log information for files.  @code{log} used to
10790call the @sc{rcs} utility @code{rlog}.  Although this
10791is no longer true in the current sources, this history
10792determines the format of the output and the options,
10793which are not quite in the style of the other @sc{cvs}
10794commands.
10795
10796@cindex Timezone, in output
10797@cindex Zone, time, in output
10798The output includes the location of the @sc{rcs} file,
10799the @dfn{head} revision (the latest revision on the
10800trunk), all symbolic names (tags) and some other
10801things.  For each revision, the revision number, the
10802date, the author, the number of lines added/deleted, the commitid
10803and the log message are printed.  All dates are displayed
10804in local time at the client. This is typically specified in
10805the @code{$TZ} environment variable, which can be set to
10806govern how @code{log} displays dates.
10807
10808@strong{Note: @code{log} uses @samp{-R} in a way that conflicts
10809with the normal use inside @sc{cvs} (@pxref{Common options}).}
10810
10811@menu
10812* log options::                 log options
10813* log examples::                log examples
10814@end menu
10815
10816@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10817@node log options
10818@appendixsubsec log options
10819
10820By default, @code{log} prints all information that is
10821available.  All other options restrict the output.  Note that the revision
10822selection options (@code{-d}, @code{-r}, @code{-s}, and @code{-w}) have no
10823effect, other than possibly causing a search for files in Attic directories,
10824when used in conjunction with the options that restrict the output to only
10825@code{log} header fields (@code{-b}, @code{-h}, @code{-R}, and @code{-t})
10826unless the @code{-S} option is also specified.
10827
10828@table @code
10829@item -b
10830Print information about the revisions on the default
10831branch, normally the highest branch on the trunk.
10832
10833@item -d @var{dates}
10834Print information about revisions with a checkin
10835date/time in the range given by the
10836semicolon-separated list of dates.  The date formats
10837accepted are those accepted by the @samp{-D} option to
10838many other @sc{cvs} commands (@pxref{Common options}).
10839Dates can be combined into ranges as follows:
10840
10841@c Should we be thinking about accepting ISO8601
10842@c ranges?  For example "1972-09-10/1972-09-12".
10843@table @code
10844@item @var{d1}<@var{d2}
10845@itemx @var{d2}>@var{d1}
10846Select the revisions that were deposited between
10847@var{d1} and @var{d2}.
10848
10849@item <@var{d}
10850@itemx @var{d}>
10851Select all revisions dated @var{d} or earlier.
10852
10853@item @var{d}<
10854@itemx >@var{d}
10855Select all revisions dated @var{d} or later.
10856
10857@item @var{d}
10858Select the single, latest revision dated @var{d} or
10859earlier.
10860@end table
10861
10862The @samp{>} or @samp{<} characters may be followed by
10863@samp{=} to indicate an inclusive range rather than an
10864exclusive one.
10865
10866Note that the separator is a semicolon (;).
10867
10868@item -h
10869Print only the name of the @sc{rcs} file, name
10870of the file in the working directory, head,
10871default branch, access list, locks, symbolic names, and
10872suffix.
10873
10874@item -l
10875Local; run only in current working directory.  (Default
10876is to run recursively).
10877
10878@item -N
10879Do not print the list of tags for this file.  This
10880option can be very useful when your site uses a lot of
10881tags, so rather than "more"'ing over 3 pages of tag
10882information, the log information is presented without
10883tags at all.
10884
10885@item -R
10886Print only the name of the @sc{rcs} file.
10887
10888@c Note that using a bare revision (in addition to not
10889@c being explicitly documented here) is potentially
10890@c confusing; it shows the log message to get from the
10891@c previous revision to that revision.  "-r1.3 -r1.6"
10892@c (equivalent to "-r1.3,1.6") is even worse; it
10893@c prints the messages to get from 1.2 to 1.3 and 1.5
10894@c to 1.6.  By analogy with "cvs diff", users might
10895@c expect that it is more like specifying a range.
10896@c It is not 100% clear to me how much of this should
10897@c be documented (for example, multiple -r options
10898@c perhaps could/should be deprecated given the false
10899@c analogy with "cvs diff").
10900@c In general, this section should be rewritten to talk
10901@c about messages to get from revision rev1 to rev2,
10902@c rather than messages for revision rev2 (that is, the
10903@c messages are associated with a change not a static
10904@c revision and failing to make this distinction causes
10905@c much confusion).
10906@item -r@var{revisions}
10907Print information about revisions given in the
10908comma-separated list @var{revisions} of revisions and
10909ranges.  The following table explains the available
10910range formats:
10911
10912@table @code
10913@item @var{rev1}:@var{rev2}
10914Revisions @var{rev1} to @var{rev2} (which must be on
10915the same branch).
10916
10917@item @var{rev1}::@var{rev2}
10918The same, but excluding @var{rev1}.
10919
10920@item :@var{rev}
10921@itemx ::@var{rev}
10922Revisions from the beginning of the branch up to
10923and including @var{rev}.
10924
10925@item @var{rev}:
10926Revisions starting with @var{rev} to the end of the
10927branch containing @var{rev}.
10928
10929@item @var{rev}::
10930Revisions starting just after @var{rev} to the end of the
10931branch containing @var{rev}.
10932
10933@item @var{branch}
10934An argument that is a branch means all revisions on
10935that branch.
10936
10937@item @var{branch1}:@var{branch2}
10938@itemx @var{branch1}::@var{branch2}
10939A range of branches means all revisions
10940on the branches in that range.
10941
10942@item @var{branch}.
10943The latest revision in @var{branch}.
10944@end table
10945
10946A bare @samp{-r} with no revisions means the latest
10947revision on the default branch, normally the trunk.
10948There can be no space between the @samp{-r} option and
10949its argument.
10950
10951@item -S
10952Suppress the header if no revisions are selected.
10953
10954@item -s @var{states}
10955Print information about revisions whose state
10956attributes match one of the states given in the
10957comma-separated list @var{states}.  Individual states may
10958be any text string, though @sc{cvs} commonly only uses two
10959states, @samp{Exp} and @samp{dead}.  See @ref{admin options}
10960for more information.
10961
10962@item -t
10963Print the same as @samp{-h}, plus the descriptive text.
10964
10965@item -w@var{logins}
10966Print information about revisions checked in by users
10967with login names appearing in the comma-separated list
10968@var{logins}.  If @var{logins} is omitted, the user's
10969login is assumed.  There can be no space between the
10970@samp{-w} option and its argument.
10971@end table
10972
10973@code{log} prints the intersection of the revisions
10974selected with the options @samp{-d}, @samp{-s}, and
10975@samp{-w}, intersected with the union of the revisions
10976selected by @samp{-b} and @samp{-r}.
10977
10978@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10979@node log examples
10980@appendixsubsec log examples
10981
10982@cindex Timezone, in output
10983@cindex Zone, time, in output
10984Since @code{log} shows dates in local time,
10985you might want to see them in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) or
10986some other timezone.
10987To do this you can set your @code{$TZ} environment
10988variable before invoking @sc{cvs}:
10989
10990@example
10991$ TZ=UTC cvs log foo.c
10992$ TZ=EST cvs log bar.c
10993@end example
10994
10995(If you are using a @code{csh}-style shell, like @code{tcsh},
10996you would need to prefix the examples above with @code{env}.)
10997
10998@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
10999@node ls & rls
11000@appendixsec ls & rls
11001@cindex ls (subcommand)
11002@cindex rls (subcommand)
11003
11004@itemize @bullet
11005@item
11006ls [-e | -l] [-RP] [-r tag[:date]] [-D date] [path@dots{}]
11007@item
11008Requires: repository for @code{rls}, repository & working directory for
11009@code{ls}.
11010@item
11011Changes: nothing.
11012@item
11013Synonym: @code{dir} & @code{list} are synonyms for @code{ls} and @code{rdir}
11014& @code{rlist} are synonyms for @code{rls}.
11015@end itemize
11016
11017The @code{ls} and @code{rls} commands are used to list
11018files and directories in the repository.
11019
11020By default @code{ls} lists the files and directories
11021that belong in your working directory, what would be
11022there after an @code{update}.
11023
11024By default @code{rls} lists the files and directories
11025on the tip of the trunk in the topmost directory of the
11026repository.
11027
11028Both commands accept an optional list of file and
11029directory names, relative to the working directory for
11030@code{ls} and the topmost directory of the repository
11031for @code{rls}.  Neither is recursive by default.
11032
11033@menu
11034* ls & rls options::         ls & rls options
11035* rls examples:              rls examples
11036@end menu
11037
11038@node ls & rls options
11039@appendixsubsec ls & rls options
11040
11041These standard options are supported by @code{ls} & @code{rls}:
11042
11043@table @code
11044@item -d
11045Show dead revisions (with tag when specified).
11046
11047@item -e
11048Display in CVS/Entries format.  This format is meant to remain easily parsable
11049by automation.
11050
11051@item -l
11052Display all details.
11053
11054@item -P
11055Don't list contents of empty directories when recursing.
11056
11057@item -R
11058List recursively.
11059
11060@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
11061Show files specified by @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is specified
11062and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
11063existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{Common options}.
11064
11065@item -D @var{date}
11066Show files from date.
11067@end table
11068
11069@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11070@node rls examples
11071@appendixsubsec rls examples
11072
11073@example
11074$ cvs rls
11075cvs rls: Listing module: `.'
11076CVSROOT
11077first-dir
11078@end example
11079
11080@example
11081$ cvs rls CVSROOT
11082cvs rls: Listing module: `CVSROOT'
11083checkoutlist
11084commitinfo
11085config
11086cvswrappers
11087loginfo
11088modules
11089notify
11090rcsinfo
11091taginfo
11092verifymsg
11093
11094@end example
11095
11096@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
11097@node rdiff
11098@appendixsec rdiff---'patch' format diffs between releases
11099@cindex rdiff (subcommand)
11100
11101@itemize @bullet
11102@item
11103rdiff [-flags] [-V vn] (-r tag1[:date1] | -D date1) [-r tag2[:date2] | -D date2] modules@dots{}
11104@item
11105Requires: repository.
11106@item
11107Changes: nothing.
11108@item
11109Synonym: patch
11110@end itemize
11111
11112Builds a Larry Wall format patch(1) file between two
11113releases, that can be fed directly into the @code{patch}
11114program to bring an old release up-to-date with the new
11115release.  (This is one of the few @sc{cvs} commands that
11116operates directly from the repository, and doesn't
11117require a prior checkout.) The diff output is sent to
11118the standard output device.
11119
11120You can specify (using the standard @samp{-r} and
11121@samp{-D} options) any combination of one or two
11122revisions or dates.  If only one revision or date is
11123specified, the patch file reflects differences between
11124that revision or date and the current head revisions in
11125the @sc{rcs} file.
11126
11127Note that if the software release affected is contained
11128in more than one directory, then it may be necessary to
11129specify the @samp{-p} option to the @code{patch} command when
11130patching the old sources, so that @code{patch} is able to find
11131the files that are located in other directories.
11132
11133@menu
11134* rdiff options::               rdiff options
11135* rdiff examples::              rdiff examples
11136@end menu
11137
11138@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11139@node rdiff options
11140@appendixsubsec rdiff options
11141
11142These standard options are supported by @code{rdiff}
11143(@pxref{Common options}, for a complete description of
11144them):
11145
11146@table @code
11147@item -D @var{date}
11148Use the most recent revision no later than @var{date}.
11149
11150@item -f
11151If no matching revision is found, retrieve the most
11152recent revision (instead of ignoring the file).
11153
11154@item -k @var{kflag}
11155Process keywords according to @var{kflag}.  See
11156@ref{Keyword substitution}.
11157
11158@item -l
11159Local; don't descend subdirectories.
11160
11161@item -R
11162Examine directories recursively.  This option is on by default.
11163
11164@item -r @var{tag}
11165Use the revision specified by @var{tag}, or when @var{date} is specified
11166and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
11167existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{Common options}.
11168@end table
11169
11170In addition to the above, these options are available:
11171
11172@table @code
11173@item -c
11174Use the context diff format.  This is the default format.
11175
11176@item -s
11177Create a summary change report instead of a patch.  The
11178summary includes information about files that were
11179changed or added between the releases.  It is sent to
11180the standard output device.  This is useful for finding
11181out, for example, which files have changed between two
11182dates or revisions.
11183
11184@item -t
11185A diff of the top two revisions is sent to the standard
11186output device.  This is most useful for seeing what the
11187last change to a file was.
11188
11189@item -u
11190Use the unidiff format for the context diffs.
11191Remember that old versions
11192of the @code{patch} program can't handle the unidiff
11193format, so if you plan to post this patch to the net
11194you should probably not use @samp{-u}.
11195
11196@item -V @var{vn}
11197Expand keywords according to the rules current in
11198@sc{rcs} version @var{vn} (the expansion format changed with
11199@sc{rcs} version 5).  Note that this option is no
11200longer accepted.  @sc{cvs} will always expand keywords the
11201way that @sc{rcs} version 5 does.
11202@end table
11203
11204@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11205@node rdiff examples
11206@appendixsubsec rdiff examples
11207
11208Suppose you receive mail from @t{foo@@example.net} asking for an
11209update from release 1.2 to 1.4 of the tc compiler.  You
11210have no such patches on hand, but with @sc{cvs} that can
11211easily be fixed with a command such as this:
11212
11213@example
11214$ cvs rdiff -c -r FOO1_2 -r FOO1_4 tc | \
11215$$ Mail -s 'The patches you asked for' foo@@example.net
11216@end example
11217
11218Suppose you have made release 1.3, and forked a branch
11219called @samp{R_1_3fix} for bug fixes.  @samp{R_1_3_1}
11220corresponds to release 1.3.1, which was made some time
11221ago.  Now, you want to see how much development has been
11222done on the branch.  This command can be used:
11223
11224@example
11225$ cvs patch -s -r R_1_3_1 -r R_1_3fix module-name
11226cvs rdiff: Diffing module-name
11227File ChangeLog,v changed from revision 1.52.2.5 to 1.52.2.6
11228File foo.c,v changed from revision 1.52.2.3 to 1.52.2.4
11229File bar.h,v changed from revision 1.29.2.1 to 1.2
11230@end example
11231
11232@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
11233@node release
11234@appendixsec release---Indicate that a Module is no longer in use
11235@cindex release (subcommand)
11236
11237@itemize @bullet
11238@item
11239release [-d] directories@dots{}
11240@item
11241Requires: Working directory.
11242@item
11243Changes: Working directory, history log.
11244@end itemize
11245
11246This command is meant to safely cancel the effect of
11247@samp{cvs checkout}.  Since @sc{cvs} doesn't lock files, it
11248isn't strictly necessary to use this command.  You can
11249always simply delete your working directory, if you
11250like; but you risk losing changes you may have
11251forgotten, and you leave no trace in the @sc{cvs} history
11252file (@pxref{history file}) that you've abandoned your
11253checkout.
11254
11255Use @samp{cvs release} to avoid these problems.  This
11256command checks that no uncommitted changes are
11257present; that you are executing it from immediately
11258above a @sc{cvs} working directory; and that the repository
11259recorded for your files is the same as the repository
11260defined in the module database.
11261
11262If all these conditions are true, @samp{cvs release}
11263leaves a record of its execution (attesting to your
11264intentionally abandoning your checkout) in the @sc{cvs}
11265history log.
11266
11267@menu
11268* release options::             release options
11269* release output::              release output
11270* release examples::            release examples
11271@end menu
11272
11273@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11274@node release options
11275@appendixsubsec release options
11276
11277The @code{release} command supports one command option:
11278
11279@table @code
11280@item -d
11281Delete your working copy of the file if the release
11282succeeds.  If this flag is not given your files will
11283remain in your working directory.
11284
11285@strong{WARNING:  The @code{release} command deletes
11286all directories and files recursively.  This
11287has the very serious side-effect that any directory
11288that you have created inside your checked-out sources,
11289and not added to the repository (using the @code{add}
11290command; @pxref{Adding files}) will be silently deleted---even
11291if it is non-empty!}
11292@end table
11293
11294@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11295@node release output
11296@appendixsubsec release output
11297
11298Before @code{release} releases your sources it will
11299print a one-line message for any file that is not
11300up-to-date.
11301
11302@table @code
11303@item U @var{file}
11304@itemx P @var{file}
11305There exists a newer revision of this file in the
11306repository, and you have not modified your local copy
11307of the file (@samp{U} and @samp{P} mean the same thing).
11308
11309@item A @var{file}
11310The file has been added to your private copy of the
11311sources, but has not yet been committed to the
11312repository.  If you delete your copy of the sources
11313this file will be lost.
11314
11315@item R @var{file}
11316The file has been removed from your private copy of the
11317sources, but has not yet been removed from the
11318repository, since you have not yet committed the
11319removal.  @xref{commit}.
11320
11321@item M @var{file}
11322The file is modified in your working directory.  There
11323might also be a newer revision inside the repository.
11324
11325@item ? @var{file}
11326@var{file} is in your working directory, but does not
11327correspond to anything in the source repository, and is
11328not in the list of files for @sc{cvs} to ignore (see the
11329description of the @samp{-I} option, and
11330@pxref{cvsignore}).  If you remove your working
11331sources, this file will be lost.
11332@end table
11333
11334@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11335@node release examples
11336@appendixsubsec release examples
11337
11338Release the @file{tc} directory, and delete your local working copy
11339of the files.
11340
11341@example
11342$ cd ..         # @r{You must stand immediately above the}
11343                # @r{sources when you issue @samp{cvs release}.}
11344$ cvs release -d tc
11345You have [0] altered files in this repository.
11346Are you sure you want to release (and delete) directory `tc': y
11347$
11348@end example
11349
11350@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
11351@node server & pserver
11352@appendixsec server & pserver---Act as a server for a client on stdin/stdout
11353@cindex pserver (subcommand)
11354@cindex server (subcommand)
11355
11356@itemize @bullet
11357@item
11358pserver [-c path]
11359
11360server [-c path]
11361@item
11362Requires: repository, client conversation on stdin/stdout
11363@item
11364Changes: Repository or, indirectly, client working directory.
11365@end itemize
11366
11367The @sc{cvs} @code{server} and @code{pserver} commands are used to provide
11368repository access to remote clients and expect a client conversation on
11369stdin & stdout.  Typically these commands are launched from @code{inetd} or
11370via @code{ssh} (@pxref{Remote repositories}).
11371
11372@code{server} expects that the client has already been authenticated somehow,
11373typically via @sc{ssh}, and @code{pserver} attempts to authenticate the client
11374itself.
11375
11376Only one option is available with the @code{server} and @code{pserver}
11377commands:
11378
11379@cindex configuration file
11380@table @code
11381@item -c path
11382Load configuration from @var{path} rather than the default location 
11383@file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/config} (@pxref{config}).  @var{path} must be
11384@file{/etc/cvs.conf} or prefixed by @file{/etc/cvs/}.  This option is
11385supported beginning with @sc{cvs} release 1.12.13.
11386@end table
11387
11388@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
11389@node update
11390@appendixsec update---Bring work tree in sync with repository
11391@cindex update (subcommand)
11392
11393@itemize @bullet
11394@item
11395update [-ACdflPpR] [-I name] [-j rev [-j rev]] [-k kflag] [-r tag[:date] | -D date] [-W spec] files@dots{}
11396@item
11397Requires: repository, working directory.
11398@item
11399Changes: working directory.
11400@end itemize
11401
11402After you've run checkout to create your private copy
11403of source from the common repository, other developers
11404will continue changing the central source.  From time
11405to time, when it is convenient in your development
11406process, you can use the @code{update} command from
11407within your working directory to reconcile your work
11408with any revisions applied to the source repository
11409since your last checkout or update.  Without the @code{-C}
11410option, @code{update} will also merge any differences
11411between the local copy of files and their base revisions
11412into any destination revisions specified with @code{-r},
11413@code{-D}, or @code{-A}.
11414
11415@menu
11416* update options::              update options
11417* update output::               update output
11418@end menu
11419
11420@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11421@node update options
11422@appendixsubsec update options
11423
11424These standard options are available with @code{update}
11425(@pxref{Common options}, for a complete description of
11426them):
11427
11428@table @code
11429@item -D date
11430Use the most recent revision no later than @var{date}.
11431This option is sticky, and implies @samp{-P}.
11432See @ref{Sticky tags}, for more information on sticky tags/dates.
11433
11434@item -f
11435Only useful with the @samp{-D} or @samp{-r} flags.  If no matching revision
11436is found, retrieve the most recent revision (instead of ignoring the file).
11437
11438@item -k @var{kflag}
11439Process keywords according to @var{kflag}.  See
11440@ref{Keyword substitution}.
11441This option is sticky; future updates of
11442this file in this working directory will use the same
11443@var{kflag}.  The @code{status} command can be viewed
11444to see the sticky options.  See @ref{Invoking CVS}, for
11445more information on the @code{status} command.
11446
11447@item -l
11448Local; run only in current working directory.  @xref{Recursive behavior}.
11449
11450@item -P
11451Prune empty directories.  See @ref{Moving directories}.
11452
11453@item -p
11454Pipe files to the standard output.
11455
11456@item -R
11457Update directories recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
11458behavior}.
11459
11460@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
11461Retrieve the revisions specified by @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is specified
11462and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
11463existed on @var{date}.  This option is sticky, and implies @samp{-P}.
11464See @ref{Sticky tags}, for more information on sticky tags/dates. Also
11465see @ref{Common options}.
11466@end table
11467
11468@need 800
11469These special options are also available with
11470@code{update}.
11471
11472@table @code
11473@item -A
11474Reset any sticky tags, dates, or @samp{-k} options.
11475See @ref{Sticky tags}, for more information on sticky tags/dates.
11476
11477@item -C
11478Overwrite locally modified files with clean copies from
11479the repository (the modified file is saved in
11480@file{.#@var{file}.@var{revision}}, however).
11481
11482@item -d
11483Create any directories that exist in the repository if
11484they're missing from the working directory.  Normally,
11485@code{update} acts only on directories and files that
11486were already enrolled in your working directory.
11487
11488This is useful for updating directories that were
11489created in the repository since the initial checkout;
11490but it has an unfortunate side effect.  If you
11491deliberately avoided certain directories in the
11492repository when you created your working directory
11493(either through use of a module name or by listing
11494explicitly the files and directories you wanted on the
11495command line), then updating with @samp{-d} will create
11496those directories, which may not be what you want.
11497
11498@item -I @var{name}
11499Ignore files whose names match @var{name} (in your
11500working directory) during the update.  You can specify
11501@samp{-I} more than once on the command line to specify
11502several files to ignore.  Use @samp{-I !} to avoid
11503ignoring any files at all.  @xref{cvsignore}, for other
11504ways to make @sc{cvs} ignore some files.
11505
11506@item -W@var{spec}
11507Specify file names that should be filtered during
11508update.  You can use this option repeatedly.
11509
11510@var{spec} can be a file name pattern of the same type
11511that you can specify in the @file{.cvswrappers}
11512file. @xref{Wrappers}.
11513
11514@item -j@var{revision}
11515With two @samp{-j} options, merge changes from the
11516revision specified with the first @samp{-j} option to
11517the revision specified with the second @samp{j} option,
11518into the working directory.
11519
11520With one @samp{-j} option, merge changes from the
11521ancestor revision to the revision specified with the
11522@samp{-j} option, into the working directory.  The
11523ancestor revision is the common ancestor of the
11524revision which the working directory is based on, and
11525the revision specified in the @samp{-j} option.
11526
11527Note that using a single @samp{-j @var{tagname}} option rather than
11528@samp{-j @var{branchname}} to merge changes from a branch will
11529often not remove files which were removed on the branch.
11530@xref{Merging adds and removals}, for more.
11531
11532In addition, each @samp{-j} option can contain an optional
11533date specification which, when used with branches, can
11534limit the chosen revision to one within a specific
11535date.  An optional date is specified by adding a colon
11536(:) to the tag:
11537@samp{-j@var{Symbolic_Tag}:@var{Date_Specifier}}.
11538
11539@xref{Branching and merging}.
11540
11541@end table
11542
11543@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11544@node update output
11545@appendixsubsec update output
11546
11547@code{update} and @code{checkout} keep you informed of
11548their progress by printing a line for each file, preceded
11549by one character indicating the status of the file:
11550
11551@table @code
11552@item U @var{file}
11553The file was brought up to date with respect to the
11554repository.  This is done for any file that exists in
11555the repository but not in your working directory, and for files
11556that you haven't changed but are not the most recent
11557versions available in the repository.
11558
11559@item P @var{file}
11560Like @samp{U}, but the @sc{cvs} server sends a patch instead of an entire
11561file.  This accomplishes the same thing as @samp{U} using less bandwidth.
11562
11563@item A @var{file}
11564The file has been added to your private copy of the
11565sources, and will be added to the source repository
11566when you run @code{commit} on the file.  This is a
11567reminder to you that the file needs to be committed.
11568
11569@item R @var{file}
11570The file has been removed from your private copy of the
11571sources, and will be removed from the source repository
11572when you run @code{commit} on the file.  This is a
11573reminder to you that the file needs to be committed.
11574
11575@item M @var{file}
11576The file is modified in  your  working  directory.
11577
11578@samp{M} can indicate one of two states for a file
11579you're working on: either there were no modifications
11580to the same file in the repository, so that your file
11581remains as you last saw it; or there were modifications
11582in the repository as well as in your copy, but they
11583were merged successfully, without conflict, in your
11584working directory.
11585
11586@sc{cvs} will print some messages if it merges your work,
11587and a backup copy of your working file (as it looked
11588before you ran @code{update}) will be made.  The exact
11589name of that file is printed while @code{update} runs.
11590
11591@item C @var{file}
11592@cindex .# files
11593@cindex __ files (VMS)
11594A conflict was detected while trying to merge your
11595changes to @var{file} with changes from the source
11596repository.  @var{file} (the copy in your working
11597directory) is now the result of attempting to merge
11598the two revisions; an unmodified copy of your file
11599is also in your working directory, with the name
11600@file{.#@var{file}.@var{revision}} where @var{revision}
11601is the revision that your modified file started
11602from.  Resolve the conflict as described in
11603@ref{Conflicts example}.
11604@c "some systems" as in out-of-the-box OSes?  Not as
11605@c far as I know.  We need to advise sysadmins as well
11606@c as users how to set up this kind of purge, if that is
11607@c what they want.
11608@c We also might want to think about cleaner solutions,
11609@c like having CVS remove the .# file once the conflict
11610@c has been resolved or something like that.
11611(Note that some systems automatically purge
11612files that begin with @file{.#} if they have not been
11613accessed for a few days.  If you intend to keep a copy
11614of your original file, it is a very good idea to rename
11615it.)  Under @sc{vms}, the file name starts with
11616@file{__} rather than @file{.#}.
11617
11618@item ? @var{file}
11619@var{file} is in your working directory, but does not
11620correspond to anything in the source repository, and is
11621not in the list of files for @sc{cvs} to ignore (see the
11622description of the @samp{-I} option, and
11623@pxref{cvsignore}).
11624@end table
11625
11626@c ----- END MAN 1 -----
11627@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
11628@node Invoking CVS
11629@appendix Quick reference to CVS commands
11630@cindex Command reference
11631@cindex Reference, commands
11632@cindex Invoking CVS
11633
11634This appendix describes how to invoke @sc{cvs}, with
11635references to where each command or feature is
11636described in detail.  For other references run the
11637@code{cvs --help} command, or see @ref{Index}.
11638
11639A @sc{cvs} command looks like:
11640
11641@example
11642cvs [ @var{global_options} ] @var{command} [ @var{command_options} ] [ @var{command_args} ]
11643@end example
11644
11645Global options:
11646
11647@table @code
11648@item --allow-root=@var{rootdir}
11649Specify legal @sc{cvsroot} directory (server only) (not
11650in @sc{cvs} 1.9 and older).  See @ref{Password
11651authentication server}.
11652
11653@item -a
11654Authenticate all communication (client only) (not in @sc{cvs}
116551.9 and older).  See @ref{Global options}.
11656
11657@item -b
11658Specify RCS location (@sc{cvs} 1.9 and older).  See
11659@ref{Global options}.
11660
11661@item -d @var{root}
11662Specify the @sc{cvsroot}.  See @ref{Repository}.
11663
11664@item -e @var{editor}
11665Edit messages with @var{editor}.  See @ref{Committing
11666your changes}.
11667
11668@item -f
11669Do not read the @file{~/.cvsrc} file.  See @ref{Global
11670options}.
11671
11672@item -H
11673@itemx --help
11674Print a help message.  See @ref{Global options}.
11675
11676@item -n
11677Do not change any files.  See @ref{Global options}.
11678
11679@item -Q
11680Be really quiet.  See @ref{Global options}.
11681
11682@item -q
11683Be somewhat quiet.  See @ref{Global options}.
11684
11685@item -r
11686Make new working files read-only.  See @ref{Global options}.
11687
11688@item -s @var{variable}=@var{value}
11689Set a user variable.  See @ref{Variables}.
11690
11691@item -T @var{tempdir}
11692Put temporary files in @var{tempdir}.  See @ref{Global
11693options}.
11694
11695@item -t
11696Trace @sc{cvs} execution.  See @ref{Global options}.
11697
11698@item -v
11699@item --version
11700Display version and copyright information for @sc{cvs}.
11701
11702@item -w
11703Make new working files read-write.  See @ref{Global
11704options}.
11705
11706@item -x
11707Encrypt all communication (client only).
11708See @ref{Global options}.
11709
11710@item -z @var{gzip-level}
11711@cindex Compression
11712@cindex Gzip
11713Set the compression level (client only).
11714See @ref{Global options}.
11715@end table
11716
11717Keyword expansion modes (@pxref{Substitution modes}):
11718
11719@example
11720-kkv  $@splitrcskeyword{Id}: file1,v 1.1 1993/12/09 03:21:13 joe Exp $
11721-kkvl $@splitrcskeyword{Id}: file1,v 1.1 1993/12/09 03:21:13 joe Exp harry $
11722-kk   $@splitrcskeyword{Id}$
11723-kv   file1,v 1.1 1993/12/09 03:21:13 joe Exp
11724-ko   @i{no expansion}
11725-kb   @i{no expansion, file is binary}
11726@end example
11727
11728Keywords (@pxref{Keyword list}):
11729
11730@example
11731$@splitrcskeyword{Author}: joe $
11732$@splitrcskeyword{Date}: 1993/12/09 03:21:13 $
11733$@splitrcskeyword{CVSHeader}: files/file1,v 1.1 1993/12/09 03:21:13 joe Exp harry $
11734$@splitrcskeyword{Header}: /home/files/file1,v 1.1 1993/12/09 03:21:13 joe Exp harry $
11735$@splitrcskeyword{Id}: file1,v 1.1 1993/12/09 03:21:13 joe Exp harry $
11736$@splitrcskeyword{Locker}: harry $
11737$@splitrcskeyword{Name}: snapshot_1_14 $
11738$@splitrcskeyword{RCSfile}: file1,v $
11739$@splitrcskeyword{Revision}: 1.1 $
11740$@splitrcskeyword{Source}: /home/files/file1,v $
11741$@splitrcskeyword{State}: Exp $
11742$@splitrcskeyword{Log}: file1,v $
11743Revision 1.1  1993/12/09 03:30:17  joe
11744Initial revision
11745
11746@end example
11747
11748@c The idea behind this table is that we want each item
11749@c to be a sentence or two at most.  Preferably a
11750@c single line.
11751@c
11752@c In some cases refs to "foo options" are just to get
11753@c this thing written quickly, not because the "foo
11754@c options" node is really the best place to point.
11755Commands, command options, and command arguments:
11756
11757@table @code
11758@c ------------------------------------------------------------
11759@item add [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
11760Add a new file/directory.  See @ref{Adding files}.
11761
11762@table @code
11763@item -k @var{kflag}
11764Set keyword expansion.
11765
11766@item -m @var{msg}
11767Set file description.
11768@end table
11769
11770@c ------------------------------------------------------------
11771@item admin [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
11772Administration of history files in the repository.  See
11773@ref{admin}.
11774@c This list omits those options which are not
11775@c documented as being useful with CVS.  That might be
11776@c a mistake...
11777
11778@table @code
11779@item -b[@var{rev}]
11780Set default branch.  See @ref{Reverting local changes}.
11781
11782@item -c@var{string}
11783Set comment leader.
11784
11785@item -k@var{subst}
11786Set keyword substitution.  See @ref{Keyword
11787substitution}.
11788
11789@item -l[@var{rev}]
11790Lock revision @var{rev}, or latest revision.
11791
11792@item -m@var{rev}:@var{msg}
11793Replace the log message of revision @var{rev} with
11794@var{msg}.
11795
11796@item -o@var{range}
11797Delete revisions from the repository.  See
11798@ref{admin options}.
11799
11800@item -q
11801Run quietly; do not print diagnostics.
11802
11803@item -s@var{state}[:@var{rev}]
11804Set the state.  See @ref{admin options} for more information on possible
11805states.
11806
11807@c Does not work for client/server CVS
11808@item -t
11809Set file description from standard input.
11810
11811@item -t@var{file}
11812Set file description from @var{file}.
11813
11814@item -t-@var{string}
11815Set file description to @var{string}.
11816
11817@item -u[@var{rev}]
11818Unlock revision @var{rev}, or latest revision.
11819@end table
11820
11821@c ------------------------------------------------------------
11822@item annotate [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
11823Show last revision where each line was modified.  See
11824@ref{annotate}.
11825
11826@table @code
11827@item -D @var{date}
11828Annotate the most recent revision no later than
11829@var{date}.  See @ref{Common options}.
11830
11831@item -F
11832Force annotation of binary files.  (Without this option,
11833binary files are skipped with a message.)
11834
11835@item -f
11836Use head revision if tag/date not found.  See
11837@ref{Common options}.
11838
11839@item -l
11840Local; run only in current working directory.  @xref{Recursive behavior}.
11841
11842@item -R
11843Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
11844behavior}.
11845
11846@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
11847Annotate revisions specified by @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is specified
11848and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
11849existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{Common options}.
11850@end table
11851
11852@c ------------------------------------------------------------
11853@item checkout [@var{options}] @var{modules}@dots{}
11854Get a copy of the sources.  See @ref{checkout}.
11855
11856@table @code
11857@item -A
11858Reset any sticky tags/date/options.  See @ref{Sticky
11859tags} and @ref{Keyword substitution}.
11860
11861@item -c
11862Output the module database.  See @ref{checkout options}.
11863
11864@item -D @var{date}
11865Check out revisions as of @var{date} (is sticky).  See
11866@ref{Common options}.
11867
11868@item -d @var{dir}
11869Check out into @var{dir}.  See @ref{checkout options}.
11870
11871@item -f
11872Use head revision if tag/date not found.  See
11873@ref{Common options}.
11874
11875@c Probably want to use rev1/rev2 style like for diff
11876@c -r.  Here and in on-line help.
11877@item -j @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
11878Merge in the change specified by @var{tag}, or when @var{date} is specified
11879and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
11880existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{checkout options}.
11881
11882@item -k @var{kflag}
11883Use @var{kflag} keyword expansion.  See
11884@ref{Substitution modes}.
11885
11886@item -l
11887Local; run only in current working directory.  @xref{Recursive behavior}.
11888
11889@item -N
11890Don't ``shorten'' module paths if -d specified.  See
11891@ref{checkout options}.
11892
11893@item -n
11894Do not run module program (if any).  See @ref{checkout options}.
11895
11896@item -P
11897Prune empty directories.  See @ref{Moving directories}.
11898
11899@item -p
11900Check out files to standard output (avoids
11901stickiness).  See @ref{checkout options}.
11902
11903@item -R
11904Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
11905behavior}.
11906
11907@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
11908Checkout the revision already tagged with @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is
11909specified and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag}
11910as it existed on @var{date}.  This .  See @ref{Common options}.
11911
11912@item -s
11913Like -c, but include module status.  See @ref{checkout options}.
11914@end table
11915
11916@c ------------------------------------------------------------
11917@item commit [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
11918Check changes into the repository.  See @ref{commit}.
11919
11920@table @code
11921@item -c
11922Check for valid edits before committing.  Requires a @sc{cvs} client and server
11923both version 1.12.10 or greater.
11924
11925@item -F @var{file}
11926Read log message from @var{file}.  See @ref{commit options}.
11927
11928@item -f
11929@c What is this "disables recursion"?  It is from the
11930@c on-line help; is it documented in this manual?
11931Force the file to be committed; disables recursion.
11932See @ref{commit options}.
11933
11934@item -l
11935Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
11936
11937@item -m @var{msg}
11938Use @var{msg} as log message.  See @ref{commit options}.
11939
11940@item -n
11941Do not run module program (if any).  See @ref{commit options}.
11942
11943@item -R
11944Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
11945behavior}.
11946
11947@item -r @var{rev}
11948Commit to @var{rev}.  See @ref{commit options}.
11949@c FIXME: should be dragging over text from
11950@c commit options, especially if it can be cleaned up
11951@c and made concise enough.
11952@end table
11953
11954@c ------------------------------------------------------------
11955@item diff [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
11956Show differences between revisions.  See @ref{diff}.
11957In addition to the options shown below, accepts a wide
11958variety of options to control output style, for example
11959@samp{-c} for context diffs.
11960
11961@table @code
11962@item -D @var{date1}
11963Diff revision for date against working file.  See
11964@ref{diff options}.
11965
11966@item -D @var{date2}
11967Diff @var{rev1}/@var{date1} against @var{date2}.  See
11968@ref{diff options}.
11969
11970@item -l
11971Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
11972
11973@item -N
11974Include diffs for added and removed files.  See
11975@ref{diff options}.
11976
11977@item -R
11978Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
11979behavior}.
11980
11981@item -r @var{tag1}[:@var{date1}]
11982Diff the revisions specified by @var{tag1} or, when @var{date1} is specified
11983and @var{tag1} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag1} as it
11984existed on @var{date1}, against the working file.  See @ref{diff options}
11985and @ref{Common options}.
11986
11987@item -r @var{tag2}[:@var{date2}]
11988Diff the revisions specified by @var{tag2} or, when @var{date2} is specified
11989and @var{tag2} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag2} as it
11990existed on @var{date2}, against @var{rev1}/@var{date1}.  See @ref{diff options}
11991and @ref{Common options}.
11992@end table
11993
11994@c ------------------------------------------------------------
11995@item edit [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
11996Get ready to edit a watched file.  See @ref{Editing files}.
11997
11998@table @code
11999@item -a @var{actions}
12000Specify actions for temporary watch, where
12001@var{actions} is @code{edit}, @code{unedit},
12002@code{commit}, @code{all}, or @code{none}.  See
12003@ref{Editing files}.
12004
12005@item -c
12006Check edits: Edit fails if someone else is already editting the file.
12007Requires a @sc{cvs} client and server both of version 1.12.10 or greater.
12008
12009@item -f
12010Force edit; ignore other edits.  Added in CVS 1.12.10.
12011
12012@item -l
12013Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12014
12015@item -R
12016Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
12017behavior}.
12018@end table
12019
12020@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12021@item editors [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
12022See who is editing a watched file.  See @ref{Watch information}.
12023
12024@table @code
12025@item -l
12026Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12027
12028@item -R
12029Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
12030behavior}.
12031@end table
12032
12033@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12034@item export [@var{options}] @var{modules}@dots{}
12035Export files from @sc{cvs}.  See @ref{export}.
12036
12037@table @code
12038@item -D @var{date}
12039Check out revisions as of @var{date}.  See
12040@ref{Common options}.
12041
12042@item -d @var{dir}
12043Check out into @var{dir}.  See @ref{export options}.
12044
12045@item -f
12046Use head revision if tag/date not found.  See
12047@ref{Common options}.
12048
12049@item -k @var{kflag}
12050Use @var{kflag} keyword expansion.  See
12051@ref{Substitution modes}.
12052
12053@item -l
12054Local; run only in current working directory.  @xref{Recursive behavior}.
12055
12056@item -N
12057Don't ``shorten'' module paths if -d specified.  See
12058@ref{export options}.
12059
12060@item -n
12061Do not run module program (if any).  See @ref{export options}.
12062
12063@item -R
12064Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
12065behavior}.
12066
12067@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
12068Export the revisions specified by @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is specified
12069and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
12070existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{Common options}.
12071@end table
12072
12073@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12074@item history [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
12075Show repository access history.  See @ref{history}.
12076
12077@table @code
12078@item -a
12079All users (default is self).  See @ref{history options}.
12080
12081@item -b @var{str}
12082Back to record with @var{str} in module/file/repos
12083field.  See @ref{history options}.
12084
12085@item -c
12086Report on committed (modified) files.  See @ref{history options}.
12087
12088@item -D @var{date}
12089Since @var{date}.  See @ref{history options}.
12090
12091@item -e
12092Report on all record types.  See @ref{history options}.
12093
12094@item -l
12095Last modified (committed or modified report).  See @ref{history options}.
12096
12097@item -m @var{module}
12098Report on @var{module} (repeatable).  See @ref{history options}.
12099
12100@item -n @var{module}
12101In @var{module}.  See @ref{history options}.
12102
12103@item -o
12104Report on checked out modules.  See @ref{history options}.
12105
12106@item -p @var{repository}
12107In @var{repository}.  See @ref{history options}.
12108
12109@item -r @var{rev}
12110Since revision @var{rev}.  See @ref{history options}.
12111
12112@item -T
12113@c What the @#$@# is a TAG?  Same as a tag?  This
12114@c wording is also in the online-line help.
12115Produce report on all TAGs.  See @ref{history options}.
12116
12117@item -t @var{tag}
12118Since tag record placed in history file (by anyone).
12119See @ref{history options}.
12120
12121@item -u @var{user}
12122For user @var{user} (repeatable).  See @ref{history options}.
12123
12124@item -w
12125Working directory must match.  See @ref{history options}.
12126
12127@item -x @var{types}
12128Report on @var{types}, one or more of
12129@code{TOEFWUPCGMAR}.  See @ref{history options}.
12130
12131@item -z @var{zone}
12132Output for time zone @var{zone}.  See @ref{history options}.
12133@end table
12134
12135@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12136@item import [@var{options}] @var{repository} @var{vendor-tag} @var{release-tags}@dots{}
12137Import files into @sc{cvs}, using vendor branches.  See
12138@ref{import}.
12139
12140@table @code
12141@item -b @var{bra}
12142Import to vendor branch @var{bra}.  See
12143@ref{Multiple vendor branches}.
12144
12145@item -d
12146Use the file's modification time as the time of
12147import.  See @ref{import options}.
12148
12149@item -k @var{kflag}
12150Set default keyword substitution mode.  See
12151@ref{import options}.
12152
12153@item -m @var{msg}
12154Use @var{msg} for log message.  See
12155@ref{import options}.
12156
12157@item -I @var{ign}
12158More files to ignore (! to reset).  See
12159@ref{import options}.
12160
12161@item -W @var{spec}
12162More wrappers.  See @ref{import options}.
12163@end table
12164
12165@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12166@item init
12167Create a @sc{cvs} repository if it doesn't exist.  See
12168@ref{Creating a repository}.
12169
12170@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12171@item kserver
12172Kerberos authenticated server.
12173See @ref{Kerberos authenticated}.
12174
12175@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12176@item log [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
12177Print out history information for files.  See @ref{log}.
12178
12179@table @code
12180@item -b
12181Only list revisions on the default branch.  See @ref{log options}.
12182
12183@item -d @var{dates}
12184Specify dates (@var{d1}<@var{d2} for range, @var{d} for
12185latest before).  See @ref{log options}.
12186
12187@item -h
12188Only print header.  See @ref{log options}.
12189
12190@item -l
12191Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12192
12193@item -N
12194Do not list tags.  See @ref{log options}.
12195
12196@item -R
12197Only print name of RCS file.  See @ref{log options}.
12198
12199@item -r@var{revs}
12200Only list revisions @var{revs}.  See @ref{log options}.
12201
12202@item -s @var{states}
12203Only list revisions with specified states.  See @ref{log options}.
12204
12205@item -t
12206Only print header and descriptive text.  See @ref{log
12207options}.
12208
12209@item -w@var{logins}
12210Only list revisions checked in by specified logins.  See @ref{log options}.
12211@end table
12212
12213@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12214@item login
12215Prompt for password for authenticating server.  See
12216@ref{Password authentication client}.
12217
12218@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12219@item logout
12220Remove stored password for authenticating server.  See
12221@ref{Password authentication client}.
12222
12223@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12224@item pserver
12225Password authenticated server.
12226See @ref{Password authentication server}.
12227
12228@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12229@item rannotate [@var{options}] [@var{modules}@dots{}]
12230Show last revision where each line was modified.  See
12231@ref{annotate}.
12232
12233@table @code
12234@item -D @var{date}
12235Annotate the most recent revision no later than
12236@var{date}.  See @ref{Common options}.
12237
12238@item -F
12239Force annotation of binary files.  (Without this option,
12240binary files are skipped with a message.)
12241
12242@item -f
12243Use head revision if tag/date not found.  See
12244@ref{Common options}.
12245
12246@item -l
12247Local; run only in current working directory.  @xref{Recursive behavior}.
12248
12249@item -R
12250Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive behavior}.
12251
12252@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
12253Annotate the revision specified by @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is specified
12254and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag}
12255as it existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{Common options}.
12256@end table
12257
12258@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12259@item rdiff [@var{options}] @var{modules}@dots{}
12260Show differences between releases.  See @ref{rdiff}.
12261
12262@table @code
12263@item -c
12264Context diff output format (default).  See @ref{rdiff options}.
12265
12266@item -D @var{date}
12267Select revisions based on @var{date}.  See @ref{Common options}.
12268
12269@item -f
12270Use head revision if tag/date not found.  See
12271@ref{Common options}.
12272
12273@item -l
12274Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12275
12276@item -R
12277Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
12278behavior}.
12279
12280@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
12281Select the revisions specified by @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is specified
12282and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
12283existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{diff options} and @ref{Common options}.
12284
12285@item -s
12286Short patch - one liner per file.  See @ref{rdiff options}.
12287
12288@item -t
12289Top two diffs - last change made to the file.  See
12290@ref{diff options}.
12291
12292@item -u
12293Unidiff output format.  See @ref{rdiff options}.
12294
12295@item -V @var{vers}
12296Use RCS Version @var{vers} for keyword expansion (obsolete).  See
12297@ref{rdiff options}.
12298@end table
12299
12300@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12301@item release [@var{options}] @var{directory}
12302Indicate that a directory is no longer in use.  See
12303@ref{release}.
12304
12305@table @code
12306@item -d
12307Delete the given directory.  See @ref{release options}.
12308@end table
12309
12310@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12311@item remove [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
12312Remove an entry from the repository.  See @ref{Removing files}.
12313
12314@table @code
12315@item -f
12316Delete the file before removing it.  See @ref{Removing files}.
12317
12318@item -l
12319Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12320
12321@item -R
12322Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
12323behavior}.
12324@end table
12325
12326@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12327@item rlog [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
12328Print out history information for modules.  See @ref{log}.
12329
12330@table @code
12331@item -b
12332Only list revisions on the default branch.  See @ref{log options}.
12333
12334@item -d @var{dates}
12335Specify dates (@var{d1}<@var{d2} for range, @var{d} for
12336latest before).  See @ref{log options}.
12337
12338@item -h
12339Only print header.  See @ref{log options}.
12340
12341@item -l
12342Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12343
12344@item -N
12345Do not list tags.  See @ref{log options}.
12346
12347@item -R
12348Only print name of RCS file.  See @ref{log options}.
12349
12350@item -r@var{revs}
12351Only list revisions @var{revs}.  See @ref{log options}.
12352
12353@item -s @var{states}
12354Only list revisions with specified states.  See @ref{log options}.
12355
12356@item -t
12357Only print header and descriptive text.  See @ref{log options}.
12358
12359@item -w@var{logins}
12360Only list revisions checked in by specified logins.  See @ref{log options}.
12361@end table
12362
12363@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12364@item rtag [@var{options}] @var{tag} @var{modules}@dots{}
12365Add a symbolic tag to a module.
12366See @ref{Revisions} and @ref{Branching and merging}.
12367
12368@table @code
12369@item -a
12370Clear tag from removed files that would not otherwise
12371be tagged.  See @ref{Tagging add/remove}.
12372
12373@item -b
12374Create a branch named @var{tag}.  See @ref{Branching and merging}.
12375
12376@item -B
12377Used in conjunction with -F or -d, enables movement and deletion of
12378branch tags.  Use with extreme caution. 
12379
12380@item -D @var{date}
12381Tag revisions as of @var{date}.  See @ref{Tagging by date/tag}.
12382
12383@item -d
12384Delete @var{tag}.  See @ref{Modifying tags}.
12385
12386@item -F
12387Move @var{tag} if it already exists.  See @ref{Modifying tags}.
12388
12389@item -f
12390Force a head revision match if tag/date not found.
12391See @ref{Tagging by date/tag}.
12392
12393@item -l
12394Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12395
12396@item -n
12397No execution of tag program.  See @ref{Common options}.
12398
12399@item -R
12400Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
12401behavior}.
12402
12403@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
12404Tag the revision already tagged with @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is specified
12405and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
12406existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{Tagging by date/tag} and @ref{Common options}.
12407@end table
12408
12409@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12410@item server
12411Rsh server.  See @ref{Connecting via rsh}.
12412
12413@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12414@item status [@var{options}] @var{files}@dots{}
12415Display status information in a working directory.  See
12416@ref{File status}.
12417
12418@table @code
12419@item -l
12420Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12421
12422@item -R
12423Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive behavior}.
12424
12425@item -v
12426Include tag information for file.  See @ref{Tags}.
12427@end table
12428
12429@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12430@item tag [@var{options}] @var{tag} [@var{files}@dots{}]
12431Add a symbolic tag to checked out version of files.
12432See @ref{Revisions} and @ref{Branching and merging}.
12433
12434@table @code
12435@item -b
12436Create a branch named @var{tag}.  See @ref{Branching and merging}.
12437
12438@item -c
12439Check that working files are unmodified.  See
12440@ref{Tagging the working directory}.
12441
12442@item -D @var{date}
12443Tag revisions as of @var{date}.  See @ref{Tagging by date/tag}.
12444
12445@item -d
12446Delete @var{tag}.  See @ref{Modifying tags}.
12447
12448@item -F
12449Move @var{tag} if it already exists.  See @ref{Modifying tags}.
12450
12451@item -f
12452Force a head revision match if tag/date not found.
12453See @ref{Tagging by date/tag}.
12454
12455@item -l
12456Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12457
12458@item -R
12459Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive behavior}.
12460
12461@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
12462Tag the revision already tagged with @var{tag}, or when @var{date} is specified
12463and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
12464existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{Tagging by date/tag} and @ref{Common options}.
12465@end table
12466
12467@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12468@item unedit [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
12469Undo an edit command.  See @ref{Editing files}.
12470
12471@table @code
12472@item -l
12473Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12474
12475@item -R
12476Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive behavior}.
12477@end table
12478
12479@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12480@item update [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
12481Bring work tree in sync with repository.  See
12482@ref{update}.
12483
12484@table @code
12485@item -A
12486Reset any sticky tags/date/options.  See @ref{Sticky
12487tags} and @ref{Keyword substitution}.
12488
12489@item -C
12490Overwrite locally modified files with clean copies from
12491the repository (the modified file is saved in
12492@file{.#@var{file}.@var{revision}}, however).
12493
12494@item -D @var{date}
12495Check out revisions as of @var{date} (is sticky).  See
12496@ref{Common options}.
12497
12498@item -d
12499Create directories.  See @ref{update options}.
12500
12501@item -f
12502Use head revision if tag/date not found.  See
12503@ref{Common options}.
12504
12505@item -I @var{ign}
12506More files to ignore (! to reset).  See
12507@ref{import options}.
12508
12509@c Probably want to use rev1/rev2 style like for diff
12510@c -r.  Here and in on-line help.
12511@item -j @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
12512Merge in changes from revisions specified by @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is
12513specified and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag}
12514as it existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{update options}.
12515
12516@item -k @var{kflag}
12517Use @var{kflag} keyword expansion.  See
12518@ref{Substitution modes}.
12519
12520@item -l
12521Local; run only in current working directory.  @xref{Recursive behavior}.
12522
12523@item -P
12524Prune empty directories.  See @ref{Moving directories}.
12525
12526@item -p
12527Check out files to standard output (avoids
12528stickiness).  See @ref{update options}.
12529
12530@item -R
12531Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
12532behavior}.
12533
12534@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
12535Checkout the revisions specified by @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is specified
12536and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
12537existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{Common options}.
12538
12539@item -W @var{spec}
12540More wrappers.  See @ref{import options}.
12541@end table
12542
12543@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12544@item version
12545@cindex version (subcommand)
12546
12547Display the version of @sc{cvs} being used.  If the repository
12548is remote, display both the client and server versions.
12549
12550@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12551@item watch [on|off|add|remove] [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
12552
12553on/off: turn on/off read-only checkouts of files.  See
12554@ref{Setting a watch}.
12555
12556add/remove: add or remove notification on actions.  See
12557@ref{Getting Notified}.
12558
12559@table @code
12560@item -a @var{actions}
12561Specify actions for temporary watch, where
12562@var{actions} is @code{edit}, @code{unedit},
12563@code{commit}, @code{all}, or @code{none}.  See
12564@ref{Editing files}.
12565
12566@item -l
12567Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12568
12569@item -R
12570Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
12571behavior}.
12572@end table
12573
12574@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12575@item watchers [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
12576See who is watching a file.  See @ref{Watch information}.
12577
12578@table @code
12579@item -l
12580Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12581
12582@item -R
12583Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
12584behavior}.
12585@end table
12586
12587@end table
12588
12589@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
12590@node Administrative files
12591@appendix Reference manual for Administrative files
12592@cindex Administrative files (reference)
12593@cindex Files, reference manual
12594@cindex Reference manual (files)
12595@cindex CVSROOT (file)
12596
12597Inside the repository, in the directory
12598@file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT}, there are a number of
12599supportive files for @sc{cvs}.  You can use @sc{cvs} in a limited
12600fashion without any of them, but if they are set up
12601properly they can help make life easier.  For a
12602discussion of how to edit them, see @ref{Intro
12603administrative files}.
12604
12605The most important of these files is the @file{modules}
12606file, which defines the modules inside the repository.
12607
12608@menu
12609* modules::                     Defining modules
12610* Wrappers::                    Specify binary-ness based on file name
12611* Trigger Scripts::		Launch scripts in response to server events
12612* rcsinfo::                     Templates for the log messages
12613* cvsignore::                   Ignoring files via cvsignore
12614* checkoutlist::                Adding your own administrative files
12615* history file::                History information
12616* Variables::                   Various variables are expanded
12617* config::                      Miscellaneous CVS configuration
12618@end menu
12619
12620@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
12621@node modules
12622@appendixsec The modules file
12623@cindex Modules (admin file)
12624@cindex Defining modules (reference manual)
12625
12626The @file{modules} file records your definitions of
12627names for collections of source code.  @sc{cvs} will
12628use these definitions if you use @sc{cvs} to update the
12629modules file (use normal commands like @code{add},
12630@code{commit}, etc).
12631
12632The @file{modules} file may contain blank lines and
12633comments (lines beginning with @samp{#}) as well as
12634module definitions.  Long lines can be continued on the
12635next line by specifying a backslash (@samp{\}) as the
12636last character on the line.
12637
12638There are three basic types of modules: alias modules,
12639regular modules, and ampersand modules.  The difference
12640between them is the way that they map files in the
12641repository to files in the working directory.  In all
12642of the following examples, the top-level repository
12643contains a directory called @file{first-dir}, which
12644contains two files, @file{file1} and @file{file2}, and a
12645directory @file{sdir}.  @file{first-dir/sdir} contains
12646a file @file{sfile}.
12647
12648@c FIXME: should test all the examples in this section.
12649
12650@menu
12651* Alias modules::             The simplest kind of module
12652* Regular modules::
12653* Ampersand modules::
12654* Excluding directories::     Excluding directories from a module
12655* Module options::            Regular and ampersand modules can take options
12656* Module program options::    How the modules ``program options'' programs
12657                              are run. 
12658@end menu
12659
12660@node Alias modules
12661@appendixsubsec Alias modules
12662@cindex Alias modules
12663@cindex -a, in modules file
12664
12665Alias modules are the simplest kind of module:
12666
12667@table @code
12668@item @var{mname} -a @var{aliases}@dots{}
12669This represents the simplest way of defining a module
12670@var{mname}.  The @samp{-a} flags the definition as a
12671simple alias: @sc{cvs} will treat any use of @var{mname} (as
12672a command argument) as if the list of names
12673@var{aliases} had been specified instead.
12674@var{aliases} may contain either other module names or
12675paths.  When you use paths in aliases, @code{checkout}
12676creates all intermediate directories in the working
12677directory, just as if the path had been specified
12678explicitly in the @sc{cvs} arguments.
12679@end table
12680
12681For example, if the modules file contains:
12682
12683@example
12684amodule -a first-dir
12685@end example
12686
12687@noindent
12688then the following two commands are equivalent:
12689
12690@example
12691$ cvs co amodule
12692$ cvs co first-dir
12693@end example
12694
12695@noindent
12696and they each would provide output such as:
12697
12698@example
12699cvs checkout: Updating first-dir
12700U first-dir/file1
12701U first-dir/file2
12702cvs checkout: Updating first-dir/sdir
12703U first-dir/sdir/sfile
12704@end example
12705
12706@node Regular modules
12707@appendixsubsec Regular modules
12708@cindex Regular modules
12709
12710@table @code
12711@item @var{mname} [ options ] @var{dir} [ @var{files}@dots{} ]
12712In the simplest case, this form of module definition
12713reduces to @samp{@var{mname} @var{dir}}.  This defines
12714all the files in directory @var{dir} as module mname.
12715@var{dir} is a relative path (from @code{$CVSROOT}) to a
12716directory of source in the source repository.  In this
12717case, on checkout, a single directory called
12718@var{mname} is created as a working directory; no
12719intermediate directory levels are used by default, even
12720if @var{dir} was a path involving several directory
12721levels.
12722@end table
12723
12724For example, if a module is defined by:
12725
12726@example
12727regmodule first-dir
12728@end example
12729
12730@noindent
12731then regmodule will contain the files from first-dir:
12732
12733@example
12734$ cvs co regmodule
12735cvs checkout: Updating regmodule
12736U regmodule/file1
12737U regmodule/file2
12738cvs checkout: Updating regmodule/sdir
12739U regmodule/sdir/sfile
12740$
12741@end example
12742
12743By explicitly specifying files in the module definition
12744after @var{dir}, you can select particular files from
12745directory @var{dir}.  Here is
12746an example:
12747
12748@example
12749regfiles first-dir/sdir sfile
12750@end example
12751
12752@noindent
12753With this definition, getting the regfiles module
12754will create a single working directory
12755@file{regfiles} containing the file listed, which
12756comes from a directory deeper
12757in the @sc{cvs} source repository:
12758
12759@example
12760$ cvs co regfiles
12761U regfiles/sfile
12762$
12763@end example
12764
12765@node Ampersand modules
12766@appendixsubsec Ampersand modules
12767@cindex Ampersand modules
12768@cindex &, in modules file
12769
12770A module definition can refer to other modules by
12771including @samp{&@var{module}} in its definition.
12772@example
12773@var{mname} [ options ] @var{&module}@dots{}
12774@end example
12775
12776Then getting the module creates a subdirectory for each such
12777module, in the directory containing the module.  For
12778example, if modules contains
12779
12780@example
12781ampermod &first-dir
12782@end example
12783
12784@noindent
12785then a checkout will create an @code{ampermod} directory
12786which contains a directory called @code{first-dir},
12787which in turns contains all the directories and files
12788which live there.  For example, the command
12789
12790@example
12791$ cvs co ampermod
12792@end example
12793
12794@noindent
12795will create the following files:
12796
12797@example
12798ampermod/first-dir/file1
12799ampermod/first-dir/file2
12800ampermod/first-dir/sdir/sfile
12801@end example
12802
12803There is one quirk/bug: the messages that @sc{cvs}
12804prints omit the @file{ampermod}, and thus do not
12805correctly display the location to which it is checking
12806out the files:
12807
12808@example
12809$ cvs co ampermod
12810cvs checkout: Updating first-dir
12811U first-dir/file1
12812U first-dir/file2
12813cvs checkout: Updating first-dir/sdir
12814U first-dir/sdir/sfile
12815$
12816@end example
12817
12818Do not rely on this buggy behavior; it may get fixed in
12819a future release of @sc{cvs}.
12820
12821@c FIXCVS: What happens if regular and & modules are
12822@c combined, as in "ampermodule first-dir &second-dir"?
12823@c When I tried it, it seemed to just ignore the
12824@c "first-dir".  I think perhaps it should be an error
12825@c (but this needs further investigation).
12826@c In addition to discussing what each one does, we
12827@c should put in a few words about why you would use one or
12828@c the other in various situations.
12829
12830@node Excluding directories
12831@appendixsubsec Excluding directories
12832@cindex Excluding directories, in modules file
12833@cindex !, in modules file
12834
12835An alias module may exclude particular directories from
12836other modules by using an exclamation mark (@samp{!})
12837before the name of each directory to be excluded.
12838
12839For example, if the modules file contains:
12840
12841@example
12842exmodule -a !first-dir/sdir first-dir
12843@end example
12844
12845@noindent
12846then checking out the module @samp{exmodule} will check
12847out everything in @samp{first-dir} except any files in
12848the subdirectory @samp{first-dir/sdir}.
12849@c Note that the "!first-dir/sdir" sometimes must be listed
12850@c before "first-dir".  That seems like a probable bug, in which
12851@c case perhaps it should be fixed (to allow either
12852@c order) rather than documented.  See modules4 in testsuite.
12853
12854@node Module options
12855@appendixsubsec Module options
12856@cindex Options, in modules file
12857
12858Either regular modules or ampersand modules can contain
12859options, which supply additional information concerning
12860the module.
12861
12862@table @code
12863@cindex -d, in modules file
12864@item -d @var{name}
12865Name the working directory something other than the
12866module name.
12867@c FIXME: Needs a bunch of examples, analogous to the
12868@c examples for alias, regular, and ampersand modules
12869@c which show where the files go without -d.
12870
12871@cindex Export program
12872@cindex -e, in modules file
12873@item -e @var{prog}
12874Specify a program @var{prog} to run whenever files in a
12875module are exported.  @var{prog} runs with a single
12876argument, the module name.
12877@c FIXME: Is it run on server? client?
12878
12879@cindex Checkout program
12880@cindex -o, in modules file
12881@item -o @var{prog}
12882Specify a program @var{prog} to run whenever files in a
12883module are checked out.  @var{prog} runs with a single
12884argument, the module name.  See @ref{Module program options} for
12885information on how @var{prog} is called.
12886@c FIXME: Is it run on server? client?
12887
12888@cindex Status of a module
12889@cindex Module status
12890@cindex -s, in modules file
12891@item -s @var{status}
12892Assign a status to the module.  When the module file is
12893printed with @samp{cvs checkout -s} the modules are
12894sorted according to primarily module status, and
12895secondarily according to the module name.  This option
12896has no other meaning.  You can use this option for
12897several things besides status: for instance, list the
12898person that is responsible for this module.
12899
12900@cindex Tag program
12901@cindex -t, in modules file
12902@item -t @var{prog}
12903Specify a program @var{prog} to run whenever files in a
12904module are tagged with @code{rtag}.  @var{prog} runs
12905with two arguments: the module name and the symbolic
12906tag specified to @code{rtag}.  It is not run
12907when @code{tag} is executed.  Generally you will find
12908that the @file{taginfo} file is a better solution (@pxref{taginfo}).
12909@c FIXME: Is it run on server? client?
12910@c Problems with -t include:
12911@c * It is run after the tag not before
12912@c * It doesn't get passed all the information that
12913@c   taginfo does ("mov", &c).
12914@c * It only is run for rtag, not tag.
12915@end table
12916
12917You should also see @pxref{Module program options} about how the
12918``program options'' programs are run.
12919
12920@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
12921
12922@node Module program options
12923@appendixsubsec How the modules file ``program options'' programs are run
12924@cindex Modules file program options
12925@cindex -t, in modules file
12926@cindex -o, in modules file
12927@cindex -e, in modules file
12928
12929@noindent
12930For checkout, rtag, and export, the program is server-based, and as such the
12931following applies:-
12932
12933If using remote access methods (pserver, ext, etc.),
12934@sc{cvs} will execute this program on the server from a temporary
12935directory. The path is searched for this program.
12936
12937If using ``local access'' (on a local or remote NFS file system, i.e.
12938repository set just to a path),
12939the program will be executed from the newly checked-out tree, if
12940found there, or alternatively searched for in the path if not.
12941
12942The programs are all run after the operation has effectively
12943completed.
12944
12945
12946@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
12947@node Wrappers
12948@appendixsec The cvswrappers file
12949@cindex cvswrappers (admin file)
12950@cindex CVSWRAPPERS, environment variable
12951@cindex Wrappers
12952
12953@c FIXME: need some better way of separating this out
12954@c by functionality.  -m is
12955@c one feature, and -k is a another.  And this discussion
12956@c should be better motivated (e.g. start with the
12957@c problems, then explain how the feature solves it).
12958
12959Wrappers refers to a @sc{cvs} feature which lets you
12960control certain settings based on the name of the file
12961which is being operated on.  The settings are @samp{-k}
12962for binary files, and @samp{-m} for nonmergeable text
12963files.
12964
12965The @samp{-m} option
12966specifies the merge methodology that should be used when
12967a non-binary file is updated.  @code{MERGE} means the usual
12968@sc{cvs} behavior: try to merge the files.  @code{COPY}
12969means that @code{cvs update} will refuse to merge
12970files, as it also does for files specified as binary
12971with @samp{-kb} (but if the file is specified as
12972binary, there is no need to specify @samp{-m 'COPY'}).
12973@sc{cvs} will provide the user with the
12974two versions of the files, and require the user using
12975mechanisms outside @sc{cvs}, to insert any necessary
12976changes.
12977
12978@strong{WARNING: do not use @code{COPY} with
12979@sc{cvs} 1.9 or earlier - such versions of @sc{cvs} will
12980copy one version of your file over the other, wiping
12981out the previous contents.}
12982@c Ordinarily we don't document the behavior of old
12983@c versions.  But this one is so dangerous, I think we
12984@c must.  I almost renamed it to -m 'NOMERGE' so we
12985@c could say "never use -m 'COPY'".
12986The @samp{-m} wrapper option only affects behavior when
12987merging is done on update; it does not affect how files
12988are stored.  See @ref{Binary files}, for more on
12989binary files.
12990
12991The basic format of the file @file{cvswrappers} is:
12992
12993@c FIXME: @example is all wrong for this.  Use @deffn or
12994@c something more sensible.
12995@example
12996wildcard     [option value][option value]...
12997
12998where option is one of
12999-m           update methodology      value: MERGE or COPY
13000-k           keyword expansion       value: expansion mode
13001
13002and value is a single-quote delimited value.
13003@end example
13004
13005@ignore
13006@example
13007*.nib    -f 'unwrap %s' -t 'wrap %s %s' -m 'COPY'
13008*.c      -t 'indent %s %s'
13009@end example
13010@c When does the filter need to be an absolute pathname
13011@c and when will something like the above work?  I
13012@c suspect it relates to the PATH of the server (which
13013@c in turn depends on all kinds of stuff, e.g. inetd
13014@c for pserver).  I'm not sure whether/where to discuss
13015@c this.
13016@c FIXME: What do the %s's stand for?
13017
13018@noindent
13019The above example of a @file{cvswrappers} file
13020states that all files/directories that end with a @code{.nib}
13021should be filtered with the @file{wrap} program before
13022checking the file into the repository. The file should
13023be filtered though the @file{unwrap} program when the
13024file is checked out of the repository. The
13025@file{cvswrappers} file also states that a @code{COPY}
13026methodology should be used when updating the files in
13027the repository (that is, no merging should be performed).
13028
13029@c What pitfalls arise when using indent this way?  Is
13030@c it a winning thing to do?  Would be nice to at least
13031@c hint at those issues; we want our examples to tell
13032@c how to solve problems, not just to say that cvs can
13033@c do certain things.
13034The last example line says that all files that end with
13035@code{.c} should be filtered with @file{indent}
13036before being checked into the repository. Unlike the previous
13037example, no filtering of the @code{.c} file is done when
13038it is checked out of the repository.
13039@noindent
13040The @code{-t} filter is called with two arguments,
13041the first is the name of the file/directory to filter
13042and the second is the pathname to where the resulting
13043filtered file should be placed.
13044
13045@noindent
13046The @code{-f} filter is called with one argument,
13047which is the name of the file to filter from. The end
13048result of this filter will be a file in the users directory
13049that they can work on as they normally would.
13050
13051Note that the @samp{-t}/@samp{-f} features do not
13052conveniently handle one portion of @sc{cvs}'s operation:
13053determining when files are modified.  @sc{cvs} will still
13054want a file (or directory) to exist, and it will use
13055its modification time to determine whether a file is
13056modified.  If @sc{cvs} erroneously thinks a file is
13057unmodified (for example, a directory is unchanged but
13058one of the files within it is changed), you can force
13059it to check in the file anyway by specifying the
13060@samp{-f} option to @code{cvs commit} (@pxref{commit
13061options}).
13062@c This is, of course, a serious design flaw in -t/-f.
13063@c Probably the whole functionality needs to be
13064@c redesigned (starting from requirements) to fix this.
13065@end ignore
13066
13067@c FIXME: We don't document -W or point to where it is
13068@c documented.  Or .cvswrappers.
13069For example, the following command imports a
13070directory, treating files whose name ends in
13071@samp{.exe} as binary:
13072
13073@example
13074cvs import -I ! -W "*.exe -k 'b'" first-dir vendortag reltag
13075@end example
13076
13077@c Another good example, would be storing files
13078@c (e.g. binary files) compressed in the repository.
13079@c 	::::::::::::::::::
13080@c 	cvswrappers
13081@c 	::::::::::::::::::
13082@c 	*.t12 -m 'COPY'
13083@c 	*.t[0-9][0-9] -f 'gunzipcp %s' -t 'gzipcp %s %s' -m 'COPY'
13084@c
13085@c	::::::::::::::::::
13086@c	gunzipcp
13087@c	::::::::::::::::::
13088@c	:
13089@c	[ -f $1 ] || exit 1
13090@c	zcat $1 > /tmp/.#$1.$$
13091@c	mv /tmp/.#$1.$$ $1
13092@c
13093@c	::::::::::::::::::
13094@c	gzipcp
13095@c	::::::::::::::::::
13096@c	:
13097@c	DIRNAME=`echo $1 | sed -e "s|/.*/||g"`
13098@c	if [ ! -d $DIRNAME ] ; then
13099@c	      DIRNAME=`echo $1 | sed -e "s|.*/||g"`
13100@c	fi
13101@c	gzip -c  $DIRNAME  > $2
13102@c One catch--"cvs diff" will not invoke the wrappers
13103@c (probably a CVS bug, although I haven't thought it out).
13104
13105@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
13106@node Trigger Scripts
13107@appendixsec The Trigger Scripts
13108@cindex info files
13109@cindex trigger scripts
13110@cindex script hooks
13111
13112@c FIXME
13113@c Somewhere there needs to be a more "how-to" guide to writing these.
13114@c One particular issue that people sometimes are worried about is performance,
13115@c and the impact of writing in perl or sh or ____.  Performance comparisons
13116@c should probably remain outside the scope of this document, but at least
13117@c _that_ much could be referenced, perhaps with links to other sources.
13118
13119Several of the administrative files support triggers, or the launching external
13120scripts or programs at specific times before or after particular events, during
13121the execution of @sc{cvs} commands.  These hooks can be used to prevent certain
13122actions, log them, and/or maintain anything else you deem practical.
13123
13124All the trigger scripts are launched in a copy of the user sandbox being
13125committed, on the server, in client-server mode.  In local mode, the scripts
13126are actually launched directly from the user sandbox directory being committed.
13127For most intents and purposes, the same scripts can be run in both locations
13128without alteration.
13129
13130@menu
13131* syntax::                      The common syntax
13132* Trigger Script Security::	Trigger script security
13133
13134* commit files::                The commit support files (commitinfo,
13135                                verifymsg, loginfo)
13136*   commitinfo::                Pre-commit checking
13137*   verifymsg::                 How are log messages evaluated?
13138*   loginfo::                   Where should log messages be sent?
13139
13140* postadmin::			Logging admin commands
13141* taginfo::                     Verifying/Logging tags
13142* posttag::                     Logging tags
13143* postwatch::			Logging watch commands
13144
13145* preproxy::			Launch a script on a secondary server prior
13146				to becoming a write proxy
13147* postproxy::			Launch a script on a secondary server after
13148				completing proxy operations
13149@end menu
13150
13151@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
13152@node syntax
13153@appendixsubsec The common syntax
13154@cindex info files, common syntax
13155@cindex script hooks, common syntax
13156@cindex trigger script hooks, common syntax
13157@cindex syntax of trigger script hooks
13158
13159@c FIXME: having this so totally separate from the
13160@c Variables node is rather bogus.
13161
13162The administrative files such as @file{commitinfo},
13163@file{loginfo}, @file{rcsinfo}, @file{verifymsg}, etc.,
13164all have a common format.  The purpose of the files are
13165described later on.  The common syntax is described
13166here.
13167
13168@cindex Regular expression syntax
13169Each line contains the following:
13170
13171@itemize @bullet
13172@cindex @samp{ALL} keyword, in lieu of regular expressions in script hooks
13173@cindex @samp{DEFAULT} keyword, in lieu of regular expressions in script hooks
13174@item
13175A regular expression or the literal string @samp{DEFAULT}.  Some script hooks
13176also support the literal string @samp{ALL}.  Other than the @samp{ALL} and
13177@samp{DEFAULT} keywords, this is a basic regular expression in the syntax used
13178by GNU emacs.  See the descriptions of the individual script hooks for
13179information on whether the @samp{ALL} keyword is supported
13180(@pxref{Trigger Scripts}).
13181@c FIXME: What we probably should be saying is "POSIX Basic
13182@c Regular Expression with the following extensions (`\('
13183@c `\|' '+' etc)"
13184@c rather than define it with reference to emacs.
13185@c The reference to emacs is not strictly speaking
13186@c true, as we don't support \=, \s, or \S.  Also it isn't
13187@c clear we should document and/or promise to continue to
13188@c support all the obscure emacs extensions like \<.
13189@c Also need to better cite (or include) full
13190@c documentation for the syntax.
13191@c Also see comment in configure.in about what happens to the
13192@c syntax if we pick up a system-supplied regexp matcher.
13193
13194@item
13195A whitespace separator---one or more spaces and/or tabs.
13196
13197@item
13198A file name or command-line template.
13199@end itemize
13200
13201@noindent
13202Blank lines are ignored.  Lines that start with the
13203character @samp{#} are treated as comments.  Long lines
13204unfortunately can @emph{not} be broken in two parts in
13205any way.
13206
13207The first regular expression that matches the current
13208directory name in the repository or the first line containing @samp{DEFAULT}
13209in lieu of a regular expression is used and all lines containing @samp{ALL} is
13210used for the hooks which support the @samp{ALL} keyword.  The rest of the line
13211is used as a file name or command-line template as appropriate.  See the
13212descriptions of the individual script hooks for information on whether the
13213@samp{ALL} keyword is supported (@pxref{Trigger Scripts}).
13214
13215@cindex format strings
13216@cindex format strings, common syntax
13217@cindex info files, common syntax, format strings
13218@cindex Common syntax of info files, format strings
13219@noindent
13220@emph{Note:  The following information on format strings is valid
13221as long as the line @code{UseNewInfoFmtStrings=yes} appears in
13222your repository's config file (@pxref{config}).  Otherwise,
13223default format strings may be appended to the command line and
13224the @samp{loginfo} file, especially, can exhibit slightly
13225different behavior.  For more information,
13226@xref{Updating Commit Files}.}
13227
13228In the cases where the second segment of the matched line is a
13229command line template (e.g. @file{commitinfo}, @file{loginfo},
13230& @file{verifymsg}), the command line template may contain format
13231strings which will be replaced with specific values before the
13232script is run.
13233@c FIXCVS then FIXME - it really would make sense to allow %r & maybe even %p
13234@c to be used in rcsinfo to construct a path, but I haven't
13235@c coded this yet.
13236
13237Format strings can represent a single variable or one or more
13238attributes of a list variable.  An example of a list variable
13239would be the list available to scripts hung on the loginfo hooks
13240- the list of files which were just committed.  In the case of
13241loginfo, three attributes are available for each list item: file
13242name, precommit version, and postcommit version.
13243
13244Format strings consist of a @samp{%} character followed by an optional
13245@samp{@{} (required in the multiple list attribute case), a
13246single format character representing a variable or a single attribute of
13247list elements or multiple format characters representing attributes of
13248list elements, and a closing @samp{@}} when the open bracket was present.
13249
13250@emph{Flat format strings}, or single format characters which get replaced
13251with a single value, will generate a single argument
13252to the called script, regardless of whether the replacement variable contains
13253white space or other special characters.
13254
13255@emph{List attributes} will generate an argument for each attribute
13256requested for each list item.  For example, @samp{%@{sVv@}}
13257in a @file{loginfo} command template will generate three
13258arguments (file name, precommit version, postcommit version,
13259...) for each file committed.  As in the flat format string
13260case, each attribute will be passed in as a single argument
13261regardless of whether it contains white space or other
13262special characters.
13263 
13264@samp{%%} will be replaced with a literal @samp{%}.
13265
13266The format strings available to all script hooks are:
13267
13268@table @t
13269@item c
13270The canonical name of the command being executed.  For instance, in the case of
13271a hook run from @code{cvs up}, @sc{cvs} would replace @samp{%c} with the string
13272@samp{update} and, in the case of a hook run from @code{cvs ci}, @sc{cvs} would
13273replace @samp{%c} with the string @samp{commit}.
13274@item n
13275The null, or empty, string.
13276@item p
13277The name of the directory being operated on within the repository.
13278@item r
13279The name of the repository (the path portion of @code{$CVSROOT}).
13280@item R
13281On a server, the name of the referrer, if any.  The referrer is the CVSROOT the
13282client reports it used to contact a server which then referred it to this
13283server.  Should usually be set on a primary server with a write proxy setup.
13284@end table
13285
13286Other format strings are file specific.  See the docs on the
13287particular script hooks for more information
13288(@pxref{Trigger Scripts}).
13289
13290As an example, the following line in a @file{loginfo} file would
13291match only the directory @file{module} and any subdirectories of
13292@file{module}:
13293
13294@example
13295^module\(/\|$\) (echo; echo %p; echo %@{sVv@}; cat) >>$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/commitlog
13296@end example
13297
13298Using this same line and assuming a commit of new revisions
132991.5.4.4 and 1.27.4.1 based on old revisions 1.5.4.3 and 1.27,
13300respectively, of file1 and file2 in module, something like the
13301following log message should be appended to commitlog:
13302
13303@example
13304
13305module
13306file1 1.5.4.3 1.5.4.4 file2 1.27 1.27.4.1
13307Update of /cvsroot/module
13308In directory localhost.localdomain:/home/jrandom/work/module
13309
13310Modified Files:
13311	file1 file2
13312Log Message:
13313A log message.
13314@end example
13315
13316@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13317@node Trigger Script Security
13318@appendixsubsec Security and the Trigger Scripts
13319@cindex info files, security
13320@cindex script hooks, security
13321@cindex trigger scripts, security
13322
13323Security is a huge subject, and implementing a secure system is a non-trivial
13324task.  This section will barely touch on all the issues involved, but it is
13325well to note that, as with any script you will be allowing an untrusted
13326user to run on your server, there are measures you can take to help prevent
13327your trigger scripts from being abused.
13328
13329For instance, since the CVS trigger scripts all run in a copy of the user's
13330sandbox on the server, a naively coded Perl trigger script which attempts to
13331use a Perl module that is not installed on the system can be hijacked by any
13332user with commit access who is checking in a file with the correct name.  Other
13333scripting languages may be vulnerable to similar hacks.
13334
13335One way to make a script more secure, at least with Perl, is to use scripts
13336which invoke the @code{-T}, or "taint-check" switch on their @code{#!} line.
13337In the most basic terms, this causes Perl to avoid running code that may have
13338come from an external source.  Please run the @code{perldoc perlsec} command
13339for more on Perl security.  Again, other languages may implement other security
13340verification hooks which look more or less like Perl's "taint-check" mechanism.
13341
13342@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13343@node commit files
13344@appendixsubsec The commit support files
13345@cindex Commits, administrative support files
13346@cindex commit files, see Info files
13347
13348The @samp{-i} flag in the @file{modules} file can be
13349used to run a certain program whenever files are
13350committed (@pxref{modules}).  The files described in
13351this section provide other, more flexible, ways to run
13352programs whenever something is committed.
13353
13354There are three kinds of programs that can be run on
13355commit.  They are specified in files in the repository,
13356as described below.  The following table summarizes the
13357file names and the purpose of the corresponding
13358programs.
13359
13360@table @file
13361@item commitinfo
13362The program is responsible for checking that the commit
13363is allowed.  If it exits with a non-zero exit status
13364the commit will be aborted.  @xref{commitinfo}.
13365
13366@item verifymsg
13367The specified program is used to evaluate the log message,
13368and possibly verify that it contains all required
13369fields.  This is most useful in combination with the
13370@file{rcsinfo} file, which can hold a log message
13371template (@pxref{rcsinfo}).  @xref{verifymsg}.
13372
13373@item loginfo
13374The specified program is called when the commit is
13375complete.  It receives the log message and some
13376additional information and can store the log message in
13377a file, or mail it to appropriate persons, or maybe
13378post it to a local newsgroup, or@dots{}  Your
13379imagination is the limit!  @xref{loginfo}.
13380@end table
13381
13382@menu
13383* Updating Commit Files::       Updating legacy repositories to stop using
13384                                deprecated command line template formats
13385@end menu
13386
13387@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13388@node Updating Commit Files
13389@appendixsubsubsec  Updating legacy repositories to stop using deprecated command line template formats
13390@cindex info files, common syntax, updating legacy repositories
13391@cindex Syntax of info files, updating legacy repositories
13392@cindex Common syntax of info files, updating legacy repositories
13393New repositories are created set to use the new format strings by default, so
13394if you are creating a new repository, you shouldn't have to worry about this
13395section.
13396
13397If you are attempting to maintain a legacy repository which was
13398making use of the @file{commitinfo}, @file{editinfo}, @file{verifymsg},
13399@file{loginfo}, and/or @file{taginfo} script hooks, you should have no
13400immediate problems with using the current @sc{cvs} executable, but your users
13401will probably start to see deprecation warnings.
13402
13403The reason for this is that all of the script hooks have been updated to
13404use a new command line parser that extensibly supports multiple
13405@file{loginfo} & @file{notify} style format strings (@pxref{syntax})
13406and this support is not completely compatible with the old style format
13407strings.
13408
13409The quick upgrade method is to stick a @samp{1} after each format string
13410in your old @file{loginfo} file.  For example:
13411
13412@example
13413DEFAULT (echo ""; id; echo %@{sVv@}; date; cat) >> $CVSROOT/CVSROOT/commitlog
13414@end example
13415
13416would become:
13417
13418@example
13419DEFAULT (echo ""; id; echo %1@{sVv@}; date; cat) >> $CVSROOT/CVSROOT/commitlog
13420@end example
13421
13422If you were counting on the fact that only the first @samp{%} in the line was
13423replaced as a format string, you may also have to double up any further
13424percent signs on the line.
13425
13426If you did this all at once and checked it in, everything should still be
13427running properly.
13428
13429Now add the following line to your config file (@pxref{config}):
13430@example
13431UseNewInfoFmtStrings=yes
13432@end example
13433
13434Everything should still be running properly, but your users will probably
13435start seeing new deprecation warnings.
13436  
13437Dealing with the deprecation warnings now generated by @file{commitinfo},
13438@file{editinfo}, @file{verifymsg}, and @file{taginfo} should be easy.  Simply
13439specify what are currently implicit arguments explicitly.  This means appending
13440the following strings to each active command line template in each file:
13441@table @code
13442@item commitinfo
13443@samp{ %r/%p %s}
13444@item editinfo
13445@samp{ %l}
13446@item taginfo
13447@samp{ %t %o %p %@{sv@}}
13448@item verifymsg
13449@samp{ %l}
13450@end table
13451
13452If you don't desire that any of the newly available information be passed to
13453the scripts hanging off of these hooks, no further modifications to these
13454files should be necessary to insure current and future compatibility with
13455@sc{cvs}'s format strings.
13456
13457Fixing @file{loginfo} could be a little tougher.  The old style
13458@file{loginfo} format strings caused a single space and comma separated
13459argument to be passed in in place of the format string.  This is what will
13460continue to be generated due to the deprecated @samp{1} you inserted into
13461the format strings.
13462
13463Since the new format separates each individual item and passes it into the
13464script as a separate argument (for a good reason - arguments containing commas
13465and/or white space are now parsable), to remove the deprecated @samp{1} from
13466your @file{loginfo} command line templates, you will most likely have to
13467rewrite any scripts called by the hook to handle the new argument format.
13468
13469Also note that the way @samp{%} followed by unrecognized characters and by
13470@samp{@{@}} was treated in past versions of CVS is not strictly adhered to as
13471there were bugs in the old versions.  Specifically, @samp{%@{@}} would eat the
13472next character and unrecognized strings resolved only to the empty string,
13473which was counter to what was stated in the documentation.  This version will
13474do what the documentation said it should have (if you were using only some
13475combination of @samp{%@{sVv@}}, e.g. @samp{%@{sVv@}}, @samp{%@{sV@}}, or
13476@samp{%v}, you should have no troubles).
13477
13478On the bright side, you should have plenty of time to do this before all
13479support for the old format strings is removed from @sc{cvs}, so you can just
13480put up with the deprecation warnings for awhile if you like.
13481
13482@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
13483@node commitinfo
13484@appendixsubsec Commitinfo
13485@cindex @file{commitinfo}
13486@cindex Commits, precommit verification of
13487@cindex commitinfo (admin file)
13488@cindex info files, commitinfo
13489@cindex script hooks, commitinfo
13490@cindex trigger scripts, commitinfo
13491@cindex info files, precommit verification of commits
13492@cindex script hooks, precommit verification of commits
13493@cindex trigger scripts, precommit verification of commits
13494
13495The @file{commitinfo} file defines programs to execute
13496whenever @samp{cvs commit} is about to execute.  These
13497programs are used for pre-commit checking to verify
13498that the modified, added and removed files are really
13499ready to be committed.  This could be used, for
13500instance, to verify that the changed files conform to
13501to your site's standards for coding practice.
13502
13503The @file{commitinfo} file has the standard form for script hooks
13504(@pxref{Trigger Scripts}), where each line is a regular expression followed by
13505a command to execute.  It supports only the DEFAULT keywords.
13506
13507@cindex format strings, commitinfo admin file
13508In addition to the common format strings (@pxref{syntax}),
13509@file{commitinfo} supports:
13510
13511@table @t
13512@item @{s@}
13513a list of the names of files to be committed
13514@end table
13515
13516@cindex commitinfo (admin file), updating legacy repositories
13517@cindex compatibility notes, commitinfo admin file
13518Currently, if no format strings are specified, a default
13519string of @samp{ %r/%p %@{s@}} will be appended to the command
13520line template before replacement is performed, but this
13521feature is deprecated.  It is simply in place so that legacy
13522repositories will remain compatible with the new @sc{cvs} application.
13523For information on updating, @pxref{Updating Commit Files}.
13524
13525@cindex Exit status, of commitinfo
13526@cindex commitinfo (admin file), exit status
13527The first line with a regular expression matching the
13528directory within the repository will be used.  If the
13529command returns a non-zero exit status the commit will
13530be aborted.
13531@c FIXME: need example(s) of what "directory within the
13532@c repository" means.
13533
13534@cindex @file{commitinfo}, working directory
13535@cindex @file{commitinfo}, command environment
13536The command will be run in the root of the workspace
13537containing the new versions of any files the user would like
13538to modify (commit), @emph{or in a copy of the workspace on
13539the server (@pxref{Remote repositories})}.  If a file is
13540being removed, there will be no copy of the file under the
13541current directory.  If a file is being added, there will be
13542no corresponding archive file in the repository unless the
13543file is being resurrected.
13544
13545Note that both the repository directory and the corresponding
13546Attic (@pxref{Attic}) directory may need to be checked to
13547locate the archive file corresponding to any given file being
13548committed.  Much of the information about the specific commit
13549request being made, including the destination branch, commit
13550message, and command line options specified, is not available
13551to the command.
13552
13553@c FIXME: should discuss using commitinfo to control
13554@c who has checkin access to what (e.g. Joe can check into
13555@c directories a, b, and c, and Mary can check into
13556@c directories b, c, and d--note this case cannot be
13557@c conveniently handled with unix groups).  Of course,
13558@c adding a new set of features to CVS might be a more
13559@c natural way to fix this problem than telling people to
13560@c use commitinfo.
13561@c FIXME: Should make some reference, especially in
13562@c the context of controlling who has access, to the fact
13563@c that commitinfo can be circumvented.  Perhaps
13564@c mention SETXID (but has it been carefully examined
13565@c for holes?).  This fits in with the discussion of
13566@c general CVS security in "Password authentication
13567@c security" (the bit which is not pserver-specific).
13568
13569@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
13570@node verifymsg
13571@appendixsubsec Verifying log messages
13572@cindex @file{verifymsg} (admin file)
13573@cindex Log message, verifying
13574@cindex logging, commits
13575
13576Once you have entered a log message, you can evaluate
13577that message to check for specific content, such as
13578a bug ID.  Use the @file{verifymsg} file to
13579specify a program that is used to verify the log message.
13580This program could be a simple script that checks
13581that the entered message contains the required fields.
13582
13583The @file{verifymsg} file is often most useful together
13584with the @file{rcsinfo} file, which can be used to
13585specify a log message template (@pxref{rcsinfo}).
13586
13587The @file{verifymsg} file has the standard form for script hooks
13588(@pxref{Trigger Scripts}), where each line is a regular expression followed by
13589a command to execute.  It supports only the DEFAULT keywords.
13590
13591@cindex format strings, verifymsg admin file
13592In addition to the common format strings (@pxref{syntax}),
13593@file{verifymsg} supports:
13594
13595@table @t
13596@item l
13597the full path to the file containing the log message to be verified
13598@item @{sV@}
13599File attributes, where:
13600@table @t
13601@item s
13602file name
13603@item V
13604old version number (pre-checkin)
13605@end table
13606@end table
13607
13608@cindex verifymsg (admin/commit file), updating legacy repositories
13609@cindex compatibility notes, verifymsg admin file
13610Currently, if no format strings are specified, a default
13611string of @samp{ %l} will be appended to the command
13612line template before replacement is performed, but this
13613feature is deprecated.  It is simply in place so that legacy
13614repositories will remain compatible with the new @sc{cvs} application.
13615For information on updating, @pxref{Updating Commit Files}.
13616
13617One thing that should be noted is that the @samp{ALL}
13618keyword is not supported.  If more than one matching
13619line is found, the first one is used.  This can be
13620useful for specifying a default verification script in a
13621directory, and then overriding it in a subdirectory.
13622
13623@cindex Exit status, of @file{verifymsg}
13624If the verification script exits with a non-zero exit status,
13625the commit is aborted.
13626
13627@cindex @file{verifymsg}, changing the log message
13628In the default configuration, CVS allows the
13629verification script to change the log message. This is
13630controlled via the RereadLogAfterVerify CVSROOT/config
13631option.
13632
13633When @samp{RereadLogAfterVerify=always} or
13634@samp{RereadLogAfterVerify=stat}, the log message will
13635either always be reread after the verification script
13636is run or reread only if the log message file status
13637has changed.
13638
13639@xref{config}, for more on CVSROOT/config options.
13640
13641It is NOT a good idea for a @file{verifymsg} script to
13642interact directly with the user in the various
13643client/server methods. For the @code{pserver} method,
13644there is no protocol support for communicating between
13645@file{verifymsg} and the client on the remote end. For the
13646@code{ext} and @code{server} methods, it is possible
13647for CVS to become confused by the characters going
13648along the same channel as the CVS protocol
13649messages. See @ref{Remote repositories}, for more
13650information on client/server setups.  In addition, at the time
13651the @file{verifymsg} script runs, the CVS
13652server has locks in place in the repository.  If control is
13653returned to the user here then other users may be stuck waiting
13654for access to the repository.
13655
13656This option can be useful if you find yourself using an
13657rcstemplate that needs to be modified to remove empty
13658elements or to fill in default values.  It can also be
13659useful if the rcstemplate has changed in the repository
13660and the CVS/Template was not updated, but is able to be
13661adapted to the new format by the verification script
13662that is run by @file{verifymsg}.
13663
13664An example of an update might be to change all
13665occurrences of 'BugId:' to be 'DefectId:' (which can be
13666useful if the rcstemplate has recently been changed and
13667there are still checked-out user trees with cached
13668copies in the CVS/Template file of the older version).
13669
13670Another example of an update might be to delete a line
13671that contains 'BugID: none' from the log message after
13672validation of that value as being allowed is made.
13673
13674@menu
13675* verifymsg example::            Verifymsg example
13676@end menu
13677
13678@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13679@node verifymsg example
13680@appendixsubsubsec Verifying log messages
13681@cindex verifymsg, example
13682The following is a little silly example of a
13683@file{verifymsg} file, together with the corresponding
13684@file{rcsinfo} file, the log message template and a
13685verification script.  We begin with the log message template.
13686We want to always record a bug-id number on the first
13687line of the log message.  The rest of log message is
13688free text.  The following template is found in the file
13689@file{/usr/cvssupport/tc.template}.
13690
13691@example
13692BugId:
13693@end example
13694
13695The script @file{/usr/cvssupport/bugid.verify} is used to
13696evaluate the log message.
13697
13698@example
13699#!/bin/sh
13700#
13701#       bugid.verify filename
13702#
13703#  Verify that the log message contains a valid bugid
13704#  on the first line.
13705#
13706if sed 1q < $1 | grep '^BugId:[ ]*[0-9][0-9]*$' > /dev/null; then
13707    exit 0
13708elif sed 1q < $1 | grep '^BugId:[ ]*none$' > /dev/null; then
13709    # It is okay to allow commits with 'BugId: none',
13710    # but do not put that text into the real log message.
13711    grep -v '^BugId:[ ]*none$' > $1.rewrite
13712    mv $1.rewrite $1
13713    exit 0
13714else
13715    echo "No BugId found."
13716    exit 1
13717fi
13718@end example
13719
13720The @file{verifymsg} file contains this line:
13721
13722@example
13723^tc     /usr/cvssupport/bugid.verify %l
13724@end example
13725
13726The @file{rcsinfo} file contains this line:
13727
13728@example
13729^tc     /usr/cvssupport/tc.template
13730@end example
13731
13732The @file{config} file contains this line:
13733
13734@example
13735RereadLogAfterVerify=always
13736@end example
13737
13738
13739
13740@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
13741@node loginfo
13742@appendixsubsec Loginfo
13743@cindex loginfo (admin file)
13744@cindex logging, commits
13745@cindex Storing log messages
13746@cindex Mailing log messages
13747@cindex Distributing log messages
13748@cindex Log messages
13749
13750The @file{loginfo} file is used to control where log information is sent after
13751versioned changes are made to repository archive files and after directories
13752are added ot the repository.  @ref{posttag} for how to log tagging
13753information and @ref{postadmin} for how to log changes due to the @code{admin}
13754command.
13755
13756The @file{loginfo} file has the standard form for script hooks
13757(@pxref{Trigger Scripts}), where each line is a regular expression followed by
13758a command to execute.  It supports the ALL and DEFAULT keywords.
13759
13760Any specified scripts are called:
13761
13762@table @code
13763@item commit
13764Once per directory, immediately after a successfully completing the commit of
13765all files within that directory.
13766@item import
13767Once per import, immediately after completion of all write operations.
13768@item add
13769Immediately after the successful @code{add} of a directory.
13770@end table
13771
13772Any script called via @file{loginfo} will be fed the log information on its
13773standard input.  Note that the filter program @strong{must} read @strong{all}
13774of the log information from its standard input or @sc{cvs} may fail with a
13775broken pipe signal.
13776
13777@cindex format strings, loginfo admin file
13778In addition to the common format strings (@pxref{syntax}),
13779@file{loginfo} supports:
13780
13781@table @t
13782@item @{stVv@}
13783File attributes, where:
13784@table @t
13785@item s
13786file name
13787@item T
13788tag name of destination, or the empty string when there is no associated
13789tag name (this usually means the trunk)
13790@item V
13791old version number (pre-checkin)
13792@item v
13793new version number (post-checkin)
13794@end table
13795@end table
13796
13797For example, some valid format strings are @samp{%%},
13798@samp{%s}, @samp{%@{s@}}, and @samp{%@{stVv@}}.
13799
13800@cindex loginfo (admin file), updating legacy repositories
13801@cindex compatibility notes, loginfo admin file
13802Currently, if @samp{UseNewInfoFmtStrings} is not set in the @file{config}
13803administration file (@pxref{config}), the format strings will be substituted
13804as they were in past versions of @sc{cvs}, but this feature is deprecated.
13805It is simply in place so that legacy repositories will remain compatible with
13806the new @sc{cvs} application.  For information on updating,
13807please see @ref{Updating Commit Files}.
13808
13809As an example, if @samp{/u/src/master/yoyodyne/tc} is the repository, @samp{%p}
13810and @samp{%@{sVv@}} are the format strings, and three files (@t{ChangeLog},
13811@t{Makefile}, @t{foo.c}) were modified, the output might be:
13812
13813@example
13814yoyodyne/tc ChangeLog 1.1 1.2 Makefile 1.3 1.4 foo.c 1.12 1.13
13815@end example
13816
13817Note: when @sc{cvs} is accessing a remote repository,
13818@file{loginfo} will be run on the @emph{remote}
13819(i.e., server) side, not the client side (@pxref{Remote
13820repositories}).
13821
13822@menu
13823* loginfo example::                          Loginfo example
13824* Keeping a checked out copy::               Updating a tree on every checkin
13825@end menu
13826
13827@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13828@node loginfo example
13829@appendixsubsubsec Loginfo example
13830
13831The following @file{loginfo} file, together with the
13832tiny shell-script below, appends all log messages
13833to the file @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/commitlog},
13834and any commits to the administrative files (inside
13835the @file{CVSROOT} directory) are also logged in
13836@file{/usr/adm/cvsroot-log}.
13837Commits to the @file{prog1} directory are mailed to @t{ceder}.
13838
13839@c FIXME: is it a CVS feature or bug that only the
13840@c first matching line is used?  It is documented
13841@c above, but is it useful?  For example, if we wanted
13842@c to run both "cvs-log" and "Mail" for the CVSROOT
13843@c directory, it is kind of awkward if
13844@c only the first matching line is used.
13845@example
13846ALL                     /usr/local/bin/cvs-log $CVSROOT/CVSROOT/commitlog $USER
13847^CVSROOT\(/\|$\)        /usr/local/bin/cvs-log /usr/adm/cvsroot-log $USER
13848^prog1\(/\|$\)          Mail -s "%p %s" ceder
13849@end example
13850
13851The shell-script @file{/usr/local/bin/cvs-log} looks
13852like this:
13853
13854@example
13855#!/bin/sh
13856(echo "------------------------------------------------------";
13857 echo -n "$2  ";
13858 date;
13859 echo;
13860 cat) >> $1
13861@end example
13862
13863
13864
13865@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
13866@node Keeping a checked out copy
13867@appendixsubsubsec Keeping a checked out copy
13868
13869@c What other index entries?  It seems like
13870@c people might want to use a lot of different
13871@c words for this functionality.
13872@cindex Keeping a checked out copy
13873@cindex Checked out copy, keeping
13874@cindex Web pages, maintaining with CVS
13875
13876It is often useful to maintain a directory tree which
13877contains files which correspond to the latest version
13878in the repository.  For example, other developers might
13879want to refer to the latest sources without having to
13880check them out, or you might be maintaining a web site
13881with @sc{cvs} and want every checkin to cause the files
13882used by the web server to be updated.
13883@c Can we offer more details on the web example?  Or
13884@c point the user at how to figure it out?  This text
13885@c strikes me as sufficient for someone who already has
13886@c some idea of what we mean but not enough for the naive
13887@c user/sysadmin to understand it and set it up.
13888
13889The way to do this is by having loginfo invoke
13890@code{cvs update}.  Doing so in the naive way will
13891cause a problem with locks, so the @code{cvs update}
13892must be run in the background.
13893@c Should we try to describe the problem with locks?
13894@c It seems like a digression for someone who just
13895@c wants to know how to make it work.
13896@c Another choice which might work for a single file
13897@c is to use "cvs -n update -p" which doesn't take
13898@c out locks (I think) but I don't see many advantages
13899@c of that and we might as well document something which
13900@c works for multiple files.
13901Here is an example for unix (this should all be on one line):
13902
13903@example
13904^cyclic-pages\(/\|$\)	(date; cat; (sleep 2; cd /u/www/local-docs;
13905 cvs -q update -d) &) >> $CVSROOT/CVSROOT/updatelog 2>&1
13906@end example
13907
13908This will cause checkins to repository directory @code{cyclic-pages}
13909and its subdirectories to update the checked
13910out tree in @file{/u/www/local-docs}.
13911@c More info on some of the details?  The "sleep 2" is
13912@c so if we are lucky the lock will be gone by the time
13913@c we start and we can wait 2 seconds instead of 30.
13914
13915
13916
13917@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
13918@node postadmin
13919@appendixsubsec Logging admin commands
13920@cindex postadmin (admin file)
13921@cindex script hook, postadmin
13922@cindex Admin commands, logging
13923
13924The @file{postadmin} file defines programs to execute after an @code{admin}
13925command modifies files.  The @file{postadmin} file has the standard form
13926for script hooks (@pxref{Trigger Scripts}), where each line is a regular
13927expression followed by a command to execute.  It supports the ALL and DEFAULT
13928keywords.
13929
13930@cindex format strings, postadmin admin file
13931The @file{postadmin} file supports no format strings other than the common
13932ones (@pxref{syntax}),
13933
13934
13935
13936@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
13937@node taginfo
13938@appendixsubsec Taginfo
13939@cindex taginfo (admin file)
13940@cindex script hook, taginfo
13941@cindex Tags, logging
13942@cindex Tags, verifying
13943The @file{taginfo} file defines programs to execute
13944when someone executes a @code{tag} or @code{rtag}
13945command.  The @file{taginfo} file has the standard form
13946for script hooks (@pxref{Trigger Scripts}), where each line
13947is a regular expression followed by a command to execute.
13948It supports the ALL and DEFAULT keywords.
13949
13950@cindex format strings, taginfo admin file
13951In addition to the common format strings (@pxref{syntax}),
13952@file{taginfo} supports:
13953
13954@table @t
13955@item b
13956tag type (@code{T} for branch, @code{N} for not-branch, or @code{?} for
13957unknown, as during delete operations)
13958@item o
13959operation (@code{add} for @code{tag}, @code{mov} for @code{tag -F}, or
13960@code{del} for @code{tag -d})
13961@item t
13962new tag name
13963@item @{sTVv@}
13964file attributes, where:
13965@table @t
13966@item s
13967file name
13968@item T
13969tag name of destination, or the empty string when there is no associated
13970tag name (this usually means the trunk)
13971@item V
13972old version number (for a move or delete operation)
13973@item v
13974new version number (for an add or move operation)
13975@end table
13976@end table
13977
13978For example, some valid format strings are @samp{%%}, @samp{%p}, @samp{%t},
13979@samp{%s}, @samp{%@{s@}}, and @samp{%@{sVv@}}.
13980
13981@cindex taginfo (admin file), updating legacy repositories
13982@cindex compatibility notes, taginfo admin file
13983Currently, if no format strings are specified, a default
13984string of @samp{ %t %o %p %@{sv@}} will be appended to the command
13985line template before replacement is performed, but this
13986feature is deprecated.  It is simply in place so that legacy
13987repositories will remain compatible with the new @sc{cvs} application.
13988For information on updating, @pxref{Updating Commit Files}.
13989
13990@cindex Exit status, of taginfo admin file
13991@cindex taginfo (admin file), exit status
13992A non-zero exit of the filter program will cause the tag to be
13993aborted.
13994
13995Here is an example of using @file{taginfo} to log @code{tag} and @code{rtag}
13996commands.  In the @file{taginfo} file put:
13997
13998@example
13999ALL /usr/local/cvsroot/CVSROOT/loggit %t %b %o %p %@{sVv@}
14000@end example
14001
14002@noindent
14003Where @file{/usr/local/cvsroot/CVSROOT/loggit} contains the
14004following script:
14005
14006@example
14007#!/bin/sh
14008echo "$@@" >>/home/kingdon/cvsroot/CVSROOT/taglog
14009@end example
14010
14011
14012
14013@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
14014@node posttag
14015@appendixsubsec Logging tags
14016@cindex posttag (admin file)
14017@cindex script hook, posttag
14018@cindex Tags, logging
14019
14020The @file{posttag} file defines programs to execute after a @code{tag} or
14021@code{rtag} command modifies files.  The @file{posttag} file has the standard
14022form for script hooks (@pxref{Trigger Scripts}), where each line is a regular
14023expression followed by a command to execute.  It supports the ALL and DEFAULT
14024keywords.
14025
14026@cindex format strings, posttag admin file
14027The @file{posttag} admin file supports the same format strings as the
14028@file{taginfo} file (@pxref{taginfo}),
14029
14030
14031
14032@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
14033@node postwatch
14034@appendixsubsec Logging watch commands
14035@cindex postwatch (admin file)
14036@cindex script hook, postwatch
14037@cindex Watch family of commands, logging
14038
14039The @file{postwatch} file defines programs to execute after any command (for
14040instance, @code{watch}, @code{edit}, @code{unedit}, or @code{commit}) modifies
14041any @file{CVS/fileattr} file in the repository (@pxref{Watches}).  The
14042@file{postwatch} file has the standard form for script hooks
14043(@pxref{Trigger Scripts}), where each line is a regular expression followed by
14044a command to execute.  It supports the ALL and DEFAULT keywords.
14045
14046@cindex format strings, postwatch admin file
14047The @file{postwatch} file supports no format strings other than the common
14048ones (@pxref{syntax}), but it is worth noting that the @code{%c} format string
14049may not be replaced as you might expect.  Client runs of @code{edit} and
14050@code{unedit} can sometimes skip contacting the @sc{cvs} server and cache the
14051notification of the file attribute change to be sent the next time the client
14052contacts the server for whatever other reason,
14053
14054
14055
14056@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
14057@node preproxy
14058@appendixsubsec Launch a Script before Proxying
14059@cindex preproxy (admin file)
14060@cindex script hook, preproxy
14061@cindex Write proxy, verifying
14062@cindex Write proxy, logging
14063
14064The @file{preproxy} file defines programs to execute after a secondary
14065server receives a write request from a client, just before it starts up the
14066primary server and becomes a write proxy.  This hook could be used to
14067dial a modem, launch an SSH tunnel, establish a VPN, or anything else that
14068might be necessary to do before contacting the primary server.
14069
14070@file{preproxy} scripts are called once, at the time of the write request, with
14071the repository argument (if requested) set from the topmost directory sent by
14072the client.
14073
14074The @file{preproxy} file has the standard form
14075for script hooks (@pxref{Trigger Scripts}), where each line is a regular
14076expression followed by a command to execute.  It supports the ALL and DEFAULT
14077keywords.
14078
14079@cindex format strings, preproxy admin file
14080In addition to the common format strings, the @file{preproxy} file supports the
14081following format string:
14082
14083@table @t
14084@item P
14085the CVSROOT string which specifies the primary server
14086@end table
14087
14088
14089
14090@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
14091@node postproxy
14092@appendixsubsec Launch a Script after Proxying
14093@cindex postproxy (admin file)
14094@cindex script hook, postproxy
14095@cindex Write proxy, logging
14096@cindex Write proxy, pull updates
14097@cindex secondary server, pull updates
14098
14099The @file{postproxy} file defines programs to execute after a secondary
14100server notes that the connection to the primary server has shut down and before
14101it releases the client by shutting down the connection to the client.
14102This could hook could be used to
14103disconnect a modem, an SSH tunnel, a VPN, or anything else that
14104might be necessary to do after contacting the primary server.  This hook should
14105also be used to pull updates from the primary server before allowing the client
14106which did the write to disconnect since otherwise the client's next read
14107request may generate error messages and fail upon encountering an out of date
14108repository on the secondary server.
14109
14110@file{postproxy} scripts are called once per directory.
14111
14112The @file{postproxy} file has the standard form
14113for script hooks (@pxref{Trigger Scripts}), where each line is a regular
14114expression followed by a command to execute.  It supports the ALL and DEFAULT
14115keywords.
14116
14117@cindex format strings, postproxy admin file
14118In addition to the common format strings, the @file{postproxy} file supports
14119the following format string:
14120
14121@table @t
14122@item P
14123the CVSROOT string which specifies the primary server
14124@end table
14125
14126
14127
14128@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
14129@node rcsinfo
14130@appendixsec Rcsinfo
14131@cindex rcsinfo (admin file)
14132@cindex Form for log message
14133@cindex Log message template
14134@cindex Template for log message
14135@cindex logging, commits
14136
14137The @file{rcsinfo} file can be used to specify a form to
14138edit when filling out the commit log.  The
14139@file{rcsinfo} file has a syntax similar to the
14140@file{verifymsg}, @file{commitinfo} and @file{loginfo}
14141files.  @xref{syntax}.  Unlike the other files the second
14142part is @emph{not} a command-line template.  Instead,
14143the part after the regular expression should be a full pathname to
14144a file containing the log message template.
14145
14146If the repository name does not match any of the
14147regular expressions in this file, the @samp{DEFAULT}
14148line is used, if it is specified.
14149
14150All occurrences of the name @samp{ALL} appearing as a
14151regular expression are used in addition to the first
14152matching regular expression or @samp{DEFAULT}.
14153
14154@c FIXME: should be offering advice, somewhere around
14155@c here, about where to put the template file.  The
14156@c verifymsg example uses /usr/cvssupport but doesn't
14157@c say anything about what that directory is for or
14158@c whether it is hardwired into CVS or who creates
14159@c it or anything.  In particular we should say
14160@c how to version control the template file.  A
14161@c probably better answer than the /usr/cvssupport
14162@c stuff is to use checkoutlist (with xref to the
14163@c checkoutlist doc).
14164@c Also I am starting to see a connection between
14165@c this and the Keeping a checked out copy node.
14166@c Probably want to say something about that.
14167The log message template will be used as a default log
14168message.  If you specify a log message with @samp{cvs
14169commit -m @var{message}} or @samp{cvs commit -f
14170@var{file}} that log message will override the
14171template.
14172
14173@xref{verifymsg}, for an example @file{rcsinfo}
14174file.
14175
14176When @sc{cvs} is accessing a remote repository,
14177the contents of @file{rcsinfo} at the time a directory
14178is first checked out will specify a template. This
14179template will be updated on all @samp{cvs update}
14180commands. It will also be added to new directories
14181added with a @samp{cvs add new-directory} command.
14182In versions of @sc{cvs} prior to version 1.12, the
14183@file{CVS/Template} file was not updated. If the
14184@sc{cvs} server is at version 1.12 or higher an older
14185client may be used and the @file{CVS/Template} will
14186be updated from the server.
14187
14188@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
14189@node cvsignore
14190@appendixsec Ignoring files via cvsignore
14191@cindex cvsignore (admin file), global
14192@cindex Global cvsignore
14193@cindex Ignoring files
14194@c -- This chapter should maybe be moved to the
14195@c tutorial part of the manual?
14196
14197There are certain file names that frequently occur
14198inside your working copy, but that you don't want to
14199put under @sc{cvs} control.  Examples are all the object
14200files that you get while you compile your sources.
14201Normally, when you run @samp{cvs update}, it prints a
14202line for each file it encounters that it doesn't know
14203about (@pxref{update output}).
14204
14205@sc{cvs} has a list of files (or sh(1) file name patterns)
14206that it should ignore while running @code{update},
14207@code{import} and @code{release}.
14208@c -- Are those the only three commands affected?
14209This list is constructed in the following way.
14210
14211@itemize @bullet
14212@item
14213The list is initialized to include certain file name
14214patterns: names associated with @sc{cvs}
14215administration, or with other common source control
14216systems; common names for patch files, object files,
14217archive files, and editor backup files; and other names
14218that are usually artifacts of assorted utilities.
14219Currently, the default list of ignored file name
14220patterns is:
14221
14222@cindex Ignored files
14223@cindex Automatically ignored files
14224@example
14225    RCS     SCCS    CVS     CVS.adm
14226    RCSLOG  cvslog.*
14227    tags    TAGS
14228    .make.state     .nse_depinfo
14229    *~      #*      .#*     ,*      _$*     *$
14230    *.old   *.bak   *.BAK   *.orig  *.rej   .del-*
14231    *.a     *.olb   *.o     *.obj   *.so    *.exe
14232    *.Z     *.elc   *.ln
14233    core
14234@end example
14235
14236@item
14237The per-repository list in
14238@file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/cvsignore} is appended to
14239the list, if that file exists.
14240
14241@item
14242The per-user list in @file{.cvsignore} in your home
14243directory is appended to the list, if it exists.
14244
14245@item
14246Any entries in the environment variable
14247@code{$CVSIGNORE} is appended to the list.
14248
14249@item
14250Any @samp{-I} options given to @sc{cvs} is appended.
14251
14252@item
14253As @sc{cvs} traverses through your directories, the contents
14254of any @file{.cvsignore} will be appended to the list.
14255The patterns found in @file{.cvsignore} are only valid
14256for the directory that contains them, not for
14257any sub-directories.
14258@end itemize
14259
14260In any of the 5 places listed above, a single
14261exclamation mark (@samp{!}) clears the ignore list.
14262This can be used if you want to store any file which
14263normally is ignored by @sc{cvs}.
14264
14265Specifying @samp{-I !} to @code{cvs import} will import
14266everything, which is generally what you want to do if
14267you are importing files from a pristine distribution or
14268any other source which is known to not contain any
14269extraneous files.  However, looking at the rules above
14270you will see there is a fly in the ointment; if the
14271distribution contains any @file{.cvsignore} files, then
14272the patterns from those files will be processed even if
14273@samp{-I !} is specified.  The only workaround is to
14274remove the @file{.cvsignore} files in order to do the
14275import.  Because this is awkward, in the future
14276@samp{-I !} might be modified to override
14277@file{.cvsignore} files in each directory.
14278
14279Note that the syntax of the ignore files consists of a
14280series of lines, each of which contains a space
14281separated list of filenames.  This offers no clean way
14282to specify filenames which contain spaces, but you can
14283use a workaround like @file{foo?bar} to match a file
14284named @file{foo bar} (it also matches @file{fooxbar}
14285and the like).  Also note that there is currently no
14286way to specify comments.
14287@c FIXCVS?  I don't _like_ this syntax at all, but
14288@c changing it raises all the usual compatibility
14289@c issues and I'm also not sure what to change it to.
14290
14291@node checkoutlist
14292@appendixsec The checkoutlist file
14293@cindex checkoutlist
14294
14295It may be helpful to use @sc{cvs} to maintain your own
14296files in the @file{CVSROOT} directory.  For example,
14297suppose that you have a script @file{logcommit.pl}
14298which you run by including the following line in the
14299@file{commitinfo} administrative file:
14300
14301@example
14302ALL   $CVSROOT/CVSROOT/logcommit.pl %r/%p %s
14303@end example
14304
14305To maintain @file{logcommit.pl} with @sc{cvs} you would
14306add the following line to the @file{checkoutlist}
14307administrative file:
14308
14309@example
14310logcommit.pl
14311@end example
14312
14313The format of @file{checkoutlist} is one line for each
14314file that you want to maintain using @sc{cvs}, giving
14315the name of the file, followed optionally by more whitespace
14316and any error message that should print if the file cannot be
14317checked out into CVSROOT after a commit:
14318
14319@example
14320logcommit.pl	Could not update CVSROOT/logcommit.pl.
14321@end example
14322
14323After setting up @file{checkoutlist} in this fashion,
14324the files listed there will function just like
14325@sc{cvs}'s built-in administrative files.  For example,
14326when checking in one of the files you should get a
14327message such as:
14328
14329@example
14330cvs commit: Rebuilding administrative file database
14331@end example
14332
14333@noindent
14334and the checked out copy in the @file{CVSROOT}
14335directory should be updated.
14336
14337Note that listing @file{passwd} (@pxref{Password
14338authentication server}) in @file{checkoutlist} is not
14339recommended for security reasons.
14340
14341For information about keeping a checkout out copy in a
14342more general context than the one provided by
14343@file{checkoutlist}, see @ref{Keeping a checked out
14344copy}.
14345
14346@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
14347@node history file
14348@appendixsec The history file
14349@cindex History file
14350@cindex Log information, saving
14351
14352By default, the file @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/history} is used
14353to log information for the @code{history} command (@pxref{history}).
14354This file name may be changed with the @samp{HistoryLogPath} and
14355@samp{HistorySearchPath} config options (@pxref{config}).
14356
14357The file format of the @file{history} file is
14358documented only in comments in the @sc{cvs} source
14359code, but generally programs should use the @code{cvs
14360history} command to access it anyway, in case the
14361format changes with future releases of @sc{cvs}.
14362
14363@node Variables
14364@appendixsec Expansions in administrative files
14365@cindex Internal variables
14366@cindex Variables
14367
14368Sometimes in writing an administrative file, you might
14369want the file to be able to know various things based
14370on environment @sc{cvs} is running in.  There are
14371several mechanisms to do that.
14372
14373To find the home directory of the user running @sc{cvs}
14374(from the @code{HOME} environment variable), use
14375@samp{~} followed by @samp{/} or the end of the line.
14376Likewise for the home directory of @var{user}, use
14377@samp{~@var{user}}.  These variables are expanded on
14378the server machine, and don't get any reasonable
14379expansion if pserver (@pxref{Password authenticated})
14380is in use; therefore user variables (see below) may be
14381a better choice to customize behavior based on the user
14382running @sc{cvs}.
14383@c Based on these limitations, should we deprecate ~?
14384@c What is it good for?  Are people using it?
14385
14386One may want to know about various pieces of
14387information internal to @sc{cvs}.  A @sc{cvs} internal
14388variable has the syntax @code{$@{@var{variable}@}},
14389where @var{variable} starts with a letter and consists
14390of alphanumeric characters and @samp{_}.  If the
14391character following @var{variable} is a
14392non-alphanumeric character other than @samp{_}, the
14393@samp{@{} and @samp{@}} can be omitted.  The @sc{cvs}
14394internal variables are:
14395
14396@table @code
14397@item CVSROOT
14398@cindex CVSROOT, internal variable
14399This is the absolute path to the current @sc{cvs} root directory.
14400@xref{Repository}, for a description of the various
14401ways to specify this, but note that the internal
14402variable contains just the directory and not any
14403of the access method information.
14404
14405@item RCSBIN
14406@cindex RCSBIN, internal variable
14407In @sc{cvs} 1.9.18 and older, this specified the
14408directory where @sc{cvs} was looking for @sc{rcs}
14409programs.  Because @sc{cvs} no longer runs @sc{rcs}
14410programs, specifying this internal variable is now an
14411error.
14412
14413@item CVSEDITOR
14414@cindex CVSEDITOR, internal variable
14415@itemx EDITOR
14416@cindex EDITOR, internal variable
14417@itemx VISUAL
14418@cindex VISUAL, internal variable
14419These all expand to the same value, which is the editor
14420that @sc{cvs} is using.  @xref{Global options}, for how
14421to specify this.
14422
14423@item USER
14424@cindex USER, internal variable
14425Username of the user running @sc{cvs} (on the @sc{cvs}
14426server machine).
14427When using pserver, this is the user specified in the repository
14428specification which need not be the same as the username the
14429server is running as (@pxref{Password authentication server}).
14430Do not confuse this with the environment variable of the same name.
14431
14432@item SESSIONID
14433@cindex COMMITID, internal variable
14434Unique Session ID of the @sc{cvs} process. This is a
14435random string of printable characters of at least 16
14436characters length. Users should assume that it may
14437someday grow to at most 256 characters in length.
14438
14439@item COMMITID
14440@cindex COMMITID, internal variable
14441Unique Session ID of the @sc{cvs} process. This is a
14442random string of printable characters of at least 16
14443characters length. Users should assume that it may
14444someday grow to at most 256 characters in length.
14445@end table
14446
14447If you want to pass a value to the administrative files
14448which the user who is running @sc{cvs} can specify,
14449use a user variable.
14450@cindex User variables
14451To expand a user variable, the
14452administrative file contains
14453@code{$@{=@var{variable}@}}.  To set a user variable,
14454specify the global option @samp{-s} to @sc{cvs}, with
14455argument @code{@var{variable}=@var{value}}.  It may be
14456particularly useful to specify this option via
14457@file{.cvsrc} (@pxref{~/.cvsrc}).
14458
14459For example, if you want the administrative file to
14460refer to a test directory you might create a user
14461variable @code{TESTDIR}.  Then if @sc{cvs} is invoked
14462as
14463
14464@example
14465cvs -s TESTDIR=/work/local/tests
14466@end example
14467
14468@noindent
14469and the
14470administrative file contains @code{sh
14471$@{=TESTDIR@}/runtests}, then that string is expanded
14472to @code{sh /work/local/tests/runtests}.
14473
14474All other strings containing @samp{$} are reserved;
14475there is no way to quote a @samp{$} character so that
14476@samp{$} represents itself.
14477
14478Environment variables passed to administrative files are:
14479
14480@table @code
14481@cindex environment variables, passed to administrative files
14482
14483@item CVS_USER
14484@cindex CVS_USER, environment variable
14485The @sc{cvs}-specific username provided by the user, if it
14486can be provided (currently just for the pserver access
14487method), and to the empty string otherwise.  (@code{CVS_USER}
14488and @code{USER} may differ when @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/passwd}
14489is used to map @sc{cvs} usernames to system usernames.)
14490
14491@item LOGNAME
14492@cindex LOGNAME, environment variable
14493The username of the system user.
14494
14495@item USER
14496@cindex USER, environment variable
14497Same as @code{LOGNAME}.
14498Do not confuse this with the internal variable of the same name.
14499@end table
14500
14501@node config
14502@appendixsec The CVSROOT/config configuration file
14503
14504@cindex configuration file
14505@cindex config, in CVSROOT
14506@cindex CVSROOT/config
14507
14508Usually, the @file{config} file is found at @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/config},
14509but this may be overridden on the @code{pserver} and @code{server} command
14510lines (@pxref{server & pserver}).
14511
14512The administrative file @file{config} contains various
14513miscellaneous settings which affect the behavior of
14514@sc{cvs}.  The syntax is slightly different from the
14515other administrative files.
14516
14517Leading white space on any line is ignored, though the syntax is very strict
14518and will reject spaces and tabs almost anywhere else.
14519
14520Empty lines, lines containing nothing but white space, and lines which start
14521with @samp{#} (discounting any leading white space) are ignored.
14522
14523@c FIXME: where do we define comments for the other
14524@c administrative files.
14525Other lines consist of the optional leading white space, a keyword, @samp{=},
14526and a value.  Please note again that this syntax is very strict.
14527Extraneous spaces or tabs, other than the leading white space, are not
14528permitted on these lines.
14529@c See comments in parseinfo.c:parse_config for more
14530@c discussion of this strictness.
14531
14532As of CVS 1.12.13, lines of the form @samp{[@var{CVSROOT}]} mark the subsequent
14533section of the config file as applying only to certain repositories.  Multiple
14534@samp{[@var{CVSROOT}]} lines without intervening
14535@samp{@var{KEYWORD}=@var{VALUE}} pairs cause processing to fall through,
14536processing subsequent keywords for any root in the list.  Finally, keywords
14537and values which appear before any @samp{[@var{CVSROOT}]} lines are defaults,
14538and may to apply to any repository.  For example, consider the following file:
14539
14540@example
14541# Defaults
14542LogHistory=TMAR
14543
14544[/cvsroots/team1]
14545  LockDir=/locks/team1
14546
14547[/cvsroots/team2]
14548  LockDir=/locks/team2
14549
14550[/cvsroots/team3]
14551  LockDir=/locks/team3
14552
14553[/cvsroots/team4]
14554  LockDir=/locks/team4
14555
14556[/cvsroots/team3]
14557[/cvsroots/team4]
14558  # Override logged commands for teams 3 & 4.
14559  LogHistory=all
14560@end example
14561
14562This example file sets up separate lock directories for each project, as well
14563as a default set of logged commands overridden for the example's team 3 &
14564team 4. This syntax could be useful, for instance, if you wished to share a
14565single config file, for instance @file{/etc/cvs.conf}, among several
14566repositories.
14567
14568Currently defined keywords are:
14569
14570@table @code
14571@cindex HistoryLogPath, in CVSROOT/config
14572@item HistorySearchPath=@var{pattern}
14573Request that @sc{cvs} look for its history information in files matching
14574@var{pattern}, which is a standard UNIX file glob.  If @var{pattern} matches
14575multiple files, all will be searched in lexicographically sorted order.
14576@xref{history}, and @ref{history file}, for more.
14577
14578If no value is supplied for this option, it defaults to
14579@file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/history}.
14580
14581@cindex HistorySearchPath, in CVSROOT/config
14582@item HistoryLogPath=@var{path}
14583Control where @sc{cvs} logs its history.  If the file does not exist, @sc{cvs}
14584will attempt to create it.  Format strings, as available to the GNU C
14585@code{strftime} function and often the UNIX date command, and the string
14586@var{$CVSROOT} will be substituted in this path.  For example, consider the
14587line:
14588
14589@example
14590HistoryLogPath=$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/history/%Y-%m-%d
14591@end example
14592
14593This line would cause @sc{cvs} to attempt to create its history file in a
14594subdirectory (@file{history}) of the configuration directory (@file{CVSROOT})
14595with a name equal to the current date representation in the ISO8601 format (for
14596example, on May 11, 2005, @sc{cvs} would attempt to log its history under the
14597repository root directory in a file named @file{CVSROOT/history/2005-05-11}).
14598@xref{history}, and @ref{history file}, for more.
14599
14600If no value is supplied for this option, it defaults to
14601@file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/history}.
14602
14603@cindex ImportNewFilesToVendorBranchOnly, in CVSROOT/config
14604@cindex import, config admin file
14605@cindex config (admin file), import
14606@item ImportNewFilesToVendorBranchOnly=@var{value}
14607Specify whether @code{cvs import} should always behave as if the
14608@samp{-X} flag was specified on the command line.  
14609@var{value} may be either @samp{yes} or @samp{no}.  If set to @samp{yes},
14610all uses of @code{cvs import} on the repository will behave as if the
14611@samp{-X} flag was set.  The default value is @samp{no}.
14612
14613@cindex KeywordExpand, in CVSROOT/config
14614@item KeywordExpand=@var{value}
14615Specify @samp{i} followed by a list of keywords to be expanded
14616(for example, @samp{KeywordExpand=iMYCVS,Name,Date}),
14617or @samp{e} followed by a list of keywords not to be expanded
14618(for example, @samp{KeywordExpand=eCVSHeader}).
14619For more on keyword expansion, see @ref{Configuring keyword expansion}.
14620
14621@cindex LocalKeyword, in CVSROOT/config
14622@item LocalKeyword=@var{value}
14623Specify a local alias for a standard keyword.
14624For example, @samp{LocalKeyword=MYCVS=CVSHeader}.
14625For more on local keywords, see @ref{Keyword substitution}.
14626
14627@cindex LockDir, in CVSROOT/config
14628@item LockDir=@var{directory}
14629Put @sc{cvs} lock files in @var{directory} rather than
14630directly in the repository.  This is useful if you want
14631to let users read from the repository while giving them
14632write access only to @var{directory}, not to the
14633repository.
14634It can also be used to put the locks on a very fast
14635in-memory file system to speed up locking and unlocking
14636the repository.
14637You need to create @var{directory}, but
14638@sc{cvs} will create subdirectories of @var{directory} as it
14639needs them.  For information on @sc{cvs} locks, see
14640@ref{Concurrency}.
14641
14642@c Mention this in Compatibility section?
14643Before enabling the LockDir option, make sure that you
14644have tracked down and removed any copies of @sc{cvs} 1.9 or
14645older.  Such versions neither support LockDir, nor will
14646give an error indicating that they don't support it.
14647The result, if this is allowed to happen, is that some
14648@sc{cvs} users will put the locks one place, and others will
14649put them another place, and therefore the repository
14650could become corrupted.  @sc{cvs} 1.10 does not support
14651LockDir but it will print a warning if run on a
14652repository with LockDir enabled.
14653
14654@cindex LogHistory, in CVSROOT/config
14655@item LogHistory=@var{value}
14656Control what is logged to the @file{CVSROOT/history} file (@pxref{history}).
14657Default of @samp{TOEFWUPCGMAR} (or simply @samp{all}) will log
14658all transactions.  Any subset of the default is
14659legal.  (For example, to only log transactions that modify the
14660@file{*,v} files, use @samp{LogHistory=TMAR}.)  To disable history logging
14661completely, use @samp{LogHistory=}.
14662
14663@cindex MaxCommentLeaderLength, in CVSROOT/config
14664@cindex Log keyword, configuring substitution behavior
14665@item MaxCommentLeaderLength=@var{length}
14666Set to some length, in bytes, where a trailing @samp{k}, @samp{M}, @samp{G},
14667or @samp{T} causes the preceding nubmer to be interpreted as kilobytes,
14668megabytes, gigabytes, or terrabytes, respectively, will cause
14669@code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$} keywords (@pxref{Keyword substitution}), with
14670more than @var{length} bytes preceding it on a line to be ignored (or to fall
14671back on the comment leader set in the RCS archive file - see
14672@code{UseArchiveCommentLeader} below).  Defaults to 20 bytes to allow checkouts
14673to proceed normally when they include binary files containing
14674@code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$} keywords and which users have neglected to mark
14675as binary.
14676
14677@cindex MinCompressionLevel, in CVSROOT/config
14678@cindex MaxCompressionLevel, in CVSROOT/config
14679@cindex Compression levels, restricting on server
14680@item MinCompressionLevel=@var{value}
14681@itemx MaxCompressionLevel=@var{value}
14682Restricts the level of compression used by the @sc{cvs} server to a @var{value}
14683between 0 and 9.  @var{value}s 1 through 9 are the same @sc{zlib} compression
14684levels accepted by the @samp{-z} option (@pxref{Global options}), and 0 means
14685no compression.  When one or both of these keys are set and a client requests a
14686level outside the specified range, the server will simply use the closest
14687permissable level.  Clients will continue compressing at the level requested by
14688the user.
14689
14690The exception is when level 0 (no compression) is not available and the client
14691fails to request any compression.  The @sc{cvs} server will then exit with an
14692error message when it becomes apparent that the client is not going to request
14693compression.  This will not happen with clients version 1.12.13 and later since
14694these client versions allow the server to notify them that they must request
14695some level of compression.
14696
14697@ignore
14698@cindex PreservePermissions, in CVSROOT/config
14699@item PreservePermissions=@var{value}
14700Enable support for saving special device files,
14701symbolic links, file permissions and ownerships in the
14702repository.  The default value is @samp{no}.
14703@xref{Special Files}, for the full implications of using
14704this keyword.
14705@end ignore
14706
14707@cindex PrimaryServer, in CVSROOT/config
14708@cindex Primary server
14709@cindex Secondary server
14710@cindex proxy, write
14711@cindex write proxy
14712@item PrimaryServer=@var{CVSROOT}
14713When specified, and the repository specified by @var{CVSROOT} is not the one
14714currently being accessed, then the server will turn itself into a transparent
14715proxy to @var{CVSROOT} for write requests.  The @var{hostname} configured as
14716part of @var{CVSROOT} must resolve to the same string returned by the
14717@command{uname} command on the primary server for this to work.  Host name
14718resolution is performed via some combination of @command{named}, a broken out
14719line from @file{/etc/hosts}, and the Network Information Service (NIS or YP),
14720depending on the configuration of the particular system.
14721
14722Only the @samp{:ext:} method is
14723currently supported for primaries (actually, @samp{:fork:} is supported as
14724well, but only for testing - if you find another use for accessing a primary
14725via the @samp{:fork:} method, please send a note to @email{bug-cvs@@nongnu.org}
14726about it).  See @ref{Write proxies} for more on configuring and using write
14727proxies.
14728
14729@cindex RCSBIN, in CVSROOT/config
14730@item RCSBIN=@var{bindir}
14731For @sc{cvs} 1.9.12 through 1.9.18, this setting told
14732@sc{cvs} to look for @sc{rcs} programs in the
14733@var{bindir} directory.  Current versions of @sc{cvs}
14734do not run @sc{rcs} programs; for compatibility this
14735setting is accepted, but it does nothing.
14736
14737@cindex RereadLogAfterVerify, in CVSROOT/config
14738@cindex @file{verifymsg}, changing the log message
14739@item RereadLogAfterVerify=@var{value}
14740Modify the @samp{commit} command such that CVS will reread the
14741log message after running the program specified by @file{verifymsg}.
14742@var{value} may be one of @samp{yes} or @samp{always}, indicating that
14743the log message should always be reread; @samp{no}
14744or @samp{never}, indicating that it should never be
14745reread; or @var{value} may be @samp{stat}, indicating
14746that the file should be checked with the file system
14747@samp{stat()} function to see if it has changed (see warning below)
14748before rereading.  The default value is @samp{always}.
14749
14750@strong{Note: the `stat' mode can cause CVS to pause for up to
14751one extra second per directory committed.  This can be less IO and
14752CPU intensive but is not recommended for use with large repositories}
14753
14754@xref{verifymsg}, for more information on how verifymsg
14755may be used.
14756
14757@cindex SystemAuth, in CVSROOT/config
14758@item SystemAuth=@var{value}
14759If @var{value} is @samp{yes}, then pserver should check
14760for users in the system's user database if not found in
14761@file{CVSROOT/passwd}.  If it is @samp{no}, then all
14762pserver users must exist in @file{CVSROOT/passwd}.
14763The default is @samp{yes}.  For more on pserver, see
14764@ref{Password authenticated}.
14765
14766@cindex TmpDir, in config
14767@cindex temporary files, location of
14768@cindex temporary directory, set in config
14769@item TmpDir=@var{path}
14770Specify @var{path} as the directory to create temporary files in.
14771@xref{Global options}, for more on setting the path to the temporary
14772directory.  This option first appeared with @sc{cvs} release 1.12.13.
14773
14774@cindex TopLevelAdmin, in CVSROOT/config
14775@item TopLevelAdmin=@var{value}
14776Modify the @samp{checkout} command to create a
14777@samp{CVS} directory at the top level of the new
14778working directory, in addition to @samp{CVS}
14779directories created within checked-out directories.
14780The default value is @samp{no}.
14781
14782This option is useful if you find yourself performing
14783many commands at the top level of your working
14784directory, rather than in one of the checked out
14785subdirectories.  The @file{CVS} directory created there
14786will mean you don't have to specify @code{CVSROOT} for
14787each command.  It also provides a place for the
14788@file{CVS/Template} file (@pxref{Working directory
14789storage}).
14790
14791@cindex UseArchiveCommentLeader, in CVSROOT/config
14792@cindex Log keyword, configuring substitution behavior
14793@item UseArchiveCommentLeader=@var{value}
14794Set to @code{true}, if the text preceding a @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$}
14795keyword is found to exceed @code{MaxCommentLeaderLength} (above) bytes, then
14796the comment leader set in the RCS archive file (@pxref{admin}), if any, will
14797be used instead.  If there is no comment leader set in the archive file or
14798@var{value} is set to @samp{false}, then the keyword will not be expanded
14799(@pxref{Keyword list}).  To force the comment leader in the RCS archive file to
14800be used exclusively (and @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$} expansion skipped in
14801files where the comment leader has not been set in the archive file), set
14802@var{value} and set @code{MaxCommentLeaderLength} to @code{0}.
14803
14804@cindex UseNewInfoFmtStrings, in CVSROOT/config
14805@cindex format strings, config admin file
14806@cindex config (admin file), updating legacy repositories
14807@cindex compatibility notes, config admin file
14808@item UseNewInfoFmtStrings=@var{value}
14809Specify whether @sc{cvs} should support the new or old command line
14810template model for the commit support files (@pxref{commit files}).
14811This configuration variable began life in deprecation and is only here
14812in order to give people time to update legacy repositories to use the new
14813format string syntax before support for the old syntax is removed.  For
14814information on updating your repository to support the new model,
14815please see @ref{Updating Commit Files}.
14816
14817@emph{Note that new repositories (created with the @code{cvs init} command)
14818will have this value set to @samp{yes}, but the default value is @samp{no}.}
14819
14820@cindex UserAdminOptions, in CVSROOT/config
14821@item UserAdminOptions=@var{value}
14822Control what options will be allowed with the @code{cvs admin}
14823command (@pxref{admin}) for users not in the @code{cvsadmin} group.
14824The @var{value} string is a list of single character options
14825which should be allowed.  If a user who is not a member of the
14826@code{cvsadmin} group tries to execute any @code{cvs admin}
14827option which is not listed they will will receive an error message
14828reporting that the option is restricted.
14829
14830If no @code{cvsadmin} group exists on the server, @sc{cvs} will
14831ignore the @code{UserAdminOptions} keyword (@pxref{admin}).
14832
14833When not specified, @code{UserAdminOptions} defaults to
14834@samp{k}.  In other words, it defaults to allowing
14835users outside of the @code{cvsadmin} group to use the
14836@code{cvs admin} command only to change the default keyword
14837expansion mode for files.
14838
14839As an example, to restrict users not in the @code{cvsadmin}
14840group to using @code{cvs admin} to change the default keyword
14841substitution mode, lock revisions, unlock revisions, and
14842replace the log message, use @samp{UserAdminOptions=klum}.
14843@end table
14844
14845
14846
14847@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
14848@node Environment variables
14849@appendix All environment variables which affect CVS
14850@cindex Environment variables
14851@cindex Reference manual for variables
14852
14853This is a complete list of all environment variables
14854that affect @sc{cvs} (Windows users, please bear with this list;
14855$VAR is equivalent to %VAR% at the Windows command prompt).
14856
14857@table @code
14858@cindex CVSIGNORE, environment variable
14859@item $CVSIGNORE
14860A whitespace-separated list of file name patterns that
14861@sc{cvs} should ignore. @xref{cvsignore}.
14862
14863@cindex CVSWRAPPERS, environment variable
14864@item $CVSWRAPPERS
14865A whitespace-separated list of file name patterns that
14866@sc{cvs} should treat as wrappers. @xref{Wrappers}.
14867
14868@cindex CVSREAD, environment variable
14869@cindex Read-only files, and CVSREAD
14870@item $CVSREAD
14871If this is set, @code{checkout} and @code{update} will
14872try hard to make the files in your working directory
14873read-only.  When this is not set, the default behavior
14874is to permit modification of your working files.
14875
14876@cindex CVSREADONLYFS, environment variable
14877@item $CVSREADONLYFS
14878Turns on read-only repository mode. This allows one to
14879check out from a read-only repository, such as within
14880an anoncvs server, or from a @sc{cd-rom} repository.
14881
14882It has the same effect as if the @samp{-R} command-line
14883option is used. This can also allow the use of
14884read-only NFS repositories.
14885
14886@item $CVSUMASK
14887Controls permissions of files in the repository.  See
14888@ref{File permissions}.
14889
14890@item $CVSROOT
14891Should contain the full pathname to the root of the @sc{cvs}
14892source repository (where the @sc{rcs} files are
14893kept).  This information must be available to @sc{cvs} for
14894most commands to execute; if @code{$CVSROOT} is not set,
14895or if you wish to override it for one invocation, you
14896can supply it on the command line: @samp{cvs -d cvsroot
14897cvs_command@dots{}} Once you have checked out a working
14898directory, @sc{cvs} stores the appropriate root (in
14899the file @file{CVS/Root}), so normally you only need to
14900worry about this when initially checking out a working
14901directory.
14902
14903@item $CVSEDITOR
14904@cindex CVSEDITOR, environment variable
14905@itemx $EDITOR
14906@cindex EDITOR, environment variable
14907@itemx $VISUAL
14908@cindex VISUAL, environment variable
14909Specifies the program to use for recording log messages
14910during commit.  @code{$CVSEDITOR} overrides
14911@code{$EDITOR}, which overrides @code{$VISUAL}.
14912See @ref{Committing your changes} for more or
14913@ref{Global options} for alternative ways of specifying a
14914log editor.
14915
14916@cindex PATH, environment variable
14917@item $PATH
14918If @code{$RCSBIN} is not set, and no path is compiled
14919into @sc{cvs}, it will use @code{$PATH} to try to find all
14920programs it uses.
14921
14922@cindex HOME, environment variable
14923@item $HOME
14924@cindex HOMEPATH, environment variable
14925@item $HOMEPATH
14926@cindex HOMEDRIVE, environment variable
14927@item $HOMEDRIVE
14928Used to locate the directory where the @file{.cvsrc}
14929file, and other such files, are searched.  On Unix, @sc{cvs}
14930just checks for @code{HOME}.  On Windows NT, the system will
14931set @code{HOMEDRIVE}, for example to @samp{d:} and @code{HOMEPATH},
14932for example to @file{\joe}.  On Windows 95, you'll
14933probably need to set @code{HOMEDRIVE} and @code{HOMEPATH} yourself.
14934@c We are being vague about whether HOME works on
14935@c Windows; see long comment in windows-NT/filesubr.c.
14936
14937@cindex CVS_RSH, environment variable
14938@item $CVS_RSH
14939Specifies the external program which @sc{cvs} connects with,
14940when @code{:ext:} access method is specified.
14941@pxref{Connecting via rsh}.
14942
14943@item $CVS_SERVER
14944Used in client-server mode when accessing a remote
14945repository using @sc{rsh}.  It specifies the name of
14946the program to start on the server side (and any
14947necessary arguments) when accessing a remote repository
14948using the @code{:ext:}, @code{:fork:}, or @code{:server:} access methods.
14949The default value for @code{:ext:} and @code{:server:} is @code{cvs};
14950the default value for @code{:fork:} is the name used to run the client.
14951@pxref{Connecting via rsh}
14952
14953@item $CVS_PASSFILE
14954Used in client-server mode when accessing the @code{cvs
14955login server}.  Default value is @file{$HOME/.cvspass}.
14956@pxref{Password authentication client}
14957
14958@cindex CVS_CLIENT_PORT
14959@item $CVS_CLIENT_PORT
14960Used in client-server mode to set the port to use when accessing the server
14961via Kerberos, GSSAPI, or @sc{cvs}'s password authentication protocol
14962if the port is not specified in the CVSROOT.
14963@pxref{Remote repositories}
14964
14965@cindex CVS_PROXY_PORT
14966@item $CVS_PROXY_PORT
14967Used in client-server mode to set the port to use when accessing a server
14968via a web proxy, if the port is not specified in the CVSROOT.  Works with
14969GSSAPI, and the password authentication protocol.
14970@pxref{Remote repositories}
14971
14972@cindex CVS_RCMD_PORT, environment variable
14973@item $CVS_RCMD_PORT
14974Used in client-server mode.  If set, specifies the port
14975number to be used when accessing the @sc{rcmd} demon on
14976the server side. (Currently not used for Unix clients).
14977
14978@cindex CVS_CLIENT_LOG, environment variable
14979@item $CVS_CLIENT_LOG
14980Used for debugging only in client-server
14981mode.  If set, everything sent to the server is logged
14982into @file{@code{$CVS_CLIENT_LOG}.in} and everything
14983sent from the server is logged into
14984@file{@code{$CVS_CLIENT_LOG}.out}.
14985
14986@cindex CVS_SERVER_SLEEP, environment variable
14987@item $CVS_SERVER_SLEEP
14988Used only for debugging the server side in
14989client-server mode.  If set, delays the start of the
14990server child process the specified amount of
14991seconds so that you can attach to it with a debugger.
14992
14993@cindex CVS_IGNORE_REMOTE_ROOT, environment variable
14994@item $CVS_IGNORE_REMOTE_ROOT
14995For @sc{cvs} 1.10 and older, setting this variable
14996prevents @sc{cvs} from overwriting the @file{CVS/Root}
14997file when the @samp{-d} global option is specified.
14998Later versions of @sc{cvs} do not rewrite
14999@file{CVS/Root}, so @code{CVS_IGNORE_REMOTE_ROOT} has no
15000effect.
15001
15002@cindex CVS_LOCAL_BRANCH_NUM, environment variable
15003@item $CVS_LOCAL_BRANCH_NUM
15004Setting this variable allows some control over the
15005branch number that is assigned. This is specifically to
15006support the local commit feature of CVSup. If one sets
15007@code{CVS_LOCAL_BRANCH_NUM} to (say) 1000 then branches
15008the local repository, the revision numbers will look
15009like 1.66.1000.xx. There is almost a dead-set certainty
15010that there will be no conflicts with version numbers.
15011
15012@cindex COMSPEC, environment variable
15013@item $COMSPEC
15014Used under OS/2 only.  It specifies the name of the
15015command interpreter and defaults to @sc{cmd.exe}.
15016
15017@cindex TMPDIR, environment variable
15018@cindex temporary file directory, set via environment variable
15019@cindex temporary files, location of
15020@item $TMPDIR
15021Directory in which temporary files are located.
15022@xref{Global options}, for more on setting the temporary directory.
15023
15024@cindex CVS_PID, environment variable
15025@item $CVS_PID
15026This is the process identification (aka pid) number of
15027the @sc{cvs} process. It is often useful in the
15028programs and/or scripts specified by the
15029@file{commitinfo}, @file{verifymsg}, @file{loginfo}
15030files.
15031@end table
15032
15033@node Compatibility
15034@appendix Compatibility between CVS Versions
15035
15036@cindex CVS, versions of
15037@cindex Versions, of CVS
15038@cindex Compatibility, between CVS versions
15039@c We don't mention versions older than CVS 1.3
15040@c on the theory that it would clutter it up for the vast
15041@c majority of people, who don't have anything that old.
15042@c
15043The repository format is compatible going back to
15044@sc{cvs} 1.3.  But see @ref{Watches Compatibility}, if
15045you have copies of @sc{cvs} 1.6 or older and you want
15046to use the optional developer communication features.
15047@c If you "cvs rm" and commit using 1.3, then you'll
15048@c want to run "rcs -sdead <file,v>" on each of the
15049@c files in the Attic if you then want 1.5 and
15050@c later to recognize those files as dead (I think the
15051@c symptom if this is not done is that files reappear
15052@c in joins).  (Wait: the above will work but really to
15053@c be strictly correct we should suggest checking
15054@c in a new revision rather than just changing the
15055@c state of the head revision, shouldn't we?).
15056@c The old convert.sh script was for this, but it never
15057@c did get updated to reflect use of the RCS "dead"
15058@c state.
15059@c Note: this is tricky to document without confusing
15060@c people--need to carefully say what CVS version we
15061@c are talking about and keep in mind the distinction
15062@c between a
15063@c repository created with 1.3 and on which one now
15064@c uses 1.5+, and a repository on which one wants to
15065@c use both versions side by side (e.g. during a
15066@c transition period).
15067@c Wait, can't CVS just detect the case in which a file
15068@c is in the Attic but the head revision is not dead?
15069@c Not sure whether this should produce a warning or
15070@c something, and probably needs further thought, but
15071@c it would appear that the situation can be detected.
15072@c
15073@c We might want to separate out the 1.3 compatibility
15074@c section (for repository & working directory) from the
15075@c rest--that might help avoid confusing people who
15076@c are upgrading (for example) from 1.6 to 1.8.
15077@c
15078@c A minor incompatibility is if a current version of CVS
15079@c puts "Nfoo" into CVS/Tag, then CVS 1.9 or older will
15080@c see this as if there is no tag.  Seems to me this is
15081@c too obscure to mention.
15082
15083The working directory format is compatible going back
15084to @sc{cvs} 1.5.  It did change between @sc{cvs} 1.3
15085and @sc{cvs} 1.5.  If you run @sc{cvs} 1.5 or newer on
15086a working directory checked out with @sc{cvs} 1.3,
15087@sc{cvs} will convert it, but to go back to @sc{cvs}
150881.3 you need to check out a new working directory with
15089@sc{cvs} 1.3.
15090
15091The remote protocol is interoperable going back to @sc{cvs} 1.5, but no
15092further (1.5 was the first official release with the remote protocol,
15093but some older versions might still be floating around).  In many
15094cases you need to upgrade both the client and the server to take
15095advantage of new features and bug fixes, however.
15096
15097@c Perhaps should be saying something here about the
15098@c "D" lines in Entries (written by CVS 1.9; 1.8 and
15099@c older don't use them).  These are supposed to be
15100@c compatible in both directions, but I'm not sure
15101@c they quite are 100%.  One common gripe is if you
15102@c "rm -r" a directory and 1.9 gets confused, as it
15103@c still sees it in Entries.  That one is fixed in
15104@c (say) 1.9.6.  Someone else reported problems with
15105@c starting with a directory which was checked out with
15106@c an old version, and then using a new version, and
15107@c some "D" lines appeared, but not for every
15108@c directory, causing some directories to be skipped.
15109@c They weren't sure how to reproduce this, though.
15110
15111@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
15112@node Troubleshooting
15113@appendix Troubleshooting
15114
15115If you are having trouble with @sc{cvs}, this appendix
15116may help.  If there is a particular error message which
15117you are seeing, then you can look up the message
15118alphabetically.  If not, you can look through the
15119section on other problems to see if your problem is
15120mentioned there.
15121
15122@menu
15123* Error messages::              Partial list of CVS errors
15124* Connection::                  Trouble making a connection to a CVS server
15125* Other problems::              Problems not readily listed by error message
15126@end menu
15127
15128@ignore
15129@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
15130@c @node Bad administrative files
15131@appendixsec Bad administrative files
15132
15133@c -- Give hints on how to fix them
15134@end ignore
15135
15136@node Error messages
15137@appendixsec Partial list of error messages
15138
15139Here is a partial list of error messages that you may
15140see from @sc{cvs}.  It is not a complete list---@sc{cvs}
15141is capable of printing many, many error messages, often
15142with parts of them supplied by the operating system,
15143but the intention is to list the common and/or
15144potentially confusing error messages.
15145
15146The messages are alphabetical, but introductory text
15147such as @samp{cvs update: } is not considered in
15148ordering them.
15149
15150In some cases the list includes messages printed by old
15151versions of @sc{cvs} (partly because users may not be
15152sure which version of @sc{cvs} they are using at any
15153particular moment).
15154@c If we want to start retiring messages, perhaps we
15155@c should pick a cutoff version (for example, no more
15156@c messages which are specific to versions before 1.9)
15157@c and then move the old messages to an "old messages"
15158@c node rather than deleting them completely.
15159
15160@table @code
15161@c FIXME: What is the correct way to format a multiline
15162@c error message here?  Maybe @table is the wrong
15163@c choice?  Texinfo gurus?
15164@item @var{file}:@var{line}: Assertion '@var{text}' failed
15165The exact format of this message may vary depending on
15166your system.  It indicates a bug in @sc{cvs}, which can
15167be handled as described in @ref{BUGS}.
15168
15169@item cvs @var{command}: authorization failed: server @var{host} rejected access
15170This is a generic response when trying to connect to a
15171pserver server which chooses not to provide a
15172specific reason for denying authorization.  Check that
15173the username and password specified are correct and
15174that the @code{CVSROOT} specified is allowed by @samp{--allow-root}
15175in @file{inetd.conf}.  See @ref{Password authenticated}.
15176
15177@item cvs @var{command}: conflict: removed @var{file} was modified by second party
15178This message indicates that you removed a file, and
15179someone else modified it.  To resolve the conflict,
15180first run @samp{cvs add @var{file}}.  If desired, look
15181at the other party's modification to decide whether you
15182still want to remove it.  If you don't want to remove
15183it, stop here.  If you do want to remove it, proceed
15184with @samp{cvs remove @var{file}} and commit your
15185removal.
15186@c Tests conflicts2-142b* in sanity.sh test for this.
15187
15188@item cannot change permissions on temporary directory
15189@example
15190Operation not permitted
15191@end example
15192This message has been happening in a non-reproducible,
15193occasional way when we run the client/server testsuite,
15194both on Red Hat Linux 3.0.3 and 4.1.  We haven't been
15195able to figure out what causes it, nor is it known
15196whether it is specific to Linux (or even to this
15197particular machine!).  If the problem does occur on
15198other unices, @samp{Operation not permitted} would be
15199likely to read @samp{Not owner} or whatever the system
15200in question uses for the unix @code{EPERM} error.  If
15201you have any information to add, please let us know as
15202described in @ref{BUGS}.  If you experience this error
15203while using @sc{cvs}, retrying the operation which
15204produced it should work fine.
15205@c This has been seen in a variety of tests, including
15206@c multibranch-2, multibranch-5, and basic1-24-rm-rm,
15207@c so it doesn't seem particularly specific to any one
15208@c test.
15209
15210@item cvs [server aborted]: Cannot check out files into the repository itself
15211The obvious cause for this message (especially for
15212non-client/server @sc{cvs}) is that the @sc{cvs} root
15213is, for example, @file{/usr/local/cvsroot} and you try
15214to check out files when you are in a subdirectory, such
15215as @file{/usr/local/cvsroot/test}.  However, there is a
15216more subtle cause, which is that the temporary
15217directory on the server is set to a subdirectory of the
15218root (which is also not allowed).  If this is the
15219problem, set the temporary directory to somewhere else,
15220for example @file{/var/tmp}; see @code{TMPDIR} in
15221@ref{Environment variables}, for how to set the
15222temporary directory.
15223
15224@item cannot commit files as 'root'
15225See @samp{'root' is not allowed to commit files}.
15226
15227@c For one example see basica-1a10 in the testsuite
15228@c For another example, "cvs co ." on NT; see comment
15229@c at windows-NT/filesubr.c (expand_wild).
15230@c For another example, "cvs co foo/bar" where foo exists.
15231@item cannot open CVS/Entries for reading: No such file or directory
15232This generally indicates a @sc{cvs} internal error, and
15233can be handled as with other @sc{cvs} bugs
15234(@pxref{BUGS}).  Usually there is a workaround---the
15235exact nature of which would depend on the situation but
15236which hopefully could be figured out.
15237
15238@c This is more obscure than it might sound; it only
15239@c happens if you run "cvs init" from a directory which
15240@c contains a CVS/Root file at the start.
15241@item cvs [init aborted]: cannot open CVS/Root: No such file or directory
15242This message is harmless.  Provided it is not
15243accompanied by other errors, the operation has
15244completed successfully.  This message should not occur
15245with current versions of @sc{cvs}, but it is documented
15246here for the benefit of @sc{cvs} 1.9 and older.
15247
15248@item cvs server: cannot open /root/.cvsignore: Permission denied
15249@itemx cvs [server aborted]: can't chdir(/root): Permission denied
15250See @ref{Connection}.
15251
15252@item cvs [checkout aborted]: cannot rename file @var{file} to CVS/,,@var{file}: Invalid argument
15253This message has been reported as intermittently
15254happening with @sc{cvs} 1.9 on Solaris 2.5.  The cause is
15255unknown; if you know more about what causes it, let us
15256know as described in @ref{BUGS}.
15257
15258@item cvs [@var{command} aborted]: cannot start server via rcmd
15259This, unfortunately, is a rather nonspecific error
15260message which @sc{cvs} 1.9 will print if you are
15261running the @sc{cvs} client and it is having trouble
15262connecting to the server.  Current versions of @sc{cvs}
15263should print a much more specific error message.  If
15264you get this message when you didn't mean to run the
15265client at all, you probably forgot to specify
15266@code{:local:}, as described in @ref{Repository}.
15267
15268@item ci: @var{file},v: bad diff output line: Binary files - and /tmp/T2a22651 differ
15269@sc{cvs} 1.9 and older will print this message
15270when trying to check in a binary file if
15271@sc{rcs} is not correctly installed.  Re-read the
15272instructions that came with your @sc{rcs} distribution
15273and the @sc{install} file in the @sc{cvs}
15274distribution.  Alternately, upgrade to a current
15275version of @sc{cvs}, which checks in files itself
15276rather than via @sc{rcs}.
15277
15278@item cvs checkout: could not check out @var{file}
15279With @sc{cvs} 1.9, this can mean that the @code{co} program
15280(part of @sc{rcs}) returned a failure.  It should be
15281preceded by another error message, however it has been
15282observed without another error message and the cause is
15283not well-understood.  With the current version of @sc{cvs},
15284which does not run @code{co}, if this message occurs
15285without another error message, it is definitely a @sc{cvs}
15286bug (@pxref{BUGS}).
15287@c My current suspicion is that the RCS in the rcs (not
15288@c cvs/winnt/rcs57nt.zip) directory on the _Practical_
15289@c CD is bad (remains to be confirmed).
15290@c There is also a report of something which looks
15291@c very similar on SGI, Irix 5.2, so I dunno.
15292
15293@item cvs [login aborted]: could not find out home directory
15294This means that you need to set the environment
15295variables that @sc{cvs} uses to locate your home directory.
15296See the discussion of @code{HOME}, @code{HOMEDRIVE}, and @code{HOMEPATH} in
15297@ref{Environment variables}.
15298
15299@item cvs update: could not merge revision @var{rev} of @var{file}: No such file or directory
15300@sc{cvs} 1.9 and older will print this message if there was
15301a problem finding the @code{rcsmerge} program.  Make
15302sure that it is in your @code{PATH}, or upgrade to a
15303current version of @sc{cvs}, which does not require
15304an external @code{rcsmerge} program.
15305
15306@item cvs [update aborted]: could not patch @var{file}: No such file or directory
15307This means that there was a problem finding the
15308@code{patch} program.  Make sure that it is in your
15309@code{PATH}.  Note that despite appearances the message
15310is @emph{not} referring to whether it can find @var{file}.
15311If both the client and the server are running a current
15312version of @sc{cvs}, then there is no need for an
15313external patch program and you should not see this
15314message.  But if either client or server is running
15315@sc{cvs} 1.9, then you need @code{patch}.
15316
15317@item cvs update: could not patch @var{file}; will refetch
15318This means that for whatever reason the client was
15319unable to apply a patch that the server sent.  The
15320message is nothing to be concerned about, because
15321inability to apply the patch only slows things down and
15322has no effect on what @sc{cvs} does.
15323@c xref to update output.  Or File status?
15324@c Or some place else that
15325@c explains this whole "patch"/P/Needs Patch thing?
15326
15327@item dying gasps from @var{server} unexpected
15328There is a known bug in the server for @sc{cvs} 1.9.18
15329and older which can cause this.  For me, this was
15330reproducible if I used the @samp{-t} global option.  It
15331was fixed by Andy Piper's 14 Nov 1997 change to
15332src/filesubr.c, if anyone is curious.
15333If you see the message,
15334you probably can just retry the operation which failed,
15335or if you have discovered information concerning its
15336cause, please let us know as described in @ref{BUGS}.
15337
15338@item end of file from server (consult above messages if any)
15339The most common cause for this message is if you are
15340using an external @code{rsh} program and it exited with
15341an error.  In this case the @code{rsh} program should
15342have printed a message, which will appear before the
15343above message.  For more information on setting up a
15344@sc{cvs} client and server, see @ref{Remote repositories}.
15345
15346@item cvs [update aborted]: EOF in key in RCS file @var{file},v
15347@itemx cvs [checkout aborted]: EOF while looking for end of string in RCS file @var{file},v
15348This means that there is a syntax error in the given
15349@sc{rcs} file.  Note that this might be true even if @sc{rcs} can
15350read the file OK; @sc{cvs} does more error checking of
15351errors in the RCS file.  That is why you may see this
15352message when upgrading from @sc{cvs} 1.9 to @sc{cvs}
153531.10.  The likely cause for the original corruption is
15354hardware, the operating system, or the like.  Of
15355course, if you find a case in which @sc{cvs} seems to
15356corrupting the file, by all means report it,
15357(@pxref{BUGS}).
15358There are quite a few variations of this error message,
15359depending on exactly where in the @sc{rcs} file @sc{cvs}
15360finds the syntax error.
15361
15362@cindex mkmodules
15363@item cvs commit: Executing 'mkmodules'
15364This means that your repository is set up for a version
15365of @sc{cvs} prior to @sc{cvs} 1.8.  When using @sc{cvs}
153661.8 or later, the above message will be preceded by
15367
15368@example
15369cvs commit: Rebuilding administrative file database
15370@end example
15371
15372If you see both messages, the database is being rebuilt
15373twice, which is unnecessary but harmless.  If you wish
15374to avoid the duplication, and you have no versions of
15375@sc{cvs} 1.7 or earlier in use, remove @code{-i mkmodules}
15376every place it appears in your @code{modules}
15377file.  For more information on the @code{modules} file,
15378see @ref{modules}.
15379
15380@c This message comes from "co", and I believe is
15381@c possible only with older versions of CVS which call
15382@c co.  The problem with being able to create the bogus
15383@c RCS file still exists, though (and I think maybe
15384@c there is a different symptom(s) now).
15385@c FIXME: Would be nice to have a more exact wording
15386@c for this message.
15387@item missing author
15388Typically this can happen if you created an RCS file
15389with your username set to empty.  @sc{cvs} will, bogusly,
15390create an illegal RCS file with no value for the author
15391field.  The solution is to make sure your username is
15392set to a non-empty value and re-create the RCS file.
15393@c "make sure your username is set" is complicated in
15394@c and of itself, as there are the environment
15395@c variables the system login name, &c, and it depends
15396@c on the version of CVS.
15397
15398@item cvs [checkout aborted]: no such tag @var{tag}
15399This message means that @sc{cvs} isn't familiar with
15400the tag @var{tag}.  Usually the root cause is that you have
15401mistyped a tag name.  Ocassionally this can also occur because the
15402users creating tags do not have permissions to write to the
15403@file{CVSROOT/val-tags} file (@pxref{File permissions}, for more).
15404
15405Prior to @sc{cvs} version 1.12.10, there were a few relatively
15406obscure cases where a given tag could be created in an archive
15407file in the repository but @sc{cvs} would require the user to
15408@c Search sanity.sh for "no such tag" to see some of
15409@c the relatively obscure cases.
15410try a few other @sc{cvs} commands involving that tag
15411until one was found whch caused @sc{cvs} to update
15412@cindex CVSROOT/val-tags file, forcing tags into
15413@cindex val-tags file, forcing tags into
15414the @file{val-tags} file, at which point the originally failing command
15415would begin to work.  This same method can be used to repair a @file{val-tags}
15416file that becomes out of date due to the permissions problem mentioned above.
15417This updating is only required once per tag - once a tag is listed in
15418@file{val-tags}, it stays there.
15419
15420Note that using @samp{tag -f} to not require tag matches did not and
15421does not override this check (@pxref{Common options}). 
15422 
15423@item *PANIC* administration files missing
15424This typically means that there is a directory named
15425@sc{cvs} but it does not contain the administrative files
15426which @sc{cvs} puts in a CVS directory.  If the problem is
15427that you created a CVS directory via some mechanism
15428other than @sc{cvs}, then the answer is simple, use a name
15429other than @sc{cvs}.  If not, it indicates a @sc{cvs} bug
15430(@pxref{BUGS}).
15431
15432@item rcs error: Unknown option: -x,v/
15433This message will be followed by a usage message for
15434@sc{rcs}.  It means that you have an old version of
15435@sc{rcs} (probably supplied with your operating
15436system), as well as an old version of @sc{cvs}.
15437@sc{cvs} 1.9.18 and earlier only work with @sc{rcs} version 5 and
15438later; current versions of @sc{cvs} do not run @sc{rcs} programs.
15439@c For more information on installing @sc{cvs}, see
15440@c (FIXME: where?  it depends on whether you are
15441@c getting binaries or sources or what).
15442@c The message can also say "ci error" or something
15443@c instead of "rcs error", I suspect.
15444
15445@item cvs [server aborted]: received broken pipe signal
15446This message can be caused by a loginfo program that fails to
15447read all of the log information from its standard input.
15448If you find it happening in any other circumstances,
15449please let us know as described in @ref{BUGS}.
15450
15451@item 'root' is not allowed to commit files
15452When committing a permanent change, @sc{cvs} makes a log entry of
15453who committed the change.  If you are committing the change logged
15454in as "root" (not under "su" or other root-priv giving program),
15455@sc{cvs} cannot determine who is actually making the change.
15456As such, by default, @sc{cvs} disallows changes to be committed by users
15457logged in as "root".  (You can disable this option by passing the
15458@code{--enable-rootcommit} option to @file{configure} and recompiling @sc{cvs}.
15459On some systems this means editing the appropriate @file{config.h} file
15460before building @sc{cvs}.)
15461
15462@item cvs [server aborted]: Secondary out of sync with primary!
15463
15464This usually means that the version of @sc{cvs} running on a secondary
15465server is incompatible with the version running on the primary server
15466(@pxref{Write proxies}).
15467This will not occur if the client supports redirection.
15468
15469It is not the version number that is significant here, but the list of
15470supported requests that the servers provide to the client.
15471For example, even if both servers were the same version,
15472if the secondary was compiled with GSSAPI support and the primary was not,
15473the list of supported requests provided by the two servers
15474would be different and the secondary would not work as a transparent
15475proxy to the primary.
15476Conversely, even if the two servers were radically different versions
15477but both provided the same list of valid requests to the client,
15478the transparent proxy would succeed.
15479
15480@item Terminated with fatal signal 11
15481This message usually indicates that @sc{cvs} (the server, if you're
15482using client/server mode) has run out of (virtual) memory.
15483Although @sc{cvs} tries to catch the error and issue a more meaningful
15484message, there are many circumstances where that is not possible.
15485If you appear to have lots of memory available to the system,
15486the problem is most likely that you're running into a system-wide
15487limit on the amount of memory a single process can use or a
15488similar process-specific limit.
15489The mechanisms for displaying and setting such limits vary from
15490system to system, so you'll have to consult an expert for your
15491particular system if you don't know how to do that.
15492
15493@item Too many arguments!
15494This message is typically printed by the @file{log.pl}
15495script which is in the @file{contrib} directory in the
15496@sc{cvs} source distribution.  In some versions of
15497@sc{cvs}, @file{log.pl} has been part of the default
15498@sc{cvs} installation.  The @file{log.pl} script gets
15499called from the @file{loginfo} administrative file.
15500Check that the arguments passed in @file{loginfo} match
15501what your version of @file{log.pl} expects.  In
15502particular, the @file{log.pl} from @sc{cvs} 1.3 and
15503older expects the log file as an argument whereas the
15504@file{log.pl} from @sc{cvs} 1.5 and newer expects the
15505log file to be specified with a @samp{-f} option.  Of
15506course, if you don't need @file{log.pl} you can just
15507comment it out of @file{loginfo}.
15508
15509@item cvs [update aborted]: unexpected EOF reading @var{file},v
15510See @samp{EOF in key in RCS file}.
15511
15512@item cvs [login aborted]: unrecognized auth response from @var{server}
15513This message typically means that the server is not set
15514up properly.  For example, if @file{inetd.conf} points
15515to a nonexistent cvs executable.  To debug it further,
15516find the log file which inetd writes
15517(@file{/var/log/messages} or whatever inetd uses on
15518your system).  For details, see @ref{Connection}, and
15519@ref{Password authentication server}.
15520
15521@item cvs commit: Up-to-date check failed for `@var{file}'
15522This means that someone else has committed a change to
15523that file since the last time that you did a @code{cvs
15524update}.  So before proceeding with your @code{cvs
15525commit} you need to @code{cvs update}.  @sc{cvs} will merge
15526the changes that you made and the changes that the
15527other person made.  If it does not detect any conflicts
15528it will report @samp{M @var{file}} and you are ready
15529to @code{cvs commit}.  If it detects conflicts it will
15530print a message saying so, will report @samp{C @var{file}},
15531and you need to manually resolve the
15532conflict.  For more details on this process see
15533@ref{Conflicts example}.
15534
15535@item Usage:	diff3 [-exEX3 [-i | -m] [-L label1 -L label3]] file1 file2 file3
15536@example
15537Only one of [exEX3] allowed
15538@end example
15539This indicates a problem with the installation of
15540@code{diff3} and @code{rcsmerge}.  Specifically
15541@code{rcsmerge} was compiled to look for GNU diff3, but
15542it is finding unix diff3 instead.  The exact text of
15543the message will vary depending on the system.  The
15544simplest solution is to upgrade to a current version of
15545@sc{cvs}, which does not rely on external
15546@code{rcsmerge} or @code{diff3} programs.
15547
15548@item warning: unrecognized response `@var{text}' from cvs server
15549If @var{text} contains a valid response (such as
15550@samp{ok}) followed by an extra carriage return
15551character (on many systems this will cause the second
15552part of the message to overwrite the first part), then
15553it probably means that you are using the @samp{:ext:}
15554access method with a version of rsh, such as most
15555non-unix rsh versions, which does not by default
15556provide a transparent data stream.  In such cases you
15557probably want to try @samp{:server:} instead of
15558@samp{:ext:}.  If @var{text} is something else, this
15559may signify a problem with your @sc{cvs} server.
15560Double-check your installation against the instructions
15561for setting up the @sc{cvs} server.
15562@c FIXCVS: should be printing CR as \r or \015 or some
15563@c such, probably.
15564
15565@item cvs commit: [@var{time}] waiting for @var{user}'s lock in @var{directory}
15566This is a normal message, not an error.  See
15567@ref{Concurrency}, for more details.
15568
15569@item cvs commit: warning: editor session failed
15570@cindex Exit status, of editor
15571This means that the editor which @sc{cvs} is using exits with a nonzero
15572exit status.  Some versions of vi will do this even when there was not
15573a problem editing the file.  If so, point the
15574@code{CVSEDITOR} environment variable to a small script
15575such as:
15576
15577@example
15578#!/bin/sh
15579vi $*
15580exit 0
15581@end example
15582
15583@item cvs update: warning: @var{file} was lost
15584This means that the working copy of @var{file} has been deleted
15585but it has not been removed from @sc{cvs}.
15586This is nothing to be concerned about,
15587the update will just recreate the local file from the repository.
15588(This is a convenient way to discard local changes to a file:
15589just delete it and then run @code{cvs update}.)
15590
15591@item cvs update: warning: @var{file} is not (any longer) pertinent
15592This means that the working copy of @var{file} has been deleted,
15593it has not been removed from @sc{cvs} in the current working directory,
15594but it has been removed from @sc{cvs} in some other working directory.
15595This is nothing to be concerned about,
15596the update would have removed the local file anyway.
15597
15598@end table
15599
15600@node Connection
15601@appendixsec Trouble making a connection to a CVS server
15602
15603This section concerns what to do if you are having
15604trouble making a connection to a @sc{cvs} server.  If
15605you are running the @sc{cvs} command line client
15606running on Windows, first upgrade the client to
15607@sc{cvs} 1.9.12 or later.  The error reporting in
15608earlier versions provided much less information about
15609what the problem was.  If the client is non-Windows,
15610@sc{cvs} 1.9 should be fine.
15611
15612If the error messages are not sufficient to track down
15613the problem, the next steps depend largely on which
15614access method you are using.
15615
15616@table @code
15617@cindex :ext:, troubleshooting
15618@item :ext:
15619Try running the rsh program from the command line.  For
15620example: "rsh servername cvs -v" should print @sc{cvs}
15621version information.  If this doesn't work, you need to
15622fix it before you can worry about @sc{cvs} problems.
15623
15624@cindex :server:, troubleshooting
15625@item :server:
15626You don't need a command line rsh program to use this
15627access method, but if you have an rsh program around,
15628it may be useful as a debugging tool.  Follow the
15629directions given for :ext:.
15630
15631@cindex :pserver:, troubleshooting
15632@item :pserver:
15633Errors along the lines of "connection refused" typically indicate
15634that inetd isn't even listening for connections on port 2401
15635whereas errors like "connection reset by peer",
15636"received broken pipe signal", "recv() from server: EOF",
15637or "end of file from server"
15638typically indicate that inetd is listening for
15639connections but is unable to start @sc{cvs} (this is frequently
15640caused by having an incorrect path in @file{inetd.conf}
15641or by firewall software rejecting the connection).
15642"unrecognized auth response" errors are caused by a bad command
15643line in @file{inetd.conf}, typically an invalid option or forgetting
15644to put the @samp{pserver} command at the end of the line.
15645Another less common problem is invisible control characters that
15646your editor "helpfully" added without you noticing.
15647
15648One good debugging tool is to "telnet servername
156492401".  After connecting, send any text (for example
15650"foo" followed by return).  If @sc{cvs} is working
15651correctly, it will respond with
15652
15653@example
15654cvs [pserver aborted]: bad auth protocol start: foo
15655@end example
15656
15657If instead you get:
15658
15659@example
15660Usage: cvs [cvs-options] command [command-options-and-arguments]
15661...
15662@end example
15663
15664@noindent
15665then you're missing the @samp{pserver} command at the end of the
15666line in @file{inetd.conf}; check to make sure that the entire command
15667is on one line and that it's complete.
15668
15669Likewise, if you get something like:
15670
15671@example
15672Unknown command: `pserved'
15673
15674CVS commands are:
15675        add          Add a new file/directory to the repository
15676...
15677@end example
15678
15679@noindent
15680then you've misspelled @samp{pserver} in some way.  If it isn't
15681obvious, check for invisible control characters (particularly
15682carriage returns) in @file{inetd.conf}.
15683
15684If it fails to work at all, then make sure inetd is working
15685right.  Change the invocation in @file{inetd.conf} to run the
15686echo program instead of cvs.  For example:
15687
15688@example
156892401  stream  tcp  nowait  root /bin/echo echo hello
15690@end example
15691
15692After making that change and instructing inetd to
15693re-read its configuration file, "telnet servername
156942401" should show you the text hello and then the
15695server should close the connection.  If this doesn't
15696work, you need to fix it before you can worry about
15697@sc{cvs} problems.
15698
15699On AIX systems, the system will often have its own
15700program trying to use port 2401.  This is AIX's problem
15701in the sense that port 2401 is registered for use with
15702@sc{cvs}.  I hear that there is an AIX patch available
15703to address this problem.
15704
15705Another good debugging tool is the @samp{-d}
15706(debugging) option to inetd.  Consult your system
15707documentation for more information.
15708
15709If you seem to be connecting but get errors like:
15710
15711@example
15712cvs server: cannot open /root/.cvsignore: Permission denied
15713cvs [server aborted]: can't chdir(/root): Permission denied
15714@end example
15715
15716@noindent
15717then you probably haven't specified @samp{-f} in @file{inetd.conf}.
15718(In releases prior to @sc{cvs} 1.11.1, this problem can be caused by
15719your system setting the @code{$HOME} environment variable
15720for programs being run by inetd.  In this case, you can either
15721have inetd run a shell script that unsets @code{$HOME} and then runs
15722@sc{cvs}, or you can use @code{env} to run @sc{cvs} with a pristine
15723environment.)
15724
15725If you can connect successfully for a while but then can't,
15726you've probably hit inetd's rate limit.
15727(If inetd receives too many requests for the same service
15728in a short period of time, it assumes that something is wrong
15729and temporarily disables the service.)
15730Check your inetd documentation to find out how to adjust the
15731rate limit (some versions of inetd have a single rate limit,
15732others allow you to set the limit for each service separately.)
15733@end table
15734
15735@node Other problems
15736@appendixsec Other common problems
15737
15738Here is a list of problems which do not fit into the
15739above categories.  They are in no particular order.
15740
15741@itemize @bullet
15742@item
15743On Windows, if there is a 30 second or so delay when
15744you run a @sc{cvs} command, it may mean that you have
15745your home directory set to @file{C:/}, for example (see
15746@code{HOMEDRIVE} and @code{HOMEPATH} in
15747@ref{Environment variables}).  @sc{cvs} expects the home
15748directory to not end in a slash, for example @file{C:}
15749or @file{C:\cvs}.
15750@c FIXCVS: CVS should at least detect this and print an
15751@c error, presumably.
15752
15753@item
15754If you are running @sc{cvs} 1.9.18 or older, and
15755@code{cvs update} finds a conflict and tries to
15756merge, as described in @ref{Conflicts example}, but
15757doesn't tell you there were conflicts, then you may
15758have an old version of @sc{rcs}.  The easiest solution
15759probably is to upgrade to a current version of
15760@sc{cvs}, which does not rely on external @sc{rcs}
15761programs.
15762@end itemize
15763
15764@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
15765@node Credits
15766@appendix Credits
15767
15768@cindex Contributors (manual)
15769@cindex Credits (manual)
15770Roland Pesch, then of Cygnus Support <@t{roland@@wrs.com}>
15771wrote the manual pages which were distributed with
15772@sc{cvs} 1.3.  Much of their text was copied into this
15773manual.  He also read an early draft
15774of this manual and contributed many ideas and
15775corrections.
15776
15777The mailing-list @code{info-cvs} is sometimes
15778informative. I have included information from postings
15779made by the following persons:
15780David G. Grubbs <@t{dgg@@think.com}>.
15781
15782Some text has been extracted from the man pages for
15783@sc{rcs}.
15784
15785The @sc{cvs} @sc{faq} by David G. Grubbs has provided
15786useful material.  The @sc{faq} is no longer maintained,
15787however, and this manual is about the closest thing there
15788is to a successor (with respect to documenting how to
15789use @sc{cvs}, at least).
15790
15791In addition, the following persons have helped by
15792telling me about mistakes I've made:
15793
15794@display
15795Roxanne Brunskill <@t{rbrunski@@datap.ca}>,
15796Kathy Dyer <@t{dyer@@phoenix.ocf.llnl.gov}>,
15797Karl Pingle <@t{pingle@@acuson.com}>,
15798Thomas A Peterson <@t{tap@@src.honeywell.com}>,
15799Inge Wallin <@t{ingwa@@signum.se}>,
15800Dirk Koschuetzki <@t{koschuet@@fmi.uni-passau.de}>
15801and Michael Brown <@t{brown@@wi.extrel.com}>.
15802@end display
15803
15804The list of contributors here is not comprehensive; for a more
15805complete list of who has contributed to this manual see
15806the file @file{doc/ChangeLog} in the @sc{cvs} source
15807distribution.
15808
15809@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
15810@node BUGS
15811@appendix Dealing with bugs in CVS or this manual
15812
15813@cindex Bugs in this manual or CVS
15814Neither @sc{cvs} nor this manual is perfect, and they
15815probably never will be.  If you are having trouble
15816using @sc{cvs}, or think you have found a bug, there
15817are a number of things you can do about it.  Note that
15818if the manual is unclear, that can be considered a bug
15819in the manual, so these problems are often worth doing
15820something about as well as problems with @sc{cvs} itself.
15821
15822@cindex Reporting bugs
15823@cindex Bugs, reporting
15824@cindex Errors, reporting
15825@itemize @bullet
15826@item
15827If you want someone to help you and fix bugs that you
15828report, there are companies which will do that for a
15829fee.  One such company is:
15830
15831@cindex Ximbiot
15832@cindex Support, getting CVS support
15833@example
15834Ximbiot
15835319 S. River St.
15836Harrisburg, PA  17104-1657
15837USA
15838Email: info@@ximbiot.com
15839Phone: (717) 579-6168
15840Fax:   (717) 234-3125
15841@url{http://ximbiot.com/}
15842
15843@end example
15844
15845@item
15846If you got @sc{cvs} through a distributor, such as an
15847operating system vendor or a vendor of freeware
15848@sc{cd-rom}s, you may wish to see whether the
15849distributor provides support.  Often, they will provide
15850no support or minimal support, but this may vary from
15851distributor to distributor.
15852
15853@item
15854If you have the skills and time to do so, you may wish
15855to fix the bug yourself.  If you wish to submit your
15856fix for inclusion in future releases of @sc{cvs}, see
15857the file @sc{hacking} in the @sc{cvs} source
15858distribution.  It contains much more information on the
15859process of submitting fixes.
15860
15861@item
15862There may be resources on the net which can help.  A
15863good place to start is:
15864
15865@example
15866@url{http://cvs.nongnu.org/}
15867@end example
15868
15869If you are so inspired, increasing the information
15870available on the net is likely to be appreciated.  For
15871example, before the standard @sc{cvs} distribution
15872worked on Windows 95, there was a web page with some
15873explanation and patches for running @sc{cvs} on Windows
1587495, and various people helped out by mentioning this
15875page on mailing lists or newsgroups when the subject
15876came up.
15877
15878@item
15879It is also possible to report bugs to @email{bug-cvs@@nongnu.org}.
15880Note that someone may or may not want to do anything
15881with your bug report---if you need a solution consider
15882one of the options mentioned above.  People probably do
15883want to hear about bugs which are particularly severe
15884in consequences and/or easy to fix, however.  You can
15885also increase your odds by being as clear as possible
15886about the exact nature of the bug and any other
15887relevant information.  The way to report bugs is to
15888send email to @email{bug-cvs@@nongnu.org}.  Note
15889that submissions to @email{bug-cvs@@nongnu.org} may be distributed
15890under the terms of the @sc{gnu} Public License, so if
15891you don't like this, don't submit them.  There is
15892usually no justification for sending mail directly to
15893one of the @sc{cvs} maintainers rather than to
15894@email{bug-cvs@@nongnu.org}; those maintainers who want to hear
15895about such bug reports read @email{bug-cvs@@nongnu.org}.  Also note
15896that sending a bug report to other mailing lists or
15897newsgroups is @emph{not} a substitute for sending it to
15898@email{bug-cvs@@nongnu.org}.  It is fine to discuss @sc{cvs} bugs on
15899whatever forum you prefer, but there are not
15900necessarily any maintainers reading bug reports sent
15901anywhere except @email{bug-cvs@@nongnu.org}.
15902@end itemize
15903
15904@cindex Known bugs in this manual or CVS
15905People often ask if there is a list of known bugs or
15906whether a particular bug is a known one.  The file
15907@sc{bugs} in the @sc{cvs} source distribution is one
15908list of known bugs, but it doesn't necessarily try to
15909be comprehensive.  Perhaps there will never be a
15910comprehensive, detailed list of known bugs.
15911
15912@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
15913@node Index
15914@unnumbered Index
15915@cindex Index
15916
15917@printindex cp
15918
15919@bye
15920
15921Local Variables:
15922fill-column: 55
15923End:
15924